This is a modern-English version of Soap-Making Manual: A Practical Handbook on the Raw Materials, Their Manipulation, Analysis and Control in the Modern Soap Plant., originally written by Thomssen, Edgar George. It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.


Soap-Making Manual

A practical handbook on the raw materials, their manipulation, analysis and control in the modern soap plant.

By

E. G. Thomssen, Ph. D.

ILLUSTRATED

NEW YORK

D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY

Eight Warren Street

1922

Copyright 1922

By

D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY

Printed in the United States of America
[Pg iii]

NEW YORK

D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY

8 Warren Street

1922

Copyright 1922

By

D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY

Printed in the United States of America
[Pg iii]


PREFATORY NOTE.

The material contained in this work appeared several years ago in serial form in the American Perfumer and Essential Oil Review. Owing to the numerous requests received, it has been decided to now place before those interested, these articles in book form. While it is true that the works pertaining to the soapmaking industry are reasonably plentiful, books are quite rare, however, which, in a brief volume, will clearly outline the processes employed together with the necessary methods of analyses from a purely practical standpoint. In the work presented the author has attempted to briefly, clearly, and fully explain the manufacture of soap in such language that it might be understood by all those interested in this industry. In many cases the smaller plants find it necessary to dispense with the services of a chemist, so that it is necessary for the soapmaker to make his own tests. The tests outlined, therefore, are given as simple as possible to meet this condition. The formulae submitted are authentic, and in many cases are now being used in soapmaking.

The content in this work was published several years ago in the American Perfumer and Essential Oil Review. Due to the many requests received, we have decided to present these articles in book form for those interested. While there are quite a few works related to the soapmaking industry, books that clearly outline the processes used and the necessary methods of analysis from a practical perspective are quite rare. In this book, the author has tried to explain the soap manufacturing process briefly, clearly, and comprehensively in a way that everyone interested in this industry can understand. Often, smaller plants can't afford to hire a chemist, so soapmakers need to conduct their own tests. Therefore, the tests included are designed to be as straightforward as possible to accommodate this situation. The formulas provided are authentic and are currently being used in soapmaking.

In taking up the industry for survey it has been thought desirable to first mention and describe the raw materials used; second, to outline the processes of manufacture; third, to classify the methods and illustrate by formulae the composition of various soaps together with their mode of manufacture; fourth, to enumerate the various methods of glycerine recovery, including the processes of saponification, and, fifth, to give the most important analytical methods which are of value to control[Pg iv] the process of manufacture and to determine the purity and fitness of the raw material entering into it.

In discussing the soap industry, we first want to mention and describe the raw materials used; second, outline the manufacturing processes; third, classify the methods and illustrate with formulas the composition of different soaps along with their manufacturing techniques; fourth, list the various glycerine recovery methods, including the saponification processes; and fifth, present the key analytical methods that are valuable for controlling the manufacturing process and determining the purity and quality of the raw materials involved.[Pg iv]

It is not the intention of the author to go into great detail in this work, nor to outline to any great extent the theoretical side of the subject, but rather to make the work as brief as possible, keeping the practical side of the subject before him and not going into concise descriptions of machinery as is very usual in works on this subject. Illustrations are merely added to show typical kinds of machinery used.

The author doesn’t aim to dive deep into details in this work, nor to elaborate extensively on the theoretical aspects of the subject. Instead, the goal is to keep it as concise as possible, focusing on the practical side of the topic, and avoiding the in-depth descriptions of machinery that are common in similar works. Illustrations are simply included to display typical types of machinery used.

The author wishes to take this opportunity of thanking Messrs. L. S. Levy and E. W. Drew for the reading of proof, and Mr. C. W. Aiken of the Houchin-Aiken Co., for his aid in making the illustrations a success, as well as others who have contributed in the compiling of the formulae for various soaps. He trusts that this work may prove of value to those engaged in soap manufacture.

The author would like to take this opportunity to thank L. S. Levy and E. W. Drew for proofreading, and C. W. Aiken of the Houchin-Aiken Co. for his help in making the illustrations a success, along with everyone else who contributed to compiling the formulas for various soaps. He hopes this work will be valuable to those involved in soap manufacturing.

E. G. T.

E.G.T.

January, 1922

January 1922


Transcriber's note: This is a series of articles collected into a book. There are differences in spelling and punctuation in the different chapters (e.g. cocoanut in one chapter and coconut in another). These differences were left in the text as they appeared.

Transcriber's note: This is a collection of articles compiled into a book. There are variations in spelling and punctuation across the different chapters (e.g. cocoanut in one chapter and coconut in another). These variations have been preserved in the text as they appeared.


TABLE OF CONTENTS.

CHAPTER I. Page.

Raw Materials Used in Soap Making 1-30

1. Soap Defined 1

2. Oils and Fats 1-2

3. Saponification Defined 2-3

4. Fats and Oils Used in Soap Manufacture 3-4
Fullers' Earth Process for Bleaching Tallow 4-6
Method for Further Improvement of Color in Tallow 6
Vegetable Oils 6-9
Chrome Bleaching of Palm Oil 9-12
Air Bleaching of Palm Oil 12-16

5. Rancidity of Oils and Fats 16-18
Prevention of Rancidity 18

6. Chemical Constants of Oils and Fats 18-19

7. Oil Hardening or Hydrogenating 19-21

8. Grease 21-22

9. Rosin (Colophony, Yellow Rosin, Resina) 22-23

10. Rosin Saponification 23-24

11. Naphthenic Acids 24-25

12. Alkalis 25-26
Caustic Soda 26
Caustic Potash 26-28
Sodium Carbonate (Soda Ash) 28-29
Potassium Carbonate 29

13. Additional Material Used in Soap Making 29-30


CHAPTER II.

Construction and Equipment of a Soap Plant 31-34


CHAPTER III.

Classification of Soap Making Methods 35-46

1. Full Boiled Soaps 36-42

2. Cold Process 43-44

3. Carbonate Saponification 45-46


CHAPTER IV.

Classification of Soaps 47-104

1. Laundry Soap 48
Semi-Boiled Laundry Soap 49-50
Settled Rosin Soap 50-54

[Pg vi]2. Chip Soap 54-55
Cold Made Chip Soap 55-56
Unfilled Chip Soap 56

3. Soap Powders 56-59
Light Powders 60-61

4. Scouring Powders 61

5. Scouring Soap 61-62

6. Floating Soap 62-65

7. Toilet Soap 65-68
Cheaper Toilet Soaps 68-69
Run and Glued-up Soaps 69-71
Curd Soap 71-72
Cold Made Toilet Soaps 72-73
Perfuming and Coloring Toilet Soaps 73-75
Coloring Soap 75-76

8. Medicinal Soaps 76-77
Sulphur Soaps 77
Tar Soap 77
Soaps Containing Phenols 77-78
Peroxide Soap 78
Mercury Soaps 78
Less Important Medicinal Soaps 78-79

9. Castile Soap 79-81

10. Eschweger Soap 81-82

11. Transparent Soap 82-84
Cold Made Transparent Soap 84-87

12. Shaving Soaps 87-90
Shaving Powder 90
Shaving Cream 90-93

13. Pumice or Sand Soaps 93-94

14. Liquid Soaps 94-95

15. Use of Hardened Oils in Toilet Soaps 96-98

16. Textile Soaps 98
Scouring and Fulling Soaps for Wool 98-100
Wool Thrower's Soap 100-101
Worsted Finishing Soaps 101
Soaps Used in the Silk Industry 101-103
Soaps Used for Cotton Goods 103-104

17. Sulphonated Oils 104-105


CHAPTER V.

Glycerine Recovery 105-126

[Pg vii]1. Methods of Saponification 105-106
Recovery of Glycerine from Spent Lye 106-113
Twitchell Process 113-118
Autoclave Saponification 118
Lime Saponification 118-120
Acid Saponification 120-121
Aqueous Saponification 121
Splitting Fats with Ferments 121-123
Krebitz Process 123-125

2. Distillation of Fatty Acids 125-126


CHAPTER VI.

Analytical Methods 127-164

1. Analysis of Oils and Fats 128
Free Fatty Acids 128-130
Moisture 130
Titer 130-132
Determination of Unsaponifiable Matter 132-133
Test for Color of Soap 133-134
Testing of Alkalis Used in Soap Making 134-137

2. Soap Analysis 137-138
Moisture 138-139
Free Alkali or Acid 139-142
Insoluble Matter 143
Starch and Gelatine 143-144
Total Fatty and Resin Acids 144
Determination of Rosin 144-147
Total Alkali 147-148
Unsaponifiable Matter 148
Silica and Silicates 148-149
Glycerine in Soap 149-150
Sugar in Soap 150

3. Glycerine Analysis 150-151
Sampling 151
Analysis 151-154
Acetin Process for the Determination of Glycerol 155-156
The Method 156-159
Ways of Calculating Actual Glycerol Contents 159-160
Bichromate Process for Glycerol Determination
Reagents Required 160-161
The Method 161-162
[Pg viii]Sampling Crude Glycerine 162-164


CHAPTER VII

Standard Methods for the Sampling and Analysis of Commercial Fats and Oils 165-195

1. Scope, Applicability and Limitations of the Methods 165-166
Scope 165
Applicability 166
Limitations 166
Sampling 166-169
Tank Cars 166-167
Barrels, Tierces, Casks, Drums, and Other Packages 168

2. Analysis 169-183
Sample 169
Moisture and Volatile Matter 170-172
Insoluble Impurities 172-173
Soluble Mineral Matter 173
Free Fatty Acids 174
Titer 174-175
Unsaponifiable Matter 176-177
Iodine Number-Wijs Method 177-181
Saponification Number (Koettstorfer Number) 181
Melting Point 181-182
Cloud Test 182-184

3. Notes of the Above Methods 184-196
Sampling 183
Moisture and Volatile Matter 184-187
Insoluble Impurities 187
Soluble Mineral Matter 187-188
Free Fatty Acid 188-189
Titer 189
Unsaponified Matter 190-193
Melting Point 193-196

Plant and Machinery 198-219
Illustrations of Machinery and Layouts of the Plant of a Modern Soap Making Establishment 198-219

Appendix 219-237

Useful Tables

Index 239

CHAPTER I. Page.

Raw Materials Used in Soap Making 1-30

Definition of Soap 1

Oils and Fats 1-2

Definition of Soap Making 2-3

4. Fats and Oils Used in Soap Making 3-4
Fullers' Earth Method for Bleaching Tallow 4-6
Method for Further Improving the Color of Tallow 6
Cooking Oils 6-9
Chrome Bleaching for Palm Oil 9-12
Air Bleaching Palm Oil 12-16

5. Rancidity of Oils and Fats 16-18
Avoiding Rancidity 18

6. Chemical Properties of Oils and Fats 18-19

7. Oil Hardening or Hydrogenation 19-21

8. Oil 21-22

9. Rosin (Colophony, Yellow Rosin, Resin) 22-23

Rosin Saponification 23-24

11. Naphthenic Acids 24-25

12. Bases 25-26
Lye 26
Potassium hydroxide 26-28
Sodium Carbonate (Soda Ash) 28-29
Potassium carbonate 29

13. Extra Materials Used in Soap Making 29-30


CHAPTER II.

Building and Outfitting a Soap Factory 31-34


CHAPTER III.

Soap Making Method Categories 35-46

Fully Boiled Soaps 36-42

2. Cold Process 43-44

Carbonate Soap Making 45-46


CHAPTER IV.

Soap Types 47-104

Laundry Detergent 48
Semi-Boiled Laundry Detergent 49-50
Settled rosin soap 50-54

[Pg vi]Chip Soap 54-55
Cold Process Soap 55-56
Unfilled Chip Soap 56

3. Laundry Detergents 56-59
Light Powders 60-61

4. Cleaning Powders 61

Cleaning Scrub 61-62

Floating Soap 62-65

7. Bath Soap 65-68
Cheaper toilet soaps 68-69
Run and Glued-up Soaps 69-71
Curd Soap 71-72
Cold Process Soap 72-73
Scented and Colored Soap 73-75
Colorful Soap 75-76

Healing Soaps 76-77
Sulfur Soaps 77
Tar Soap 77
Phenol-based soaps 77-78
Hydrogen Peroxide Soap 78
Mercury Soaps 78
Uncommon Medicinal Soaps 78-79

Castile Soap 79-81

Eschweger Soap 81-82

Clear Soap 82-84
Cold Process Transparent Soap 84-87

Shaving soaps 87-90
Shaving Cream 90
Shaving foam 90-93

Pumice or Sand Soaps 93-94

Liquid Soaps 94-95

15. Using Hardened Oils in Toilet Soaps 96-98

Textile detergents 98
Scouring and Fulling Soaps for Wool 98-100
Wool Throwers Soap 100-101
Worsted Finishing Soaps 101
Soaps Used in the Silk Industry 101-103
Soaps for Cotton Products 103-104

17. Sulfonated Oils 104-105


CHAPTER V.

Glycerin Recovery 105-126

[Pg vii]Saponification Methods 105-106
Recovering Glycerin from Used Lye 106-113
Twitchell Method 113-118
Autoclave Soap Making 118
Lime soap making 118-120
Acid Soap Making 120-121
Water-based Soap Making 121
Breaking Down Fats with Enzymes 121-123
Krebitz Method 123-125

2. Fatty Acids Distillation 125-126


CHAPTER VI.

Analytical Techniques 127-164

Analyzing Oils & Fats 128
Free Fatty Acids 128-130
Humidity 130
Titer 130-132
Measuring Unsaponifiable Matter 132-133
Soap Color Test 133-134
Testing Alkalis Used in Soap Making 134-137

Soap Review 137-138
Humidity 138-139
Free Base or Acid 139-142
Insoluble Substances 143
Starch and Gelatin 143-144
Total Fat and Resin Acids 144
Identifying Rosin 144-147
Total Alkali 147-148
Unsaponifiable Substance 148
Silica and Silicates 148-149
Glycerin in Soap 149-150
Sugar in Soap 150

3. Glycerin Analysis 150-151
Sampling 151
Analysis 151-154
Acetin Method for Glycerol Analysis 155-156
The Approach 156-159
Methods to Calculate Actual Glycerol Content 159-160
Bichromate Method for Glycerol Testing
Required Chemicals 160-161
The Approach 161-162
[Pg viii]Sampling crude glycerin 162-164


CHAPTER VII

Standard Methods for Sampling and Analyzing Commercial Fats and Oils 165-195

1. Scope, Applicability, and Limitations of the Methods 165-166
Scope 165
Applicability 166
Limitations 166
Sampling 166-169
Tank Cars 166-167
Barrels, Tierces, Casks, Drums, and Other Containers 168

2. Review 169-183
169
Moisture and Volatile Compounds 170-172
Insoluble Contaminants 172-173
Soluble Minerals 173
Free Fatty Acids 174
Titer 174-175
Unsaponifiable Materials 176-177
Iodine Number - Wijs Method 177-181
Saponification Number (Koettstorfer Number) 181
Melting Point 181-182
Cloud Testing 182-184

3. Notes on the Methods Above 184-196
Sampling 183
Moisture and Volatile Compounds 184-187
Insoluble Contaminants 187
Soluble Minerals 187-188
Free Fatty Acid 188-189
Titer 189
Unsaponified Fat 190-193
Melting Point 193-196

Plant and Machinery 198-219
Illustrations of Machinery and Layouts of the Facility for a Modern Soap Manufacturing Plant 198-219

Appendix 219-237

Helpful Tables

Index 239


CHAPTER I

Raw Materials Used in Soap Making.

Soap is ordinarily thought of as the common cleansing agent well known to everyone. In a general and strictly chemical sense this term is applied to the salts of the non-volatile fatty acids. These salts are not only those formed by the alkali metals, sodium and potassium, but also those formed by the heavy metals and alkaline earths. Thus we have the insoluble soaps of lime and magnesia formed when we attempt to wash in "hard water"; again aluminum soaps are used extensively in polishing materials and to thicken lubricating oils; ammonia or "benzine" soaps are employed among the dry cleaners. Commonly, however, when we speak of soap we limit it to the sodium or potassium salt of a higher fatty acid.

Soap is usually considered to be the typical cleaning product that everyone knows. In a general and strictly chemical sense, this term refers to the salts of non-volatile fatty acids. These salts include those made from the alkali metals, sodium and potassium, as well as those produced by heavy metals and alkaline earths. For example, we get insoluble soaps from lime and magnesia when we try to wash with "hard water"; aluminum soaps are widely used in polishing materials and to thicken lubricating oils; ammonia or "benzine" soaps are used in dry cleaning. However, when we talk about soap, we typically mean the sodium or potassium salt of a higher fatty acid.

It is very generally known that soap is made by combining a fat or oil with a water solution of sodium hydroxide (caustic soda lye), or potassium hydroxide (caustic potash). Sodium soaps are always harder than potassium soaps, provided the same fat or oil is used in both cases.

It’s widely known that soap is created by mixing fat or oil with a water solution of sodium hydroxide (lye) or potassium hydroxide (caustic potash). Sodium soaps are always harder than potassium soaps when the same fat or oil is used in both cases.

The detergent properties of soap are due to the fact that it acts as an alkali regulator, that is, when water comes into contact with soap, it undergoes what is called hydrolytic dissociation. This means that it is broken down by water into other substances. Just what these substances are is subject to controversy, though it is presumed caustic alkali and the acid alkali salt of the fatty acids are formed.

The cleaning abilities of soap come from its role as an alkali regulator. When water interacts with soap, it undergoes a process known as hydrolytic dissociation. This means that the soap is broken down by the water into different substances. There's some debate about what these substances actually are, but it's believed that caustic alkali and the acid alkali salt of fatty acids are produced.

OILS AND FATS.

There is no sharp distinction between fat and oil. By "oil" the layman has the impression of a liquid which at[Pg 2] warm temperature will flow as a slippery, lubricating, viscous fluid; by "fat" he understands a greasy, solid substance unctuous to the touch. It thus becomes necessary to differentiate the oils and fats used in the manufacture of soap.

There isn't a clear difference between fat and oil. To the average person, "oil" suggests a liquid that flows like a slippery, smooth, thick fluid when it's warm; "fat" refers to a greasy, solid substance that's oily to the touch. Therefore, it's important to distinguish between the oils and fats used in making soap.

Inasmuch as a soap is the alkali salt of a fatty acid, the oil or fat from which soap is made must have as a constituent part, these fatty acids. Hydrocarbon oils or paraffines, included in the term "oil," are thus useless in the process of soap-making, as far as entering into chemical combination with the caustic alkalis is concerned. The oils and fats which form soap are those which are a combination of fatty acids and glycerine, the glycerine being obtained as a by-product to the soap-making industry.

Since soap is the alkali salt of a fatty acid, the oil or fat used to make soap must have these fatty acids as a key component. Hydrocarbon oils or paraffins, included in the term "oil," are therefore ineffective in the soap-making process because they don't chemically react with the caustic alkalis. The oils and fats that produce soap are those that combine fatty acids and glycerin, with glycerin being produced as a by-product of the soap-making industry.

NATURE OF A FAT OR OIL USED IN SOAP MANUFACTURE.

Glycerine, being a trihydric alcohol, has three atoms of hydrogen which are replaceable by three univalent radicals of the higher members of the fatty acids, e. g.,

Glycerine, which is a trihydric alcohol, has three hydrogen atoms that can be replaced by three univalent radicals from higher fatty acids, e. g.,

OHOR
C3 H5OH+ 3 ROH = C3 H5OR+ 3 H2O
OHOR

Glycerine plus 3 Fatty Alcohols equals Fat or Oil plus 3 Water.

Glycerin plus 3 fatty alcohols equals fat or oil plus 3 water molecules.

Thus three fatty acid radicals combine with one glycerine to form a true neutral oil or fat which are called triglycerides. The fatty acids which most commonly enter into combination of fats and oils are lauric, myristic, palmitic, stearic and oleic acids and form the neutral oils or triglycerides derived from these, e. g., stearin, palmatin, olein. Mono and diglycerides are also present in fats.

Thus, three fatty acid chains combine with one glycerol to form a true neutral oil or fat known as triglycerides. The fatty acids that most commonly combine to make fats and oils are lauric, myristic, palmitic, stearic, and oleic acids, which form the neutral oils or triglycerides derived from these, e. g., stearin, palmatin, olein. Mono and diglycerides are also found in fats.

SAPONIFICATION DEFINED.

When a fat or oil enters into chemical combination with one of the caustic hydrates in the presence of water, the[Pg 3] process is called "saponification" and the new compounds formed are soap and glycerine, thus:

When fat or oil chemically combines with one of the caustic hydrates in the presence of water, the[Pg 3] process is called "saponification," and the new compounds created are soap and glycerine, like this:

OR OH
C3H5OR+ 3 NaOH = C3H5OH+ 3 NaOR
OR OH

Fat or Oil plus 3 Sodium Hydrate equals Glycerine plus 3 Soap.

Fat or Oil + 3 Sodium Hydroxide = Glycerin + 3 Soap.

It is by this reaction almost all of the soap used today is made.

Almost all the soap we use today is made through this reaction.

There are also other means of saponification, as, the hydrolysis of an oil or fat by the action of hydrochloric or sulfuric acid, by autoclave and by ferments or enzymes. By these latter processes the fatty acids and glycerine are obtained directly, no soap being formed.

There are also other ways to produce soap, such as through the hydrolysis of an oil or fat using hydrochloric or sulfuric acid, in an autoclave, or with the help of ferments or enzymes. In these latter methods, fatty acids and glycerin are obtained directly, without forming any soap.

FATS AND OILS USED IN SOAP MANUFACTURE.

The various and most important oils and fats used in the manufacture of soap are, tallow, cocoanut oil, palm oil, olive oil, poppy oil, sesame oil, soya bean oil, cotton-seed oil, corn oil and the various greases. Besides these the fatty acids, stearic, red oil (oleic acid) are more or less extensively used. These oils, fats and fatty acids, while they vary from time to time and to some extent as to their color, odor and consistency, can readily be distinguished by various physical and chemical constants.

The main oils and fats used in soap making include tallow, coconut oil, palm oil, olive oil, poppy oil, sesame oil, soybean oil, cottonseed oil, corn oil, and various greases. Additionally, fatty acids like stearic acid and oleic acid (red oil) are used to some extent. While these oils, fats, and fatty acids can change over time and vary in color, smell, and texture, they can easily be identified by their unique physical and chemical properties.

Much can be learned by one, who through continued acquaintance with these oils has thoroughly familiarized himself with the indications of a good or bad oil, by taste, smell, feel and appearance. It is, however, not well for the manufacturer in purchasing to depend entirely upon these simpler tests. Since he is interested in the yield of glycerine, the largest possible yield of soap per pound of soap stock and the general body and appearance of the finished product, the chemical tests upon which these depend[Pg 4] should be made. Those especially important are the acid value, percentage unsaponifiable matter and titer test.

You can learn a lot by getting to know these oils, as someone who has spent time identifying what makes an oil good or bad through its taste, smell, texture, and appearance. However, it's not wise for manufacturers to rely solely on these basic tests when making purchases. Since they are focused on maximizing the glycerin yield, achieving the highest soap yield per pound of soap stock, and ensuring the overall quality and appearance of the final product, they should conduct chemical tests that assess these factors[Pg 4]. The most important tests include the acid value, the percentage of unsaponifiable matter, and the titer test.

A short description of the various oils and fats mentioned is sufficient for their use in the soap industry.

A brief overview of the different oils and fats referenced is enough for their application in the soap industry.

Tallow is the name given to the fat extracted from the solid fat or "suet" of cattle, sheep or horses. The quality varies greatly, depending upon the seasons of the year, the food and age of the animal and the method of rendering. It comes to the market under the distinction of edible and inedible, a further distinction being made in commerce as beef tallow, mutton tallow or horse tallow. The better quality is white and bleaches whiter upon exposure to air and light, though it usually has a yellowish tint, a well defined grain and a clean odor. It consists chiefly of stearin, palmitin and olein. Tallow is by far the most extensively used and important fat in the making of soap.

Tallow refers to the fat that is extracted from the solid fat or "suet" of cattle, sheep, or horses. Its quality can vary significantly based on the time of year, the animal's diet and age, and the rendering process used. It is available on the market in two categories: edible and inedible, with a further classification in trade as beef tallow, mutton tallow, or horse tallow. The higher quality tallow is white and becomes whiter when exposed to air and light, although it typically has a yellowish tint, a distinct grain, and a clean smell. It mainly consists of stearin, palmitin, and olein. Tallow is by far the most widely used and important fat in soap making.

In the manufacture of soaps for toilet purposes, it is usually necessary to produce as white a product as possible. In order to do this it often is necessary to bleach the tallow before saponification. The method usually employed is the Fuller's Earth process.

In making soaps for personal use, it's usually important to create a product that is as white as possible. To achieve this, it's often necessary to bleach the fat before the soap-making process. The method commonly used is the Fuller's Earth process.

FULLER'S EARTH PROCESS FOR BLEACHING TALLOW.

From one to two tons of tallow are melted out into the bleaching tank. This tank is jacketed, made of iron and provided with a good agitator designed to stir up sediment or a coil provided with tangential downward opening perforations and a draw-off cock at the bottom. The coil is the far simpler arrangement, more cleanly and less likely to cause trouble. By this arrangement compressed air which is really essential in the utilization of the press (see later) is utilized for agitation. A dry steam coil in an ordinary tank may be employed in place of a jacketed tank, which lessens the cost of installation.[Pg 5]

From one to two tons of tallow are melted into the bleaching tank. This tank is made of iron, has a jacket, and comes with a good agitator designed to stir up sediment, or a coil with tangential downward openings and a drain valve at the bottom. The coil is a simpler and cleaner setup that’s less likely to cause issues. With this setup, compressed air, which is essential for using the press (see later), is used for agitation. A dry steam coil in a standard tank can be used instead of a jacketed tank, which reduces the installation cost.[Pg 5]

The tallow in the bleaching tank is heated to 180° F. (82° C.) and ten pounds of dry salt per ton of fat used added and thoroughly mixed by agitation. This addition coagulates any albumen and dehydrates the fat. The whole mass is allowed to settle over night where possible, or for at least five hours. Any brine which has separated is drawn off from the bottom and the temperature of the fat is then raised to 160° F. (71° C).

The tallow in the bleaching tank is heated to 180°F (82°C), and ten pounds of dry salt per ton of fat used is added and mixed thoroughly by agitation. This addition helps to coagulate any albumen and dehydrates the fat. The entire mixture is allowed to settle overnight if possible or for at least five hours. Any brine that separates is drawn off from the bottom, and then the temperature of the fat is raised to 160°F (71°C).

Five per cent. of the weight of the tallow operated upon, of dry Fuller's earth is now added and the whole mass agitated from twenty to thirty minutes.

Five percent of the weight of the tallow being processed is now added to dry Fuller's earth, and the entire mixture is stirred for twenty to thirty minutes.

The new bleached fat, containing the Fuller's earth is pumped directly to a previously heated filter press and the issuing clear oil run directly to the soap kettle.

The new bleached fat, which contains Fuller's earth, is pumped straight into a preheated filter press, and the resulting clear oil flows directly into the soap kettle.

One of the difficulties experienced in the process is the heating of the press to a temperature sufficient to prevent solidification of the fat without raising the press to too great a temperature. To overcome this the first plate is heated by wet steam. Air delivered from a blower and heated by passage through a series of coils raised to a high temperature by external application of heat (super-heated steam) is then substituted for the steam. The moisture produced by the condensation of the steam is vaporized by the hot air and carried on gradually to each succeeding plate where it again condenses and vaporizes. In this way the small quantity of water is carried through the entire press, raising its temperature to 80°-100° C. This temperature is subsequently maintained by the passage of hot air. By this method of heating the poor conductivity of hot air is overcome through the intermediary action of a liquid vapor and the latent heat of steam is utilized to obtain the initial rise in temperature. To heat a small press economically where conditions are such that a large output is not required the entire press[Pg 6] may be encased in a small wooden house which can be heated by steam coils. The cake in the press is heated for some time after the filtration is complete to assist drainage. After such treatment the cake should contain approximately 15 per cent. fat and 25 per cent. water. The cake is now removed from the press and transferred to a small tank where it is treated with sufficient caustic soda to convert the fat content into soap.

One of the challenges faced in the process is heating the press to a temperature that stops the fat from solidifying without raising it too high. To tackle this, the first plate is heated using wet steam. Then, air from a blower, which is heated by passing through a series of coils that are externally heated (super-heated steam), replaces the steam. The moisture created from the condensation of the steam is evaporated by the hot air and gradually carried to each subsequent plate, where it condenses and vaporizes again. This way, a small amount of water is circulated through the entire press, raising its temperature to 80°-100° C. This temperature is maintained by the flow of hot air. This heating method overcomes the poor conductivity of hot air by using a liquid vapor as an intermediary and utilizes the latent heat of steam to achieve the initial temperature rise. To economically heat a small press when there's low demand for output, the entire press[Pg 6] can be enclosed in a small wooden structure that can be heated by steam coils. The cake in the press is heated for some time after the filtration is complete to help with drainage. After this treatment, the cake should contain around 15 percent fat and 25 percent water. The cake is then removed from the press and moved to a small tank where it is treated with enough caustic soda to turn the fat content into soap.

Saturated brine is then added to salt out the soap, the Fuller's earth is allowed to settle to the bottom of the tank and the soap which solidifies after a short time is skimmed off to be used in a cheap soap where color is not important. The liquor underneath may also be run off without disturbing the sediment to be used in graining a similar cheap soap. The waste Fuller's earth contains about 0.1 to 0.3 per cent. of fat.

Saturated brine is then added to separate the soap, allowing the Fuller's earth to settle at the bottom of the tank. The soap, which solidifies after a short time, is skimmed off to be used in an inexpensive soap where color isn’t a concern. The liquid beneath can also be drained without disturbing the sediment to be used in making a similar low-cost soap. The leftover Fuller's earth contains about 0.1 to 0.3 percent fat.

METHOD FOR FURTHER IMPROVEMENT OF COLOR.

A further improvement of the color of the tallow may be obtained by freeing it from a portion of its free fatty acids, either with or without previous Fuller's earth bleaching.

A further improvement in the color of the tallow can be achieved by removing some of its free fatty acids, either with or without prior bleaching using Fuller's earth.

To carry out this process the melted fat is allowed to settle and as much water as possible taken off. The temperature is then raised to 160° F. with dry steam and enough saturated solution of soda ash added to remove 0.5 per cent. of the free fatty acids, while agitating the mass thoroughly mechanically or by air. The agitation is continued ten minutes, the whole allowed to settle for two hours and the foots drawn off. The soap thus formed entangles a large proportion of the impurities of the fat.

To carry out this process, the melted fat is allowed to settle, and as much water as possible is removed. The temperature is then raised to 160°F using dry steam, and enough saturated solution of soda ash is added to remove 0.5 percent of the free fatty acids while thoroughly mixing the mass either mechanically or with air. The mixing continues for ten minutes, then the mixture is allowed to settle for two hours, and the foots are drawn off. The soap that forms captures a large amount of the impurities in the fat.

VEGETABLE OILS.

Cocoanut Oil, as the name implies, is obtained from the fruit of the cocoanut palm. This oil is a solid, white fat at ordinary temperature, having a bland taste and a characteristic[Pg 7] odor. It is rarely adulterated and is very readily saponified. In recent years the price of this oil has increased materially because cocoanut oil is now being used extensively for edible purposes, especially in the making of oleomargarine. Present indications are that shortly very little high grade oil will be employed for soap manufacture since the demand for oleomargarine is constantly increasing and since new methods of refining the oil for this purpose are constantly being devised.

Coconut Oil, as the name suggests, comes from the fruit of the coconut palm. This oil is a solid, white fat at room temperature, with a mild taste and a distinct[Pg 7] odor. It is rarely mixed with other substances and is very easy to turn into soap. In recent years, the price of this oil has gone up significantly because coconut oil is now widely used for cooking, especially in making margarine. Current trends indicate that soon very little high-quality oil will be used for soap making since the demand for margarine keeps growing and new refining techniques for this purpose are continuously being developed.

The oil is found in the market under three different grades: (1) Cochin cocoanut oil, the choicest oil comes from Cochin (Malabar). This product, being more carefully cultivated and refined than the other grades, is whiter, cleaner and contains a smaller percentage of free acid. (2) Ceylon cocoanut oil, coming chiefly from Ceylon, is usually of a yellowish tint and more acrid in odor than Cochin oil. (3) Continental cocoanut oil (Copra, Freudenberg) is obtained from the dried kernels, the copra, which are shipped to Europe in large quantities, where the oil is extracted. These dried kernels yield 60 to 70 per cent oil. This product is generally superior to the Ceylon oil and may be used as a very satisfactory substitute for Cochin oil, in soap manufacture, provided it is low in free acid and of good color. The writer has employed it satisfactorily in the whitest and finest of toilet soaps without being able to distinguish any disadvantage to the Cochin oil. Since continental oil is usually cheaper than Cochin oil, it is advisable to use it, as occasion permits.

The oil is available in the market in three different grades: (1) Cochin coconut oil, which is the best quality and comes from Cochin (Malabar). This oil is cultivated and refined with greater care than the other grades, making it whiter, cleaner, and containing a lower percentage of free acid. (2) Ceylon coconut oil, primarily sourced from Ceylon, typically has a yellowish color and a stronger odor compared to Cochin oil. (3) Continental coconut oil (Copra, Freudenberg) is derived from dried coconut kernels, or copra, that are shipped to Europe in large amounts for oil extraction. These dried kernels yield 60 to 70 percent oil. This type is generally better than Ceylon oil and can serve as a good substitute for Cochin oil in soap manufacturing, as long as it is low in free acid and has good color. I have successfully used it in making the whitest and finest toilet soaps without noticing any disadvantages compared to Cochin oil. Since continental oil is usually cheaper than Cochin oil, it is wise to use it whenever possible.

Cocoanut oil is used extensively in toilet soap making, usually in connection with tallow. When used alone the soap made from this oil forms a lather, which comes up rapidly but which is fluffy and dries quickly. A pure tallow soap lathers very much slower but produces a more lasting lather. Thus the advantage of using cocoanut oil[Pg 8] in soap is seen. It is further used in making a cocoanut oil soap by the cold process also for "fake" or filled soaps. The fatty acid content readily starts the saponification which takes place easily with a strong lye (25°-35° B.). Where large quantities of the oil are saponified care must be exercised as the soap formed suddenly rises or puffs up and may boil over. Cocoanut oil soap takes up large quantities of water, cases having been cited where a 500 per cent. yield has been obtained. This water of course dries out again upon exposure to the air. The soap is harsh to the skin, develops rancidity and darkens readily.

Coconut oil is widely used in making toilet soap, often combined with tallow. When used on its own, the soap made from this oil creates a lather that forms quickly but is light and dries fast. In contrast, a pure tallow soap lathers more slowly but produces a longer-lasting lather. This highlights the benefit of using coconut oil[Pg 8] in soap. It's also employed in making coconut oil soap through the cold process, as well as in "fake" or filled soaps. The fatty acid content quickly initiates saponification, which occurs easily with a strong lye (25°-35° B.). When large amounts of the oil are saponified, care must be taken as the resulting soap can suddenly rise or puff up and may overflow. Coconut oil soap absorbs significant amounts of water, with reports of yields as high as 500 percent. This water naturally evaporates when exposed to air. The soap can be harsh on the skin, can go rancid, and tends to darken quickly.

Palm Kernel Oil, which is obtained from the kernels of the palm tree of West Africa, is used in soap making to replace cocoanut oil where the lower price warrants its use. It resembles cocoanut oil in respect to saponification and in forming a very similar soap. Kernel oil is white in color, has a pleasant nutty odor when fresh, but rapidly develops free acid, which runs to a high percentage.

Palm Kernel Oil, sourced from the seeds of the palm tree found in West Africa, is used in soap production as a substitute for coconut oil when the cost is more appealing. It is similar to coconut oil in terms of saponification and produces a very comparable soap. Kernel oil is white, has a pleasant nutty scent when fresh, but quickly develops free acid, which can reach a high percentage.

Palm Oil is produced from the fruit of the several species of the palm tree on the western coast of Africa generally, but also in the Philippines. The fresh oil has a deep orange yellow tint not destroyed by saponification, a sweetish taste and an odor of orris root or violet which is also imparted to soap made from it. The methods by which the natives obtain the oil are crude and depend upon a fermentation, or putrefaction. Large quantities are said to be wasted because of this fact. The oil contains impurities in the form of fermentable fibre and albuminous matter, and consequently develops free fatty acid rapidly. Samples tested for free acid have been found to have hydrolized completely and one seldom obtains an oil with low acid content. Because of this high percentage of free fatty acid, the glycerine yield is small, though the neutral oil should produce approximately 12 per cent. glycerine. Some[Pg 9] writers claim that glycerine exists in the free state in palm oil. The writer has washed large quantities of the oil and analyzed the wash water for glycerine. The results showed that the amount present did not merit its recovery. Most soap makers do not attempt to recover the glycerine from this oil, when used alone for soap manufacture.

Palm Oil is produced from the fruit of several species of palm trees mainly on the western coast of Africa, but also in the Philippines. The fresh oil has a deep orange-yellow color that remains unaffected by saponification, a mildly sweet taste, and a scent reminiscent of orris root or violet, which is also transferred to the soap made from it. The ways in which the locals extract the oil are basic and rely on fermentation or decay. It's said that large amounts are wasted because of this. The oil contains impurities in the form of fermentable fiber and albuminous matter, which leads to the rapid development of free fatty acid. Samples tested for free acid have been found to be fully hydrolyzed, and it is rare to obtain oil with low acid content. Due to this high level of free fatty acid, the yield of glycerine is small, even though the neutral oil should produce about 12 percent glycerine. Some[Pg 9] writers claim that glycerine exists in its free state in palm oil. The writer has washed large quantities of the oil and analyzed the wash water for glycerine. The results indicated that the amount present wasn’t enough to justify its recovery. Most soap makers do not attempt to recover glycerine from this oil when it's used alone for soap manufacturing.

There are several grades of palm oil in commerce, but in toilet soap making it is advisable to utilize only Lagos palm oil, which is the best grade. Where it is desired to maintain the color of the soap this oil produces, a small quantity of the lower or "brass" grade of palm oil may be used, as the soap made from the better grades of oil gradually bleaches and loses its orange yellow color.

There are several types of palm oil available in the market, but for making toilet soap, it's best to use only Lagos palm oil, which is the highest quality. If you want to keep the soap's color, a small amount of the lower or "brass" grade palm oil can be added, since soap made from the better grades of oil tends to fade and lose its orange-yellow color over time.

Palm oil produces a crumbly soap which cannot readily be milled and is termed "short." When used with tallow and cocoanut oil, or 20 to 25 per cent. cocoanut oil, it produces a very satisfactory toilet soap. In the saponification of palm oil it is not advisable to combine it with tallow in the kettle, as the two do not readily mix.

Palm oil creates a crumbly soap that can't be easily milled and is called "short." When it's mixed with tallow and coconut oil, or with 20 to 25 percent coconut oil, it makes a really good toilet soap. In the saponification process of palm oil, it's not a good idea to combine it with tallow in the kettle since the two don't mix well.

Since the finished soap has conveyed to it the orange color of the oil, the oil is bleached before saponification. Oxidation readily destroys the coloring matter, while heat and light assist materially. The methods generally employed are by the use of oxygen developed by bichromates and hydrochloric acid and the direct bleaching through the agency of the oxygen of the air.

Since the finished soap has taken on the orange color from the oil, the oil is bleached before saponification. Oxidation easily breaks down the coloring agents, while heat and light also play a significant role. The common methods used involve using oxygen produced by bichromates and hydrochloric acid, as well as direct bleaching with the oxygen from the air.

CHROME BLEACHING OF PALM OIL.

The chrome process of bleaching palm oil is more rapid and the oxygen thus derived being more active will bleach oils which air alone cannot. It depends upon the reaction:

The chrome process of bleaching palm oil is faster, and the oxygen produced in this way is more reactive, able to bleach oils that just air cannot. It relies on the reaction:

Na2Cr2O7 + 8HCl = Cr2Cl6 + 2NaCl + 7O.

Na2Cr2O7 + 8HCl = Cr2Cl6 + 2NaCl + 7O.

in which the oxygen is the active principle. In practice it is found necessary to use an excess of acid over that theoretically indicated.[Pg 10]

in which oxygen is the active component. In practice, it is often necessary to use more acid than what is theoretically required.[Pg 10]

For the best results an oil should be chosen containing under 2 per cent. impurities and a low percentage of free fatty acids. Lagos oil is best adapted to these requirements. The oil is melted by open steam from a jet introduced through the bung, the melted oil and condensed water running to the store tank through two sieves (about 1/8 inch mesh) to remove the fibrous material and gross impurities. The oil thus obtained contains fine earthy and fibrous material and vegetable albuminous matter which should be removed, as far as possible, since chemicals are wasted in their oxidation and they retard the bleaching. This is best done by boiling the oil for one hour with wet steam and 10 per cent. solution of common salt (2 per cent. dry salt on weight of oil used) in a lead-lined or wooden tank. After settling over night the brine and impurities are removed by running from a cock at the bottom of the vat and the oil is run out into the bleaching tank through an oil cock, situated about seven inches from the bottom.

For the best results, choose an oil with less than 2 percent impurities and a low percentage of free fatty acids. Lagos oil is ideally suited for these criteria. The oil is melted using open steam from a jet introduced through the bung, with the melted oil and condensed water flowing into the storage tank through two sieves (about 1/8 inch mesh) to filter out fibrous material and larger impurities. The resulting oil still contains fine earthy and fibrous particles and vegetable albuminous matter that should be removed as much as possible, since chemicals are wasted on their oxidation and they hinder the bleaching process. This is best accomplished by boiling the oil for one hour with wet steam and a 10 percent solution of common salt (2 percent dry salt based on the weight of the oil used) in a lead-lined or wooden tank. After settling overnight, the brine and impurities are drained from a tap at the bottom of the vat, and the oil is then transferred into the bleaching tank through an oil tap located about seven inches from the bottom.

The bleaching tank is a lead-lined iron tank of the approximate dimensions of 4 feet deep, 4 feet long and 3-1/2 feet wide, holding about 1-1/2 tons. The charge is one ton. A leaden outlet pipe is fixed at the bottom, to which is attached a rubber tube closed by a screw clip. A plug also is fitted into the lead outlet pipe from above. Seven inches above the lower outlet is affixed another tap through which the oil is drawn off.

The bleaching tank is a lead-lined iron tank that's about 4 feet deep, 4 feet long, and 3.5 feet wide, holding roughly 1.5 tons. The load is one ton. There's a lead outlet pipe attached at the bottom, with a rubber tube secured by a screw clip. A plug is also installed in the lead outlet pipe from above. Seven inches above the lower outlet, there's another tap for drawing off the oil.

The tank is further equipped with a wet steam coil and a coil arranged to allow thorough air agitation, both coils being of lead. A good arrangement is to use one coil to deliver either air or steam. These coils should extend as nearly as possible over the entire bottom of the tank and have a number of small downward perforations, so as to spread the agitation throughout the mass.

The tank is also equipped with a wet steam coil and a coil designed for thorough air agitation, both made of lead. A good setup is to use one coil to deliver either air or steam. These coils should cover almost the entire bottom of the tank and have several small downward openings to distribute agitation throughout the contents.

The temperature of the oil is reduced by passing in air[Pg 11] to 110° F. and 40 pounds of fine common salt per ton added through a sieve. About one-half of the acid (40 pounds of concentrated commercial hydrochloric acid) is now poured in and this is followed by the sodium bichromate in concentrated solution, previously prepared in a small lead vat or earthen vessel by dissolving 17 pounds of bichromate in 45 pounds commercial hydrochloric acid. This solution should be added slowly and should occupy three hours, the whole mass being thoroughly agitated with air during the addition and for one hour after the last of the bleaching mixture has been introduced. The whole mixture is now allowed to settle for one hour and the exhausted chrome liquors are then run off from the lower pipe to a waste tank. About 40 gallons of water are now run into the bleached oil and the temperature raised by open steam to 150° to 160° F. The mass is then allowed to settle over night.

The temperature of the oil is lowered by blowing in air[Pg 11] to 110° F, and 40 pounds of fine common salt per ton are added through a sieve. About half of the acid (40 pounds of concentrated commercial hydrochloric acid) is poured in, followed by the concentrated sodium bichromate solution, which was prepared in a small lead vat or earthen container by dissolving 17 pounds of bichromate in 45 pounds of commercial hydrochloric acid. This solution should be added slowly over three hours, while thoroughly mixing in air throughout the addition and for an hour after the last part of the bleaching mixture has been added. The entire mixture is then allowed to settle for an hour, and the used chrome liquors are drained off from the lower pipe to a waste tank. Next, about 40 gallons of water are added to the bleached oil, and the temperature is raised by open steam to 150° to 160° F. The mixture is then left to settle overnight.

One such wash is sufficient to remove the spent chrome liquor completely, provided ample time is allowed for settling. A number of washings given successively with short periods of settling do not remove the chrome liquors effectually. The success of the operation depends entirely upon the completeness of settling.

One wash is enough to completely remove the used chrome liquor, as long as there’s enough time for it to settle. Doing several washes in a row with short settling times doesn’t effectively get rid of the chrome liquors. The success of the process relies entirely on how well the settling is done.

The wash water is drawn off as before and the clear oil run to storage tanks or to the soap kettle through the upper oil cock.

The wash water is drained off like before, and the clear oil is transferred to storage tanks or to the soap kettle through the upper oil valve.

The waste liquors are boiled with wet steam and the oil skimmed from the surface, after which the liquors are run out through an oil trap.

The waste liquids are boiled with wet steam, and the oil is skimmed off the surface, after which the liquids are drained out through an oil trap.

By following the above instructions carefully it is possible to bleach one ton of palm oil with 17 pounds of bichromate of soda and 85 pounds hydrochloric acid.

By carefully following the instructions above, you can bleach one ton of palm oil using 17 pounds of sodium bichromate and 85 pounds of hydrochloric acid.

The spent liquors should be a bright green color. Should they be of a yellow or brownish shade insufficient acid has[Pg 12] been allowed and more must be added to render the whole of the oxygen available.

The used liquids should have a bright green color. If they appear yellow or brownish, it means not enough acid has been added, and more needs to be included to make all the oxygen available.

If low grade oils are being treated more chrome will be necessary, the amount being best judged by conducting the operation as usual and after the addition of the bichromate, removing a sample of the oil, washing the sample and noting the color of a rapidly cooled sample.

If low-grade oils are being treated, more chrome will be needed. The right amount is best determined by running the process as usual, adding the bichromate, taking a sample of the oil, washing the sample, and checking the color of a quickly cooled sample.

A little practice will enable the operator to judge the correspondence between the color to be removed and the amount of bleaching mixture to be added.

A bit of practice will help the operator determine the relationship between the color that needs to be removed and the amount of bleaching mixture to be added.

To obtain success with this process the method of working given must be adhered to even in the smallest detail. This applies to the temperature at which each operation is carried out particularly.

To achieve success with this process, you must stick to the specified method in even the smallest detail. This is especially true for the temperature at which each operation is performed.

AIR BLEACHING OF PALM OIL.

The method of conducting this process is identical with the chrome process to the point where the hydrochloric acid is to be added to the oil. In this method no acid or chrome is necessary, as the active bleaching agent is the oxygen of the air.

The way to carry out this process is the same as the chrome process until you add hydrochloric acid to the oil. In this method, there's no need for acid or chrome because the active bleaching agent is the oxygen in the air.

The equipment is similar to that of the former process, except that a wooden tank in which no iron is exposed will suffice to bleach the oil in. The process depends in rapidity upon the amount of air blown through the oil and its even distribution. Iron should not be present or exposed to the oil during bleaching, as it retards the process considerably.

The equipment is similar to the previous setup, except that a wooden tank where no iron is exposed will work to bleach the oil. The speed of the process relies on the amount of air pumped through the oil and how evenly it’s distributed. Iron shouldn’t be present or exposed to the oil during the bleaching, as it significantly slows down the process.

After the impurities have been removed, as outlined under the chrome process, the temperature of the oil is raised by open steam to boiling. The steam is then shut off and air allowed to blow through the oil until it is completely bleached, the temperature being maintained above 150° F. by occasionally passing in steam. Usually a ton of oil is readily and completely bleached after the air has[Pg 13] been passed through it for 18 to 20 hours, provided the oil is thoroughly agitated by a sufficient flow of air.

After the impurities have been removed, as described in the chrome process, the oil's temperature is raised to boiling using open steam. The steam is then turned off, and air is blown through the oil until it is fully bleached, keeping the temperature above 150°F by occasionally introducing steam. Typically, a ton of oil is easily and completely bleached after air has[Pg 13] been passed through it for 18 to 20 hours, as long as the oil is thoroughly mixed by a sufficient flow of air.

If the oil has been allowed to settle over night, it is advisable to run off the condensed water and impurities by the lower cock before agitating again the second day.

If the oil has been left to settle overnight, it's a good idea to drain the condensed water and impurities from the lower valve before mixing it again the next day.

When the oil has been bleached to the desired color, which can be determined by removing a sample and cooling, the mass is allowed to settle, the water run off to a waste tank from which any oil carried along may be skimmed off and the supernatant clear oil run to the storage or soap kettle.

When the oil has been bleached to the right color, which can be checked by taking a sample and cooling it, the mixture is allowed to settle. The water is then drained off to a waste tank, where any oil that gets mixed in can be skimmed off, and the clear oil on top is sent to storage or the soap kettle.

In bleaching by this process, while the process consumes more time and is not as efficient in bleaching the lower grade oils, the cost of bleaching is less and with a good oil success is more probable, as there is no possibility of any of the chrome liquors being present in the oil. These give the bleached oil a green tint when the chrome method is improperly conducted and they are not removed.

In this bleaching process, although it takes more time and isn’t as effective for lower quality oils, it’s cheaper to bleach. With a good quality oil, the chances of success are higher, as there's no risk of any chrome residues being left in the oil. When the chrome method isn't done right and those residues aren’t removed, they give the bleached oil a green tint.

Instead of blowing the air through it, the heater oil may be brought into contact with the air, either by a paddle wheel arrangement, which, in constantly turning, brings the oil into contact with the air, or by pumping the heated oil into an elevated vessel, pierced with numerous fine holes from which the oil continuously flows back into the vessel from which the oil is pumped. While in these methods air, light and heat act simultaneously in the bleaching of the oil, the equipment required is too cumbersome to be practical.

Instead of blowing air through it, the heater oil can be brought into contact with the air using a paddle wheel system that constantly turns to mix the oil with the air, or by pumping the heated oil into a raised container with many small holes through which the oil flows back into the original container. In these methods, air, light, and heat work together to bleach the oil, but the equipment needed is too bulky to be practical.

Recent investigations[1] in bleaching palm oil by oxygen have shown that not only the coloring matter but the oil itself was affected. In bleaching palm oil for 30 hours with air the free fatty acid content rose and titer decreased considerably.[Pg 14]

Recent studies[1] on bleaching palm oil using oxygen have revealed that both the colorants and the oil itself were impacted. Bleaching palm oil for 30 hours with air resulted in an increase in free fatty acid levels and a significant drop in titer.[Pg 14]

Olive Oil, which comes from the fruit of the olive trees, varies greatly in quality, according to the method by which it is obtained and according to the tree bearing the fruit. Three hundred varieties are known in Italy alone. Since the larger portion of olive oil is used for edible purposes, a lower grade, denatured oil, denatured because of the tariff, is used for soap manufacture in this country. The oil varies in color from pale green to golden yellow. The percentage of free acid in this oil varies greatly, though the oil does not turn rancid easily. It is used mainly in the manufacture of white castile soap.

Olive Oil, which comes from the fruit of olive trees, varies significantly in quality, depending on how it’s extracted and the type of tree that produces the fruit. There are about three hundred varieties known in Italy alone. Since most olive oil is used for cooking, a lower quality, denatured oil—modified due to tariffs—is used for making soap in this country. The oil ranges in color from light green to golden yellow. The percentage of free acid in this oil varies widely, but it doesn’t spoil easily. It is primarily used in the production of white castile soap.

Olive oil foots, which is the oil extracted by solvents after the better oil is expressed, finds its use in soap making mostly in textile soaps for washing and dyeing silks and in the production of green castile soaps.

Olive oil foots, which is the oil extracted by solvents after the higher-quality oil is pressed, is mainly used in soap making, particularly in textile soaps for washing and dyeing silks, as well as in producing green castile soaps.

Other oils, as poppy seed oil, sesame oil, cottonseed oil, rape oil, peanut (arachis) oil, are used as adulterants for olive oil, also as substitutes in the manufacture of castile soap, since they are cheaper than olive oil.

Other oils, like poppy seed oil, sesame oil, cottonseed oil, rapeseed oil, and peanut oil, are used to mix with olive oil or as substitutes in making castile soap because they are less expensive than olive oil.

Cottonseed Oil is largely used in the manufacture of floating and laundry soaps. It may be used for toilet soaps where a white color is not desired, as yellow spots appear on a finished soap in which it has been used after having been in stock a short time.

Cottonseed Oil is mostly used in making floating and laundry soaps. It can be used for toilet soaps when a white color isn't needed, as yellow spots can show up on a finished soap that's been in stock for a little while.

Corn Oil and Soya Bean Oil are also used to a slight extent in the manufacture of toilet soaps, although the oils form a soap of very little body. Their soaps also spot yellow on aging.

Corn Oil and Soybean Oil are also used to a small extent in making toilet soaps, although the oils create a soap with very little substance. Their soaps also tend to turn yellow as they age.

Corn oil finds its greatest use in the manufacture of soap for washing automobiles. It is further employed for the manufacture of cheap liquid soaps.

Corn oil is mostly used to make soap for washing cars. It’s also used to produce inexpensive liquid soaps.

Fatty Acids are also used extensively in soap manufacture. While the soap manufacturer prefers to use a neutral oil or fat, since from these the by-product glycerine is[Pg 15] obtained, circumstances arise where it is an advantage to use the free fatty acids. Red oil (oleic acid, elaine) and stearic acid are the two fatty acids most generally bought for soap making. In plants using the Twitchell process, which consists in splitting the neutral fats and oils into fatty acids and glycerine by dilute sulphuric acid and producing their final separation by the use of so-called aromatic sulphonic acids, these fatty acids consisting of a mixture of oleic, stearic, palmitic acids, etc., are used directly after having been purified by distillation, the glycerine being obtained from evaporating the wash water.

Fatty Acids are also widely used in making soap. Although soap producers usually prefer a neutral oil or fat because it yields glycerin as a by-product, there are situations where using free fatty acids is beneficial. Red oil (oleic acid) and stearic acid are the two fatty acids most commonly purchased for soap production. In facilities using the Twitchell process, which involves breaking down neutral fats and oils into fatty acids and glycerin using dilute sulfuric acid and separating them with aromatic sulfonic acids, these fatty acids—a mix of oleic, stearic, palmitic acids, etc.—are used right after being purified through distillation, while glycerin is obtained by evaporating the wash water.

Oleic acid (red oil) and stearic acid are obtained usually by the saponification of oils, fats and greases by acid, lime or water under pressure or Twitchelling. The fatty acids thus are freed from their combination with glycerine and solidify upon cooling, after which they are separated from the water and pressed at a higher or lower temperature. The oleic acid, being liquid at ordinary temperature, together with some stearic and palmitic acid, is thus pressed out. These latter acids are usually separated by distillation, combined with the press cake further purified and sold as stearic acid.

Oleic acid (red oil) and stearic acid are typically obtained by saponifying oils, fats, and greases using acid, lime, or water under pressure, or through Twitchelling. This process releases the fatty acids from their combination with glycerine, and they solidify as they cool. After cooling, they are separated from the water and pressed at varying temperatures. Oleic acid, which is liquid at room temperature, along with some stearic and palmitic acid, is then extracted. The latter acids are usually separated by distillation, combined with the leftover press cake, further purified, and sold as stearic acid.

The red oil, sometimes called saponified red oil, is often semi-solid, resembling a soft tallow, due to the presence of stearic acid. The distilled oils are usually clear, varying in color from light to a deep brown. Stearic acid, which reaches the trade in slab form, varies in quality from a soft brown, greasy, crumbly solid of unpleasant odor to a snow white, wax-like, hard, odorless mass. The quality of stearic acid is best judged by the melting point, since the presence of any oleic acid lowers this. The melting point of the varieties used in soap manufacture usually ranges from 128° to 132° F. Red oil is used in the manufacture of textile soaps, replacing olive oil foots soap for[Pg 16] this purpose, chlorophyll being used to color the soap green. Stearic acid, being the hard firm fatty acid, may be used in small quantities to give a better grade of soap body and finish. In adding this substance it should always be done in the crutcher, as it will not mix in the kettle. It finds its largest use for soap, however, in the manufacture of shaving soaps and shaving creams, since it produces the non-drying creamy lather so greatly desired for this purpose. Both red oil and stearic acid being fatty acids, readily unite with the alkali carbonates, carbon dioxide being formed in the reaction and this method is extensively used in the formation of soap from them.

The red oil, sometimes known as saponified red oil, is often semi-solid, similar to a soft tallow, because of the stearic acid content. The distilled oils are typically clear, with colors ranging from light to deep brown. Stearic acid, which comes to market in slab form, can vary in quality from a soft brown, greasy, crumbly solid with an unpleasant smell to a snow-white, waxy, hard, odorless material. The quality of stearic acid is best assessed by its melting point, as the presence of oleic acid reduces this. The melting point of the types used in soap production generally falls between 128° and 132° F. Red oil is utilized in making textile soaps, substituting olive oil foots soap for[Pg 16] this purpose, with chlorophyll added to color the soap green. Stearic acid, being a hard fatty acid, can be used in small amounts to enhance the quality of the soap's body and finish. When adding this ingredient, it should always be done in the crutcher, as it won't mix well in the kettle. Its most significant application for soap is in the production of shaving soaps and creams, since it creates the non-drying, creamy lather that is highly sought after for this use. Both red oil and stearic acid, being fatty acids, easily combine with alkali carbonates, with carbon dioxide generated during the reaction, and this process is widely used in soap making.

RANCIDITY OF OILS AND FATS.

Rancidity in neutral oils and fats is one of the problems the soap manufacturer has to contend with. The mere saying that an oil is rancid is no indication of its being high in free acid. The two terms rancidity and acidity are usually allied. Formerly, the acidity of a fat was looked upon as the direct measure of its rancidity. This idea is still prevalent in practice and cannot be too often stated as incorrect. Fats and oils may be acid, or rancid, or acid and rancid. In an acid fat there has been a hydrolysis of the fat and it has developed a rather high percentage of free acid. A rancid fat is one in which have been developed compounds of an odoriferous nature. An acid and rancid fat is one in which both free acid and organic compounds of the well known disagreeable odors have been produced.

Rancidity in neutral oils and fats is one of the challenges that soap manufacturers face. Saying that an oil is rancid doesn’t necessarily mean it has a high level of free acid. The terms rancidity and acidity are often connected. In the past, the acidity of a fat was seen as a direct measure of its rancidity. This misconception is still common today and should be corrected frequently. Fats and oils can be acid, or rancid, or acid and rancid. An acid fat has undergone hydrolysis and has developed a relatively high percentage of free acid. A rancid fat has developed compounds that produce unpleasant odors. An acid and rancid fat contains both free acid and organic compounds that are known for their disagreeable smells.

It cannot be definitely stated just how this rancidity takes place, any more than just what are the chemical products causing rancidity. The only conclusion that one may draw is that the fats are first hydrolyzed or split up into glycerine and free fatty acids. This is followed by an oxidation of the products thus formed.[Pg 17]

It can't be said for sure how rancidity happens, just like we can't pinpoint the exact chemical products that cause it. The only conclusion we can reach is that fats are first broken down or hydrolyzed into glycerin and free fatty acids. This is then followed by oxidation of the resulting products.[Pg 17]

Moisture, air, light, enzymes (organized ferments) and bacteria are all given as causes of rancidity.

Moisture, air, light, enzymes (structured ferments), and bacteria are all listed as causes of rancidity.

It seems very probable that the initial splitting of the fats is caused by enzymes, which are present in the seeds and fruits of the vegetable oils and tissue of animal fats, in the presence of moisture. Lewkowitsch strongly emphasizes this point and he is substantiated in his idea by other authorities. Others hold that bacteria or micro-organisms are the cause of this hydrolysis, citing the fact that they have isolated various micro-organisms from various fats and oils. The acceptance of the bacterial action would explain the various methods of preservation of oils and fats by the use of antiseptic preparations. It cannot, however, be accepted as a certainty that bacteria cause the rancidity of fats.

It seems very likely that the initial breakdown of fats is caused by enzymes found in the seeds and fruits of vegetable oils and in the tissues of animal fats, especially when moisture is present. Lewkowitsch strongly highlights this point, which is supported by other experts. Some argue that bacteria or microorganisms are responsible for this hydrolysis, noting that they have isolated different microorganisms from various fats and oils. Believing in bacterial action would explain the different preservation methods for oils and fats using antiseptic preparations. However, it cannot be definitively concluded that bacteria cause the rancidity of fats.

The action of enzymes is a more probable explanation.

The activity of enzymes is a more likely explanation.

The hydrolysis of fats and oils is accelerated when they are allowed to remain for some time in the presence of organic non-fats. Thus, palm oil, lower grades of olive oil, and tallow, which has been in contact with the animal tissue for a long time, all contain other nitrogenous matter and exhibit a larger percentage of free fatty acid than the oils and fats not containing such impurities.

The breakdown of fats and oils happens faster when they sit around with organic non-fats. For example, palm oil, lower-quality olive oil, and tallow, which has been in contact with animal tissue for a long time, all have other nitrogen compounds and show a higher percentage of free fatty acids compared to oils and fats that don't have those impurities.

Granting this initial splitting of the fat into free fatty acids and glycerine, this is not a sufficient explanation. The products thus formed must be acted upon by air and light. It is by the action of these agents that there is a further action upon the products, and from this oxidation we ascertain by taste and smell (chemical means are still unable to define rancidity) whether or not a fat is rancid. While some authorities have presumed to isolate some of these products causing rancidity, we can only assume the presence of the various possible compounds produced by the action[Pg 18] of air and light which include oxy fatty acids, lactones, alcohols, esters, aldehydes and other products.

Granting this initial breakdown of fat into free fatty acids and glycerin, this doesn’t fully explain the process. The resulting products need to be exposed to air and light. It’s through the action of these elements that further changes occur in the products, and from this oxidation, we can determine by taste and smell (chemical methods still can’t identify rancidity) whether a fat has gone rancid. While some experts have attempted to isolate certain products that lead to rancidity, we can only assume the presence of various compounds created by the action[Pg 18] of air and light, including oxy fatty acids, lactones, alcohols, esters, aldehydes, and other substances.

The soap manufacturer is interested in rancidity to the extent of the effect upon the finished soap. Rancid fats form darker soaps than fats in the neutral state, and very often carry with them the disagreeable odor of a rancid oil. Further, a rancid fat or oil is usually high in free acid. It is by no means true, however, that rancidity is a measure for acidity, for as has already been pointed out, an oil may be rancid and not high in free acid.

The soap maker cares about rancidity because of how it affects the final product. Rancid fats create darker soaps compared to fats that are neutral, and they often bring along the unpleasant smell of spoiled oil. Additionally, rancid fats or oils usually have a lot of free acid. However, it's not accurate to say that rancidity is a way to measure acidity, because, as mentioned before, an oil can be rancid without having a high level of free acid.

The percentage of free fatty acid is of even greater importance in the soap industry. The amount of glycerine yield is dependent upon the percentage of free fatty acid and is one of the criterions of a good fat or oil for soap stock.

The percentage of free fatty acid is even more important in the soap industry. The amount of glycerin produced depends on the percentage of free fatty acid and is one of the criteria for a good fat or oil for soap making.

PREVENTION OF RANCIDITY.

Since moisture, air, light and enzymes, produced by the presence of organic impurities, are necessary for the rancidity of a fat or oil, the methods of preventing rancidity are given. Complete dryness, complete purification of fats and oils and storage without access of air or light are desirable. Simple as these means may seem, they can only be approximated in practice. The most difficult problem is the removal of the last trace of moisture. Impurities may be lessened very often by the use of greater care. In storing it is well to store in closed barrels or closed iron tanks away from light, as it has been observed that oils and fats in closed receptacles become rancid less rapidly than those in open ones, even though this method of storing is only partially attained. Preservatives are also used, but only in edible products, where their effectiveness is an open question.

Since moisture, air, light, and enzymes from organic impurities are necessary for fats or oils to go rancid, various methods to prevent rancidity are provided. Complete dryness, full purification of fats and oils, and storage away from air and light are ideal. While these methods may seem simple, they can only be approximated in practice. The toughest challenge is eliminating the last bit of moisture. Impurities can often be reduced with greater care. When storing, it's best to use closed barrels or sealed metal tanks away from light, as it has been noted that oils and fats in sealed containers go rancid more slowly than those in open ones, even if this storage method is only partially achieved. Preservatives are also used, but only in edible products, where their effectiveness is still debated.

CHEMICAL CONSTANTS OF OILS AND FATS.

Besides the various physical properties of oils and fats,[Pg 19] such as color, specific gravity, melting point, solubility, etc., they may be distinguished chemically by a number of chemical constants. These are the iodine number, the acetyl value, saponification number, Reichert-Meissl number for volatile acids, Hehner number for insoluble acids. These constants, while they vary somewhat with any particular oil or fat, are more applicable to the edible products and are criterions where any adulteration of fat or oil is suspected. The methods of carrying out the analyses of oils and fats to obtain these constants are given in the various texts[2] on oils and fats, and inasmuch as they are not of great importance to the soap industry they are merely mentioned here.

Besides the various physical properties of oils and fats,[Pg 19] like color, specific gravity, melting point, and solubility, they can also be identified chemically by several constants. These include the iodine number, acetyl value, saponification number, Reichert-Meissl number for volatile acids, and Hehner number for insoluble acids. While these constants can vary somewhat with different oils or fats, they are more relevant to edible products and serve as indicators when any adulteration of oil or fat is suspected. The methods for analyzing oils and fats to obtain these constants are outlined in various texts[2] on oils and fats, and since they are not particularly important to the soap industry, they are only mentioned here.

OIL HARDENING OR HYDROGENATING.

It is very well known that oils and fats vary in consistency and hardness, depending upon the glycerides forming same. Olein, a combination of oleic acid and glycerine, as well as oleic acid itself largely forms the liquid portion of oils and fats. Oleic acid (C18H34O2) is an unsaturated acid and differs from stearic acid (C18H36O2), the acid forming the hard firm portion of oils and fats, by containing two atoms of hydrogen less in the molecule. Theoretically it should be a simple matter to introduce two atoms of hydrogen into oleic acid or olein, and by this mere addition convert liquid oleic acid and olein into solid stearic acid and stearine.

It’s widely known that oils and fats have different consistencies and hardness levels, depending on the glycerides that make them up. Olein, a mix of oleic acid and glycerin, as well as oleic acid itself, mainly makes up the liquid part of oils and fats. Oleic acid (C18H34O2) is an unsaturated acid and differs from stearic acid (C18H36O2), which makes up the hard, solid part of oils and fats, by having two fewer hydrogen atoms in its molecule. In theory, it should be straightforward to add two hydrogen atoms to oleic acid or olein, thereby transforming liquid oleic acid and olein into solid stearic acid and stearine.

For years this was attempted and all attempts to apply the well known methods of reduction (addition of hydrogen) in organic chemistry, such as treatment with tin and acid, sodium amalgam, etc., were unsuccessful. In recent years, however, it has been discovered that in the presence of a catalyzer, nickel in finely divided form[Pg 20] or the oxides of nickel are usually employed, the process of hydrogenating an oil is readily attained upon a practical basis.

For years, various attempts were made to use familiar methods of reduction (adding hydrogen) in organic chemistry, like treating with tin and acid or sodium amalgam, but they failed. Recently, though, it has been found that using a catalyst, typically finely divided nickel or nickel oxides, makes the process of hydrogenating oil easily achievable on a practical level.[Pg 20]

The introduction of hardened oils has opened a new source of raw material for the soap manufacturer in that it is now possible to use oils in soap making which were formerly discarded because of their undesirable odors. Thus fish or train oils which had up to the time of oil hydrogenating resisted all attempts of being permanently deodorized, can now be employed very satisfactorily for soap manufacture. A Japanese chemist, Tsujimoto[3] has shown that fish oils contain an unsaturated acid of the composition C18H28O2, for which he proposed the name clupanodonic acid. By the catalytic hardening of train oils this acid passes to stearic acid and the problem of deodorizing these oils is solved.[4]

The introduction of hardened oils has created a new source of raw materials for soap manufacturers, allowing them to use oils in soap making that were previously discarded due to their unpleasant odors. Now, fish or train oils, which until the hydrogenation process resisted all attempts at permanent deodorization, can be used effectively for soap production. A Japanese chemist, Tsujimoto[3] demonstrated that fish oils contain an unsaturated acid with the composition C18H28O2, which he named clupanodonic acid. Through the catalytic hardening of train oils, this acid is converted into stearic acid, solving the problem of deodorizing these oils.[4]

At first the introduction of hardened oils for soap manufacture met with numerous objections, due to the continual failures of obtaining a satisfactory product by the use of same. Various attempts have now shown that these oils, particularly hardened train oils, produce extraordinarily useful materials for soap making. These replace expensive tallow and other high melting oils. It is of course impossible to employ hardened oils alone, as a soap so hard would thus be obtained that it would be difficultly soluble in water and possess very little lathering quality. By the addition of 20-25% of tallow oil or some other oil forming a soft soap a very suitable soap for household use may be obtained. Ribot[5] discusses this matter fully. Hardened oils readily saponify, may be[Pg 21] perfumed without any objections and do not impart any fishy odor to an article washed with same. Meyerheim[6] states that through the use of hydrogenated oils the hardness of soap is extraordinarily raised, so that soap made from hardened cottonseed oil is twelve times as hard as the soap made from ordinary cottonseed oil. This soap is also said to no longer spot yellow upon aging, and as a consequence of its hardness, is able to contain a considerably higher content of rosin through which lathering power and odor may be improved. Hardened oils can easily be used for toilet soap bases, provided they are not added in too great a percentage.

At first, the introduction of hardened oils for soap making faced a lot of pushback because people kept failing to produce a satisfactory product using them. However, various attempts have now shown that these oils, especially hardened train oils, create extremely useful materials for soap production. They can replace expensive tallow and other high-melting oils. Of course, it's impossible to use hardened oils on their own, since that would result in a soap so hard that it wouldn't dissolve well in water and would have very little lather. By adding 20-25% of tallow oil or another oil that creates a softer soap, you can get a very suitable soap for household use. Ribot[5] discusses this topic in detail. Hardened oils can easily undergo saponification, can be [Pg 21] perfumed without any issues, and do not give off a fishy smell when washing with them. Meyerheim[6] states that using hydrogenated oils significantly increases the hardness of soap, making soap from hardened cottonseed oil twelve times as hard as soap made from regular cottonseed oil. This soap is also said to no longer develop yellow spots as it ages, and because of its hardness, it can hold a much higher content of rosin, which enhances lathering ability and fragrance. Hardened oils can be easily used for toilet soap bases as long as they aren’t added in excessive amounts.

The use of hardened oils is not yet general, but there is little doubt that the introduction of this process goes a long way toward solving the problem of cheaper soap material for the soap making industry.

The use of hardened oils isn't common yet, but there's no doubt that introducing this process significantly helps address the issue of more affordable soap materials for the soap-making industry.

GREASE.

Grease varies so greatly in composition and consistency that it can hardly be classed as a distinctive oil or fat. It is obtained from refuse, bones, hides, etc., and while it contains the same constituents as tallow, the olein content is considerably greater, which causes it to be more liquid in composition. Grease differs in color from an off-white to a dark brown. The better qualities are employed in the manufacture of laundry and chip soap, while the poorer qualities are only fit for the cheapest of soaps used in scrubbing floors and such purposes. There is usually found in grease a considerable amount of gluey matter, lime and water. The percentage of free fatty acid is generally high.

Grease varies greatly in composition and consistency, making it hard to classify as a specific oil or fat. It's obtained from scraps, bones, hides, and so on. While it has the same components as tallow, it contains a significantly higher amount of olein, which makes it more liquid. Grease can range in color from off-white to dark brown. The better quality greases are used to make laundry and chip soap, while the lower quality ones are only suitable for the cheapest soaps used for scrubbing floors and similar tasks. Grease often contains a considerable amount of gluey substances, lime, and water. The percentage of free fatty acid is usually high.

The darker grades of grease are bleached before being used. This is done by adding a small quantity of sodium nitrate to the melted grease and agitating, then[Pg 22] removing the excess saltpeter by decomposing with sulphuric acid. A better method of refining, however, is by distillation. The chrome bleach is also applicable.

The darker types of grease are bleached before use. This is achieved by adding a small amount of sodium nitrate to the melted grease and stirring it, then[Pg 22] getting rid of the excess saltpeter by breaking it down with sulfuric acid. However, a more effective refining method is distillation. Chrome bleach can also be used.

ROSIN (COLOPHONY, YELLOW ROSIN, RESINA).

Rosin is the residue which remains after the distillation of turpentine from the various species of pines. The chief source of supply is in the States of Georgia North and South Carolina. It is a transparent, amber colored hard pulverizable resin. The better grades are light in color and known as water white (w. w.) and window glass (w. g.). These are obtained from a tree which has been tapped for the first year. As the same trees are tapped from year to year, the product becomes deeper and darker in color until it becomes almost black.

Rosin is the leftover material that remains after turpentine is distilled from different types of pine trees. The main sources come from Georgia and the Carolinas. It’s a clear, amber-colored resin that can be easily crushed into a powder. The top-quality rosin is lighter in color and is referred to as water white (w. w.) and window glass (w. g.). These varieties are harvested from a tree that has been tapped for its sap for the first year. As the same trees are tapped year after year, the rosin becomes darker in color, eventually turning almost black.

The constituents of rosin are chiefly (80-90%) abietic acid or its anhydride together with pinic and sylvic acids. Its specific gravity is 1.07-1.08, melting point about 152.5 C., and it is soluble in alcohol, ether, benzine, carbon disulfide, oils, alkalis and acetic acid. The main use of rosin, outside of the production of varnishes, is in the production of laundry soaps, although a slight percentage acts as a binder and fixative for perfumes in toilet soaps and adds to their detergent properties. Since it is mainly composed of acids, it readily unites with alkaline carbonates, though the saponification is not quite complete and the last portion must be completed through the use of caustic hydrates, unless an excess of 10% carbonate over the theoretical amount is used. A lye of 20° B. is best adapted to the saponification of rosin when caustic hydrates are employed for this purpose, since weak lyes cause frothing. While it is sometimes considered that rosin is an adulterant for soap, this is hardly justifiable, as it adds to the cleansing properties of soap. Soaps containing[Pg 23] rosin are of the well known yellowish color common to ordinary laundry soaps. The price of rosin has so risen in the last few years that it presents a problem of cost to the soap manufacturer considering the price at which laundry soaps are sold.

The main components of rosin are primarily (80-90%) abietic acid or its anhydride, along with pinic and sylvic acids. It has a specific gravity of 1.07-1.08, a melting point of about 152.5°C, and it dissolves in alcohol, ether, benzene, carbon disulfide, oils, alkalis, and acetic acid. The primary use of rosin, aside from making varnishes, is in producing laundry soaps, although a small percentage serves as a binder and fixative for perfumes in toilet soaps and enhances their cleaning properties. Since it is mainly made up of acids, it easily reacts with alkaline carbonates, but the saponification isn't entirely complete, and the last part needs to be finished with caustic hydrates, unless you use an excess of 10% carbonate beyond the theoretical amount. A lye of 20° B. is best suited for saponifying rosin when using caustic hydrates, as weaker lyes can cause frothing. While some people think that rosin is an additive for soap, this isn't really valid since it improves the cleaning properties of soap. Soaps that contain[Pg 23] rosin are typically the familiar yellowish color seen in regular laundry soaps. The price of rosin has increased significantly in the last few years, creating a cost issue for soap manufacturers when considering the selling price of laundry soaps.

ROSIN SAPONIFICATION.

As has been stated, rosin may be saponified by the use of alkaline carbonates. On account of the possibility of the soap frothing over, the kettle in which the operation takes place should be set flush with the floor, which ought to be constructed of cement. The kettle itself is an open one with round bottom, equipped with an open steam coil and skimmer pipe, and the open portion is protected by a semi-circular rail. A powerful grid, having a 3-inch mesh, covers one-half of the kettle, the sharp edges protruding upwards.

As mentioned, rosin can be saponified using alkaline carbonates. To prevent the soap from overflowing, the kettle used for this process should be level with the floor, which should be made of cement. The kettle itself is open with a round bottom and has an open steam coil and a skimmer pipe. The open part is protected by a semi-circular rail. A strong grid with a 3-inch mesh covers half of the kettle, with the sharp edges facing upwards.

The staves from the rosin casks are removed at the edge of the kettle, the rosin placed on the grid and beaten through with a hammer to break it up into small pieces.

The staves from the rosin casks are taken out at the edge of the kettle, the rosin put on the grid and hammered to break it into small pieces.

To saponify a ton of rosin there are required 200 lbs. soda ash, 1,600 lbs. water and 100 lbs. salt. Half the water is run into the kettle, boiled, and then the soda ash and half the salt added. The rosin is now added through the grid and the mixture thoroughly boiled. As carbon dioxide is evolved by the reaction the boiling is continued for one hour to remove any excess of this gas. A portion of the salt is gradually added to grain the soap well and to keep the mass in such condition as to favor the evolution of gas. The remainder of the water is added to close the soap and boiling continued for one or two hours longer. At this point the kettle must be carefully watched or it will boil over through the further[Pg 24] escape of carbon dioxide being hindered. The mass, being in a frothy condition, will rapidly settle by controlling the flow of steam. The remaining salt is then scattered in and the soap allowed to settle for two hours or longer. The lyes are then drained off the top. If the rosin soap is required for toilet soaps, it is grained a second time. The soap is now boiled with the water caused by the condensation of the steam, which changes it to a half grained soap suitable for pumping. A soap thus made contains free soda ash 0.15% or less, free rosin about 15%. The mass is then pumped to the kettle containing the soap to which it is to be added at the proper stage. The time consumed in thus saponifying rosin is about five hours.

To saponify a ton of rosin, you need 200 lbs of soda ash, 1,600 lbs of water, and 100 lbs of salt. First, half of the water is poured into the kettle and boiled. Next, the soda ash and half of the salt are added. Then, the rosin is introduced through the grid and the mixture is boiled thoroughly. As carbon dioxide is released from the reaction, boiling continues for an hour to eliminate any excess gas. A portion of the salt is gradually added to help grain the soap and maintain a condition that promotes gas release. The rest of the water is added to finish the soap, and boiling continues for another one to two hours. During this time, the kettle must be carefully monitored to prevent it from boiling over due to the buildup of carbon dioxide. The mixture, being frothy, will settle quickly by managing the steam flow. The remaining salt is then added, and the soap is allowed to settle for two hours or longer. Afterward, the lyes are drained off the top. If the rosin soap is needed for toilet soaps, it is grained a second time. The soap is then boiled with the water resulting from steam condensation, which converts it into a semi-grained soap suitable for pumping. This soap contains 0.15% or less free soda ash and about 15% free rosin. Finally, the mass is pumped into the kettle containing the soap at the right stage. The entire process of saponifying rosin takes about five hours.

NAPHTHENIC ACIDS.

The naphtha or crude petroleum of the various provinces in Europe, as Russia, Galacia, Alsace and Roumania yield a series of bodies of acid character upon refining which are designated under the general name of naphthenic acids. These acids are retained in solution in the alkaline lyes during the distillation of the naphtha in the form of alkaline naphthenates. Upon adding dilute sulphuric acid to these lyes the naphthenates are decomposed and the naphthenic acids float to the surface in an oily layer of characteristic disagreeable odor and varying from yellow to brown in color[7]. In Russia particularly large quantities of these acids are employed in the manufacture of soap.

The naphtha or crude oil from various regions in Europe, such as Russia, Galicia, Alsace, and Romania, produces a range of acidic compounds when refined, known collectively as naphthenic acids. These acids remain dissolved in alkaline solutions during the distillation of the naphtha as alkaline naphthenates. When dilute sulfuric acid is added to these solutions, the naphthenates break down, and the naphthenic acids rise to the surface as an oily layer with a distinctive unpleasant smell, varying in color from yellow to brown[7]. In Russia, especially, large quantities of these acids are used in soap production.

The soaps formed from naphthenic acids have recently been investigated[8] and found to resemble the soaps made from cocoanut oil and palm kernel oil, in that they are[Pg 25] difficult to salt out and dissociate very slightly with water. The latter property makes them valuable in textile industries when a mild soap is required as a detergent, e. g., in the silk industry. These soaps also possess a high solvent power for mineral oils and emulsify very readily. The mean molecular weight of naphthenic acids themselves is very near that of the fatty acids contained in cocoanut oil, and like those of cocoanut oil a portion of the separated acids are volatile with steam. The iodine number indicates a small content of unsaturated acids.

The soaps made from naphthenic acids have recently been studied[8] and found to be similar to the soaps produced from coconut oil and palm kernel oil, in that they are[Pg 25] difficult to salt out and only slightly dissociate in water. This characteristic makes them useful in textile industries where a gentle soap is needed as a detergent, such as in the silk industry. These soaps also have a strong ability to dissolve mineral oils and emulsify easily. The average molecular weight of naphthenic acids is quite close to that of the fatty acids found in coconut oil, and like those from coconut oil, some of the separated acids can evaporate with steam. The iodine number suggests a low content of unsaturated acids.

That naphthenic acids are a valuable soap material is now recognized, but except in Russia the soap is not manufactured to any extent at the present time.

That naphthenic acids are a valuable soap ingredient is now recognized, but except in Russia, soap is not produced extensively at this time.

ALKALIS.

The common alkali metals which enter into the formation of soap are sodium and potassium. The hydroxides of these metals are usually used, except in the so called carbonate saponification of free fatty acids in which case sodium and potassium carbonate are used. A water solution of the caustic alkalis is known as lye, and it is as lyes of various strengths that they are added to oils and fats to form soap. The density or weight of a lye is considerably greater than that of water, depending upon the amount of alkali dissolved, and its weight is usually determined by a hydrometer. This instrument is graduated by a standardized scale, and while all hydrometers should read alike in a liquid of known specific gravity, this is generally not the case, so that it is advisable to check a new hydrometer for accurate work against one of known accuracy. In this country the Baumé scale has been adopted, while in England a different graduation known as the Twaddle scale is used. The strength of a lye or any solution is determined by the distance the instrument[Pg 26] sinks into the solution, and we speak of the strength of a solution as so many degrees Baumé or Twaddle which are read to the point where the meniscus of the lye comes on the graduated scale. Hydrometers are graduated differently for liquids of different weights. In the testing of lyes one which is graduated from 0° to 50° B. is usually employed.

The common alkali metals used in making soap are sodium and potassium. Usually, their hydroxides are used, except in what's called carbonate saponification of free fatty acids, where sodium and potassium carbonate come into play. A water solution of the caustic alkalis is known as lye, and it’s added to oils and fats at various strengths to create soap. The density or weight of a lye is significantly higher than that of water, depending on how much alkali is dissolved, and its weight is typically measured with a hydrometer. This tool is calibrated with a standardized scale, and while all hydrometers should give the same reading in a liquid with a known specific gravity, this often isn’t the case. So, it’s wise to check a new hydrometer for accuracy against one with known precision. In the U.S., the Baumé scale is used, while in England, a different scale known as the Twaddle scale is employed. The strength of a lye or any solution is determined by how far the instrument[Pg 26] sinks into the solution, and we refer to the strength of a solution in degrees Baumé or Twaddle, which are read at the level where the meniscus of the lye meets the graduated scale. Hydrometers are calibrated differently for liquids of varying weights. When testing lyes, one that is calibrated from 0° to 50° B. is generally used.

Caustic soda is received by the consumer in iron drums weighing approximately 700 lbs. each. The various grades are designated as 60, 70, 74, 76 and 77%. These percentages refer to the percentage of sodium oxide (Na2O) in 100 parts of pure caustic soda formed by the combination of 77-1/2 parts of sodium oxide and 22-1/2 parts of water, 77-1/2% being chemically pure caustic soda. There are generally impurities present in commercial caustic soda. These consist of sodium carbonate, sodium chloride or common salt and sometimes lime. It is manufactured by treating sodium carbonate in an iron vessel with calcium hydroxide or slaked lime, or by electrolysis of common salt. The latter process has yet been unable to compete with the former in price. Formerly all the caustic soda used in soap making was imported, and it was only through the American manufacturer using a similar container to that used by foreign manufacturers that they were able to introduce their product. This prejudice has now been entirely overcome and most of the caustic soda used in this country is manufactured here.

Caustic soda is delivered to consumers in iron drums that weigh around 700 lbs each. The different grades are labeled as 60, 70, 74, 76, and 77%. These percentages indicate the amount of sodium oxide (Na2O) in 100 parts of pure caustic soda, which is made by combining 77.5 parts of sodium oxide with 22.5 parts of water, with 77.5% representing chemically pure caustic soda. Commercial caustic soda usually contains impurities, which include sodium carbonate, sodium chloride (common salt), and sometimes lime. It is produced by treating sodium carbonate in an iron vessel with calcium hydroxide or slaked lime, or through the electrolysis of common salt. However, the latter method still hasn't managed to be as cost-effective as the former. In the past, all the caustic soda used in soap making was imported, and American manufacturers were only able to introduce their product by using similar containers to those used by foreign producers. That prejudice has now been completely eliminated, and most of the caustic soda used in this country is produced domestically.

CAUSTIC POTASH.

The output of the salts containing potassium is controlled almost entirely by Germany. Formerly the chief source of supply of potassium compounds was from the burned ashes of plants, but about fifty years ago the inexhaustible salt mines of Stassfurt, Germany, were discovered.[Pg 27] The salt there mined contains, besides the chlorides and sulphates of sodium, magnesium, calcium and other salts, considerable quantities of potassium chloride, and the Stassfurt mines at present are practically the entire source of all potassium compounds, in spite of the fact that other localities have been sought to produce these compounds on a commercial basis, especially by the United States government.

The output of potassium-containing salts is mostly controlled by Germany. Previously, the main source of potassium compounds came from the burned ashes of plants, but about fifty years ago, the vast salt mines in Stassfurt, Germany, were discovered.[Pg 27] The salt mined there contains, in addition to the chlorides and sulfates of sodium, magnesium, calcium, and other salts, significant amounts of potassium chloride. Currently, the Stassfurt mines are essentially the sole source of all potassium compounds, even though other regions have been explored for commercial production of these compounds, particularly by the U.S. government.

After separating the potassium chloride from the magnesium chloride and other substances found in Stassfurt salts the methods of manufacture of caustic potash are identical to those of caustic soda. In this case, however, domestic electrolytic caustic potash may be purchased cheaper than the imported product and it gives results equal to those obtained by the use of the imported article, opinions to the contrary among soap makers being many. Most of the caustic potash in the United States is manufactured at Niagara Falls by the Niagara Alkali Co., and the Hooker Electrochemical Co., chlorine being obtained as a by-product. The latter concern employs the Townsend Cell, for the manufacture of electrolytic potash, and are said to have a capacity for making 64 tons of alkali daily.

After separating potassium chloride from magnesium chloride and other substances found in Stassfurt salts, the methods for making caustic potash are the same as those for caustic soda. However, in this case, domestically produced electrolytic caustic potash can be bought cheaper than the imported version, and it produces results comparable to those achieved with the imported product, despite many soap makers believing otherwise. Most of the caustic potash in the United States is produced at Niagara Falls by the Niagara Alkali Co. and the Hooker Electrochemical Co., with chlorine being produced as a by-product. The latter company uses the Townsend Cell for manufacturing electrolytic potash and reportedly has the capacity to produce 64 tons of alkali daily.

Since the molecular weight of caustic potash (56) is greater than that of caustic soda (40) more potash is required to saponify a pound of fat. The resulting potash soap is correspondingly heavier than a soda soap. When salt is added to a potassium soap double decomposition occurs, the potassium soap being transformed to a sodium soap and the potassium uniting with the chlorine to form potassium chloride. This was one of the earliest methods of making a hard soap, especially in Germany, where potash was derived from leeching ashes of burned wood and plants.[Pg 28]

Since the molecular weight of caustic potash (56) is higher than that of caustic soda (40), more potash is needed to saponify a pound of fat. As a result, potash soap is heavier than soda soap. When salt is added to a potassium soap, double decomposition occurs; the potassium soap is converted into a sodium soap while the potassium combines with chlorine to create potassium chloride. This was one of the earliest methods for making hard soap, especially in Germany, where potash was obtained by leeching ashes from burned wood and plants.[Pg 28]

SODIUM CARBONATE (SODA ASH).

While carbonate of soda is widely distributed in nature the source of supply is entirely dependent upon the manufactured product. Its uses are many, but it is especially important to the soap industry in the so called carbonate saponification of free fatty acids, as a constituent of soap powders, in the neutralization of glycerine lyes and as a filler for laundry soaps.

While baking soda is found widely in nature, its supply relies heavily on manufactured products. It has many uses, but it’s especially important in the soap industry for the so-called carbonate saponification of free fatty acids, as an ingredient in soap powders, in the neutralization of glycerin lyes, and as a filler for laundry soaps.

The old French Le Blanc soda process, which consists in treating common salt with sulphuric acid and reducing the sodium sulphate (salt cake) thus formed with carbon in the form of charcoal or coke to sodium sulphide, which when treated with calcium carbonate yields a mixture of calcium sulphide and sodium carbonate (black ash) from which the carbonate is dissolved by water, has been replaced by the more recent Solvay ammonia soda process. Even though there is a considerable loss of salt and the by-product calcium chloride produced by this process is only partially used up as a drying agent, and for refrigerating purposes, the Le Blanc process cannot compete with the Solvay process, so that the time is not far distant when the former will be considered a chemical curiosity. In the Solvay method of manufacture sodium chloride (common salt) and ammonium bicarbonate are mixed in solution. Double decomposition occurs with the formation of ammonium chloride and sodium bicarbonate. The latter salt is comparatively difficultly soluble in water and crystallizes out, the ammonium chloride remaining in solution. When the sodium bicarbonate is heated it yields sodium carbonate, carbon dioxide and water; the carbon dioxide is passed into ammonia which is set free from the ammonium chloride obtained as above by treatment with lime (calcium oxide) calcium chloride being the by-product.[Pg 29]

The old French Le Blanc soda process involves treating common salt with sulfuric acid to create sodium sulfate (salt cake), which is then reduced with carbon in the form of charcoal or coke to form sodium sulfide. When sodium sulfide is treated with calcium carbonate, it produces a mix of calcium sulfide and sodium carbonate (black ash), from which sodium carbonate can be dissolved in water. However, this method has been replaced by the more modern Solvay ammonia soda process. Despite a significant loss of salt and the fact that the by-product calcium chloride from this process is only partially useful as a drying agent and for refrigeration, the Le Blanc process can't compete with the Solvay method. It won’t be long before the old method is seen as a chemical curiosity. In the Solvay manufacturing method, sodium chloride (common salt) and ammonium bicarbonate are mixed in a solution. Double decomposition occurs, resulting in ammonium chloride and sodium bicarbonate. The sodium bicarbonate is relatively insoluble in water and crystallizes out, leaving ammonium chloride in solution. When heated, sodium bicarbonate yields sodium carbonate, carbon dioxide, and water. The carbon dioxide is passed into ammonia, which is released from ammonium chloride by treatment with lime (calcium oxide), producing calcium chloride as a by-product.[Pg 29]

Sal soda or washing soda is obtained by recrystallizing a solution of soda ash in water. Large crystals of sal soda containing but 37% sodium carbonate are formed.

Sal soda, or washing soda, is made by recrystallizing a solution of soda ash in water. Large crystals of sal soda, which contain just 37% sodium carbonate, are produced.

POTASSIUM CARBONATE.

Potassium carbonate is not extensively used in the manufacture of soap. It may be used in the forming of soft soaps by uniting it with free fatty acids. The methods of manufacture are the same as for sodium carbonate, although a much larger quantity of potassium carbonate than carbonate of soda is obtained from burned plant ashes. Purified potassium carbonate is known as pearl ash.

Potassium carbonate isn’t widely used in soap making. It can be combined with free fatty acids to create soft soaps. The manufacturing methods are the same as for sodium carbonate, though a much larger amount of potassium carbonate is sourced from burned plant ashes compared to soda ash. Purified potassium carbonate is known as pearl ash.

ADDITIONAL MATERIAL USED IN SOAP MAKING.

Water is indispensable to the soap manufacturer. In the soap factory hard water is often the cause of much trouble. Water, which is the best solvent known, in passing through the crevices of rocks dissolves some of the constituents of these, and the water is known as hard. This hardness is of two kinds, temporary and permanent. Temporarily hard water is formed by water, which contains carbonic acid, dissolving a portion of calcium carbonate or carbonate of lime. Upon boiling, the carbonic acid is driven from the water and the carbonate, being insoluble in carbon dioxide free water, is deposited. This is the cause of boiler scale, and to check this a small amount of sal ammoniac may be added to the water, which converts the carbonate into soluble calcium chloride and volatile ammonium carbonate. Permanent hardness is caused by calcium sulphate which is soluble in 400 parts of water and cannot be removed by boiling.

Water is essential for soap manufacturers. In the soap factory, hard water often creates a lot of problems. Water, the best known solvent, dissolves some minerals from rocks as it flows through their crevices, making it hard. There are two types of hardness: temporary and permanent. Temporarily hard water comes from water that contains carbonic acid, which dissolves some calcium carbonate or lime carbonate. When boiled, the carbonic acid escapes, and the carbonate, which doesn't dissolve in water without carbon dioxide, settles out. This is why boiler scale forms, and adding a small amount of sal ammoniac can help, as it turns the carbonate into soluble calcium chloride and gaseous ammonium carbonate. Permanent hardness is due to calcium sulfate, which dissolves in 400 parts of water and can't be removed by boiling.

The presence of these salts in water form insoluble lime soaps which act as inert bodies as far as their value for the common use of soap is concerned. Where the percentage of lime in water is large this should be removed.[Pg 30] A method generally used is to add about 5% of 20° B. sodium silicate to the hard water. This precipitates the lime and the water is then sufficiently pure to use.

The presence of these salts in water creates insoluble lime soaps that act as useless substances for the everyday use of soap. When the percentage of lime in the water is high, it should be removed.[Pg 30] A common method is to add about 5% of 20° B. sodium silicate to the hard water. This causes the lime to precipitate, making the water pure enough to use.

Salt, known as sodium chloride, is used to a large extent in soap making for "salting out" the soap during saponification, as well as graining soaps. Soap ordinarily soluble in water is insoluble in a salt solution, use of which is made by adding salt to the soap which goes into solution and throws any soap dissolved in the lyes out of solution. Salt may contain magnesium and calcium chlorides, which of course are undesirable in large amounts. The products on the market, however, are satisfactory, thus no detail is necessary.

Salt, which is sodium chloride, is widely used in soap making for "salting out" the soap during saponification, as well as for graining soaps. Soap that usually dissolves in water becomes insoluble in a salt solution, so salt is added to the soap that goes into solution, causing any soap dissolved in the lyes to be thrown out of solution. Salt may also have magnesium and calcium chlorides, which are not ideal in large quantities. However, the products available on the market are satisfactory, so no further details are needed.

Filling materials used are sodium silicate, or water glass, talc, silex, pumice, starch, borax, tripoli, etc.

Filling materials used are sodium silicate, or water glass, talc, silex, pumice, starch, borax, tripoli, etc.

Besides these other materials are used in the refining of the oils and fats, and glycerine recovery, such as Fuller's earth, bichromates of soda or potash, sulphate of alumina, sulphuric and hydrochloric acids and alcohol.

Besides these, other materials are used in refining oils and fats, and recovering glycerin, like Fuller's earth, sodium or potassium bichromates, aluminum sulfate, sulfuric and hydrochloric acids, and alcohol.

A lengthy description of these substances is not given, as their modes of use are detailed elsewhere.

A long description of these substances isn't provided, since their ways of use are explained elsewhere.

FOOTNOTES:

[1] Seifensieder Zeit, 1913, 40, p. 687, 724, 740.

No text provided to modernize. Soap Makers Time, 1913, 40, p. 687, 724, 740.

[2] Official Methods, see Bull. 107, A. O. A. C., U. S. Dept. Agricult.

[2] Official Methods, see Bull. 107, A. O. A. C., U. S. Dept. Agricult.

[3] Journ. Coll. of Engin. Tokyo Imper. Univ. (1906), p. 1. Abs. Chem. Revue f. d. Fett-u. Harz, Ind. 16, p. 84; 20, p. 8.

[3] Journal of the College of Engineering, Tokyo Imperial University (1906), p. 1. Abstract. Chemical Review for Oils and Resins, Industry 16, p. 84; 20, p. 8.

[4] Meyerheim—Fort. der Chem., Physik. und Physik. Chem. (1913), 8. 6, p. 293-307.

[4] Meyerheim—Fort. der Chem., Physik. und Physik. Chem. (1913), 8. 6, p. 293-307.

[5] Seifs. Ztg. (1913), 40, p. 142.

[5] Seifs. Ztg. (1913), 40, p. 142.

[6] Loc. cit.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See previous source.

[7] Les Matieres Graisses (1914), 7, 69, p. 3367.

[7] Les Matieres Graisses (1914), 7, 69, p. 3367.

[8] Zeit. f. Angew. Chem. (1914), 27, 1, p. 2-4.

[8] Time. J. for Applied Chemistry (1914), 27, 1, p. 2-4.


CHAPTER II

Construction and Equipment of a Soap Plant.

No fixed plan for the construction and equipment of a soap plant can be given. The specifications for a soap factory to be erected or remodeled must suit the particular cases. Very often a building which was constructed for a purpose other than soap manufacture must be adapted for the production of soap. In either case it is a question of engineering and architecture, together with the knowledge obtained in practice and the final decision as to the arrangement is best solved by a conference with those skilled in each of these branches.

No specific plan for building and equipping a soap plant can be provided. The details for a soap factory that is being built or remodeled need to fit the unique situations. Often, a building originally designed for something other than soap production has to be adjusted for making soap. In both scenarios, it involves engineering and architecture, along with practical knowledge, and the final decision about the layout is best reached through discussions with experts in each of these fields.

An ideal soap plant is one in which the process of soap making, from the melting out of the stock to the packing and shipping of the finished product, moves downward from floor to floor, since by this method it is possible to utilize gravitation rather than pumping liquid fats and fluid soaps. Convenience and economy are obtained by such an arrangement.

An ideal soap plant is one where the soap-making process, from melting the raw materials to packing and shipping the finished product, flows downward from floor to floor. This way, you can use gravity instead of pumping liquid fats and soaps. This setup provides both convenience and cost savings.

The various machinery and other equipment for soap manufacture are well known to those connected with this industry. It varies, of course, depending upon the kind of soap to be manufactured, and full descriptions of the necessary machinery are best given in the catalogs issued by the manufacturers of such equipment, who in this country are most reliable.

The different machines and equipment used for making soap are familiar to people in this industry. Naturally, it varies based on the type of soap being produced, and detailed descriptions of the required machinery are best provided in the catalogs published by the manufacturers of this equipment, who are the most trustworthy in this country.

To know just what equipment is necessary can very easily be described by a brief outline of the process various soaps undergo to produce the finished article. After the saponification has taken place in the soap kettle the molten soap is run directly into the soap frames,[Pg 32] which consist of an oblong compartment, holding anywhere from 400 to 1,200 pounds, with removable steel sides and mounted upon trucks, in which it solidifies. In most cases it is advisable to first run the soap into a crutcher or mixer which produces a more homogeneous mass than if this operation is omitted. Color and perfume may also be added at this point, although when a better grade of perfume is added it must be remembered that there is considerable loss due to volatilization of same. When a drying machine is employed the molten soap is run directly upon the rollers of this machine, later adding about 1.0% zinc oxide to the soap from which it passes continuously through the drying chamber and is emitted in chip form ready for milling. After the soap has been framed, it is allowed to cool and solidify, which takes several days, and then the sides of the frame are stripped off. The large solid cake is cut with wires by hand or by a slabber into slabs of any desired size. These slabs are further divided into smaller divisions by the cutting table. In non-milled soaps (laundry soaps, floating soaps, etc.), these are pressed at this stage, usually by automatic presses, after a thin hard film has been formed over the cake by allowing it to dry slightly. In making these soaps they are not touched by hand at any time during the operation, the pressing, wrapping and packing all being done by machinery. For a milled soap the large slabs are cut into narrow oblong shapes by means of the cutting table to readily pass into the feeder of the chipper, the chips being spread upon trays and dried in a dry house until the moisture content is approximately 15%.

To understand what equipment is needed, it can be easily summed up by outlining the process that various soaps go through to become the finished product. After the saponification process happens in the soap kettle, the molten soap is poured directly into the soap frames, [Pg 32] which are rectangular containers that hold between 400 and 1,200 pounds, with removable steel sides and set on trucks, where it solidifies. Typically, it's best to first transfer the soap into a crutcher or mixer to create a more uniform mixture than if skipping this step. Color and fragrance can also be added at this stage, but it's important to note that using a higher quality fragrance can result in significant loss due to evaporation. When using a drying machine, the molten soap is fed directly onto the rollers of the machine, then about 1.0% zinc oxide is added as the soap moves continuously through the drying chamber and comes out in chip form ready for milling. After the soap has been framed, it’s left to cool and solidify for several days before the sides of the frame are removed. The large solid blocks are then cut by hand with wires or by a slabber into any desired slab size. These slabs are further divided into smaller pieces on the cutting table. In the case of non-milled soaps (like laundry soaps or floating soaps), they are pressed at this point, usually with automatic presses, after a thin hard film has formed over the top of the cake by allowing it to dry slightly. During the production of these soaps, there’s no direct handling by hand at any stage; pressing, wrapping, and packing are all done by machines. For milled soap, the large slabs are cut into narrow rectangular shapes with the cutting table to easily fit into the feeder of the chipper, where the chips are then spread on trays and dried in a dry house until the moisture content is about 15%.

The process of milling is accomplished by passing the dried soap chips through a soap mill, which is a machine consisting of usually three or four contiguous, smooth,[Pg 33] granite rollers operated by a system of gears and set far enough apart to allow the soap to pass from a hopper to the first roller, from which it is constantly conveyed to each succeeding roller as a thin film, and finally scraped from the last roller to fall into the milling box in thin ribbon form. These mills are often operated in tandem, which necessitates less handling of soap by the operator. The object of milling is to give the soap a glossy, smooth finish and to blend it into a homogeneous mass. The perfume, color, medication or any other material desired are added to the dried soap chips prior to milling. Some manufacturers use an amalgamator to distribute these uniformly through the soap, which eliminates at least one milling. When a white soap is being put through the mill, it is advisable to add from 0.5% to 1% of a good, fine quality of zinc oxide to the soap, if this substance has not been previously added. This serves to remove the yellowish cast and any translucency occasioned by plodding. Too great a quantity of this compound added, later exhibits itself by imparting to the soap a dead white appearance. Inasmuch as the milling process is one upon which the appearance of a finished cake of toilet soap largely depends, it should be carefully done. The number of times a soap should be milled depends upon the character of a soap being worked. It should of course be the object to mill with as high a percentage of moisture as possible. Should the soap become too dry it is advisable to add water directly, rather than wet soap, since water can more easily be distributed through the mass. As a general statement it may be said it is better policy to overmill a soap, rather than not mill it often enough.

The milling process involves passing dried soap chips through a soap mill, which is a machine typically fitted with three or four smooth,[Pg 33] granite rollers powered by a gear system. The rollers are spaced apart to allow the soap to move from a hopper to the first roller, where it is continuously fed as a thin film to each subsequent roller, and finally scraped off the last roller into the milling box in a thin ribbon shape. These mills are often used in tandem, reducing the need for the operator to handle the soap as much. The goal of milling is to give the soap a glossy, smooth finish and to mix it into a uniform mass. Fragrance, color, medicine, or any other desired ingredients are added to the dried soap chips before milling. Some manufacturers use an amalgamator to evenly mix these in, which can save at least one milling step. When processing white soap, it’s recommended to add about 0.5% to 1% of high-quality zinc oxide if it hasn’t been added before. This helps eliminate any yellow tint and translucency caused by processing. Adding too much zinc oxide, however, can lead to a dull white appearance in the soap. Since the milling process greatly influences the final appearance of a bar of toilet soap, it should be performed with care. The number of times a soap should be milled depends on the type of soap being processed, and the aim should be to mill it with as much moisture as possible. If the soap becomes too dry, it's better to add water directly instead of using wet soap, as water can be more easily spread throughout the mix. Generally, it’s better to overmill a soap than to mill it too few times.

After the soap has been thoroughly milled it is ready for plodding. A plodder is so constructed as to take the[Pg 34] soap ribbons fed into the hopper by means of a worm screw and continuously force it under great pressure through a jacketed cylinder through which cold water circulates in the rear to compensate the heat produced by friction and hot water at the front, to soften and polish the soap which passes out in solid form in bars of any shape and size depending upon the form of the shaping plate through which it is emitted. The bars run upon a roller board, are cut into the required length by a special cake cutting table, allowed to dry slightly and pressed either automatically or by a foot power press in any suitable soap die. The finished cake is then ready for wrapping and after due time in stock reaches the consumer.

After the soap has been thoroughly processed, it’s ready for plodding. A plodder is designed to take the [Pg 34] soap ribbons that are fed into the hopper using a worm screw, and continuously push them under high pressure through a jacketed cylinder. Cold water circulates at the back to cool down the heat generated by friction, while hot water at the front softens and polishes the soap, which then comes out in solid bars of any shape and size, depending on the shaping plate it passes through. The bars move along a roller board, are cut into the desired length by a special cake cutting table, allowed to dry slightly, and then pressed—either automatically or with a foot-powered press—into a suitable soap die. The finished cake is then ready for wrapping and, after some time in stock, it reaches the consumer.

Besides the various apparatus mentioned above there are many other parts for the full equipment of a modern soap plant, such as remelters, pumps, mixers, special tanks, power equipment, etc. As has been stated, however, practical experience will aid in judging the practicability as to installation of these. The various methods of powdering soap are, however, not generally known. Where a coarse powder is to be produced, such as is used for common washing powders, no great difficulty is experienced with the well known Blanchard mill. In grinding soap to an impalpable powder the difficulties increase. The methods adapted in pulverizing soaps are by means of disintegrators, pebble mills and chaser mills. The disintegrator grinds by the principle of attrition, that is, the material is reduced by the particles being caused to beat against each other at great velocity; a pebble mill crushes the substance by rubbing it between hard pebbles in a slowly revolving cylinder; the chaser mill first grinds the material and then floats it as a very fine powder above a curb of fixed height. The last method is particularly adapted for the finest of powder (140 mesh and over).

Besides the various equipment mentioned above, there are many other components needed for a modern soap plant, such as remelters, pumps, mixers, special tanks, power equipment, etc. As mentioned earlier, practical experience will help in determining the feasibility of installing these. However, the different methods for powdering soap are not widely known. When it comes to producing a coarse powder, like that used in common washing powders, using the well-known Blanchard mill presents no great challenges. But when grinding soap to a very fine powder, the difficulties increase. The methods used for pulverizing soaps include disintegrators, pebble mills, and chaser mills. The disintegrator works on the principle of attrition, meaning the material is reduced by particles striking against each other at high speed; a pebble mill crushes the substance by rolling it between hard pebbles in a slowly revolving cylinder; and the chaser mill first grinds the material and then suspends it as a very fine powder above a fixed-height curb. The last method is particularly suitable for the finest powder (140 mesh and above).


CHAPTER III

Classification of Soap-Making Methods.

In the saponification of fats and oils to form soap through the agency of caustic alkalis, as has been stated, the sodium or potassium salts of the mixed fatty acids are formed. Sodium soaps are usually termed hard soaps, and potassium soaps soft. There are, however, a great many varieties of soaps the appearance and properties of which depend upon their method of manufacture and the oils or fats used therein.

In the process of making soap from fats and oils using strong alkaline substances, as mentioned before, sodium or potassium salts of mixed fatty acids are produced. Sodium soaps are typically called hard soaps, while potassium soaps are referred to as soft soaps. However, there are many different types of soaps, and their appearance and characteristics depend on how they are made and the oils or fats used in the process.

The various methods adopted in soap making may be thus classified:

The different methods used in making soap can be categorized like this:

1. Boiling the fats and oils in open kettles by open steam with indefinite quantities of caustic alkali solutions until the finished soap is obtained; ordinarily named full boiled soaps. These may be sub-divided into (a) hard soaps with sodium hydrate as a base, in which the glycerine is recovered from the spent lyes; (b) hard soaps with soda as a base, in which the glycerine remains in the soap, e. g., marine cocoanut oil soaps; (c) soft potash soaps, in which the glycerine is retained by the soap.

1. Boiling fats and oils in open kettles with steam and unlimited amounts of caustic alkali solutions until the finished soap is made; commonly known as full boiled soaps. These can be further classified into (a) hard soaps made with sodium hydroxide, where the glycerin is extracted from the leftover lye; (b) hard soaps made with soda, where the glycerin stays in the soap, such as marine coconut oil soaps; (c) soft potash soaps, where the glycerin is kept in the soap.

2. Combining the required amount of lye for complete saponification of a fat therewith, heating slightly with dry heat and then allowing the saponification to complete itself. This is known as the cold process.

2. Mixing the right amount of lye to fully saponify a fat, warming it gently with dry heat, and then letting the saponification finish on its own. This is called the cold process.

3. Utilizing the fatty acid, instead of the neutral fat, and combining it directly with caustic alkali or carbonate, which is incorrectly termed carbonate saponification, since it is merely neutralizing the free fatty acid and thus is not a saponification in the true sense of the word. No glycerine is directly obtained by this method, as it is[Pg 36] usually previously removed in the clearage of the fat by either the Twitchell or autoclave saponification method.

3. Using the fatty acid instead of the neutral fat and mixing it directly with caustic alkali or carbonate, which is incorrectly called carbonate saponification, since it just neutralizes the free fatty acid and isn't true saponification. No glycerin is directly produced by this method, as it is[Pg 36] usually removed beforehand during the clarification of the fat using either the Twitchell or autoclave saponification methods.

In the methods thus outlined the one most generally employed is the full boiled process to form a sodium soap. This method of making soap requires close attention and a knowledge which can only be obtained by constant practice. The stock, strength of lyes, heat, amount of salt or brine added, time of settling, etc., are all influencing factors.

In the methods outlined, the most commonly used is the full boiled process for making sodium soap. This soap-making method requires careful attention and knowledge that can only be gained through regular practice. The stock, strength of lyes, temperature, amount of salt or brine added, settling time, and other factors all play a role.

The principles involved in this process are briefly these:

The principles involved in this process are simply these:

The fat is partly saponified with weak lyes (usually those obtained from a previous boiling in the strengthening change are used), and salt is added to grain the soap. The mass is then allowed to settle into two layers. The upper layer is partly saponified fat; the lower layer, or spent lye, is a solution of salt, glycerine, and contains any albuminous matter or any other impurity contained in the fat. This is known as the killing or glycerine change. Strong lyes are now added and the fat entirely saponified, which is termed the strengthening change. The mass is then allowed to settle and the fluid soap run off above the "nigre." This operation is called the finish or finishing change.

The fat is partially saponified with weak lyes (usually those obtained from a previous boiling in the strengthening change are used), and salt is added to grain the soap. The mixture is then allowed to settle into two layers. The upper layer is partially saponified fat; the lower layer, or spent lye, is a solution of salt, glycerin, and includes any albuminous matter or other impurities from the fat. This is known as the killing or glycerin change. Strong lyes are then added, fully saponifying the fat, which is called the strengthening change. The mixture is allowed to settle again, and the liquid soap is drained off above the "nigre." This operation is referred to as the finish or finishing change.

The method may be more fully illustrated by a concrete example of the method of manufacture of a tallow base:

The method can be better explained with a specific example of how to produce a tallow base:

Charge—
Tallow88 per cent.
Cocoanut oil10 per cent.
Rosin w. w.2 per cent.
Amount charge10 tons

About five tons of tallow and one ton of cocoanut oil are pumped or run into the soap kettle and brought to a boil with wet steam until it briskly comes through the hot fat. The caustic soda (strengthening lyes from former[Pg 37] boilings may be used here) is gradually added by the distributing pipe, any tendency to thicken being checked by the introduction of small quantities of brine ("salt pickle"). If the lye is added too rapidly the soap assumes a granular appearance, indicating that the addition of same must be discontinued. Water should then be added and the mass boiled through until it again closes. When the addition of the proper amount of caustic soda is nearing its completion the soap gradually thins. The steam is now cut down to about one turn of the valve, and brine is rapidly added or salt shoveled in. In ten to fifteen minutes the steam again breaks through and, from the appearance of the soap, it can be seen whether sufficient brine has been added. A sample taken out by means of a long wooden paddle should show the soap in fine grains with the lyes running from it clear. The steam is then shut off and the soap allowed to settle from one and one-half to two hours. In all settlings the longer time this operation is permitted to continue, the better will the subsequent operations proceed.

About five tons of tallow and one ton of coconut oil are pumped into the soap kettle and heated with wet steam until it boils vigorously. The caustic soda (previously used lyes from former boilings can be added here) is gradually introduced through the distributing pipe, with any thickening countered by adding small amounts of brine ("salt pickle"). If the lye is added too quickly, the soap will look granular, indicating that you need to stop adding it. At that point, you should add water and continue boiling until it returns to a uniform state. When you're close to adding the right amount of caustic soda, the soap will start to thin out. You then reduce the steam to about one turn of the valve and quickly add brine or shovel in salt. In about ten to fifteen minutes, the steam will break through again, and you can check the soap's appearance to see if enough brine has been added. A sample taken with a long wooden paddle should show the soap in fine grains with clear lye running off. The steam is then turned off, and the soap is allowed to settle for about one and a half to two hours. The longer you allow this settling, the better the next steps will go.

The mixture now consists of a partly saponified layer of fat above the spent lyes. The lyes are drawn off until soap makes its appearance at the exit pipe. The valve is then closed and the soap blown back into the kettle by steam. The lyes thus obtained are known as spent lyes, from which the glycerine is recovered. They should show an alkalinity of approximately 0.5 per cent. if the operation is carefully carried out.

The mixture now has a partially saponified layer of fat on top of the used lyes. The lyes are drained off until soap starts to appear at the exit pipe. The valve is then closed, and steam is used to blow the soap back into the kettle. The lyes obtained are called spent lyes, from which glycerine is extracted. If the process is done carefully, they should have an alkalinity of about 0.5 percent.

The remaining tallow is now added and the above operations repeated.

The leftover tallow is now added, and the steps mentioned above are repeated.

After the spent lyes have been drawn off, the soap is closed with water and the proper percentage of rosin soap previously formed, or rosin itself is added to the mass in the kettle. More lye is then allowed to flow in until the[Pg 38] mixture is up to "strength." This is usually tested by the "bite" on the tongue of a small cooled sample. After boiling until the steam comes through, the mass is grained with salt as before and allowed to settle one and one-half to three hours. These lyes, known as strengthening lyes are run to storage to be used subsequently with fresh fat to take up the caustic soda contained therein.

After the leftover lye has been drained, water is added to the soap along with the right amount of previously made rosin soap or rosin itself. More lye is then poured in until the[Pg 38] mixture reaches the right "strength." This is usually checked by tasting a small cooled sample for a "bite" on the tongue. After boiling until the steam emerges, salt is added to the mixture as before, and it is left to settle for one and a half to three hours. This lye, known as strengthening lyes, is then transferred to storage to be used later with fresh fat to incorporate the caustic soda it contains.

The soap is now ready for finishing and is first boiled through and tried for strength. A drop of phenolphthalein (1 per cent. phenolphthalein in 98 per cent. alcohol) is allowed to drop on the molten soap taken up on a trowel. The red color should be instantly produced and develop to a full deep crimson in a few seconds, or more lye must be added until this condition is realized. Should it flash a deep crimson immediately it is on the strong side. This cannot be conveniently remedied; it can only serve as a guide for the next boil, but in any case it is not of any serious consequence, unless it is too strong.

The soap is now ready to finish, starting with a boil to test its strength. A drop of phenolphthalein (1 percent phenolphthalein in 98 percent alcohol) is placed on a trowel of molten soap. It should instantly turn red and develop into a deep crimson in a few seconds; if not, more lye needs to be added until this happens. If it turns deep crimson right away, it indicates that the soap is on the strong side. This issue can't be easily fixed, but it will help guide the next boil. In any case, it’s not a serious problem unless it’s too strong.

With the steam on, the soap is now examined with a trowel which must be thoroughly heated by working it about under the surface of the hot soap. The appearance of the soap as it runs from the face of the trowel indicates its condition. It is not possible to absolutely describe the effect, which can only be properly judged by practice, yet the following points may serve as a guide. The indications to be noticed are the shape and size of the flakes of soap as the sample on the trowel breaks up and runs from the hot iron surface, when the latter is turned in a vertical position, as well as the condition of the iron surface from which the soap flakes have fallen. A closed soap will run slowly into a homogeneous sheet, leaving the trowel's surface covered with a thin layer of transparent soap; a grained mass will run rapidly down in tiny grains, about one-half an inch in diameter or less, leaving the hot trowel[Pg 39] absolutely dry. The object of the finish is to separate the soaps of the lower fatty acids from those of the higher, and both from excess of liquid. A point midway between "open" and "closed" is required to arrive at this point.

With the steam on, the soap is now checked with a trowel that needs to be completely heated by moving it around under the surface of the hot soap. The way the soap looks as it flows off the trowel shows its condition. While it's hard to describe the effect completely, which you can only truly understand through practice, the following points might help as a guide. Look for the shape and size of the soap flakes as the sample on the trowel breaks apart and flows from the hot iron surface when it’s tilted vertically, along with the condition of the iron surface from which the soap flakes have fallen. A closed soap will flow slowly into a smooth sheet, leaving the trowel covered with a thin layer of clear soap; a grained mass will quickly slide down in small grains, about half an inch in diameter or smaller, leaving the hot trowel[Pg 39] completely dry. The goal of the finish is to separate the soaps of the lower fatty acids from those of the higher ones, and both from excess liquid. You need to find a balance between "open" and "closed" to achieve this.

Having arrived at the above condition, the soap is allowed to settle anywhere from one to three days and then run off through the skimmer pipes to the nigre and framed or pumped to the tank feeding the drying machine.

Once the soap reaches this state, it's allowed to sit for one to three days before being channeled through the skimmer pipes to the nigre and either framed or pumped into the tank that supplies the drying machine.

The stock thus obtained should be fairly white, depending upon the grade of tallow used and slightly alkaline to an alcoholic phenolphthalein solution. If removed at exactly the neutral point or with a content of free fat the soap will sooner or later develop rancidity. The soap thus obtained is an ordinary tallow base, and the one by far greatest used in the manufacture of toilet soaps. The percentage of cocoanut oil indicated is not fixed and may readily be varied, while in fine toilet soap the rosin is usually eliminated.

The stock produced should be quite white, depending on the quality of tallow used, and it should be slightly alkaline to an alcoholic phenolphthalein solution. If it is taken out at exactly the neutral point or has free fat content, the soap will eventually go rancid. The soap created is a standard tallow base and is by far the most commonly used in making toilet soaps. The percentage of coconut oil suggested is not set and can be easily adjusted, while in high-quality toilet soap, rosin is typically removed.

In the manufacture of full boiled soda soaps in which no glycerine is obtained as a by-product, it being retained in the soap itself, the soap formed is known as a "run" soap. The process is used most extensively in the manufacture of marine soaps by which the method may be best illustrated. This soap is known as marine soap because of its property of readily forming a lather with salt water and is mostly consumed aboard vessels.

In the production of full boiled soda soaps where no glycerine is produced as a by-product, as it stays within the soap, the resulting soap is called "run" soap. This method is mainly used in making marine soaps, which illustrates the process well. This soap is called marine soap because it easily lathers with salt water and is primarily used on ships.

Marine soaps are manufactured by first placing in the kettle a calculated amount of lye of 25 deg. to 35 deg. B., depending upon the amount of moisture desired in the finished soaps, plus a slight excess required to saponify a known weight of cocoanut oil. With open steam on, the cocoanut oil is then gradually added, care being taken that the soap does not froth over. Saponification takes place readily and when the oil is entirely saponified the finished[Pg 40] soap is put through the process known as running. This consists in constantly pumping the mass from the skimmer pipe back into the top of the kettle, the object being to prevent any settling of the nigre or lye from the soap, as well as producing a homogeneous mass. It is customary to begin the saponification in the morning, which should be completed by noon. The soap is then run for about three hours and framed the next morning. After having remained in the frame the time required to solidify and cool, the soap is slabbed and cut into cakes. This process is difficult to carry out properly, and one not greatly employed, although large quantities of marine soap are purchased by the government for use in the navy and must fulfill certain specifications required by the purchasing department.

Marine soaps are made by first putting a calculated amount of lye (25 to 35 degrees B) in the kettle, depending on how much moisture is wanted in the finished soaps, along with a little extra needed to saponify a specific weight of coconut oil. With open steam on, the coconut oil is gradually added while ensuring the soap doesn't overflow. Saponification happens quickly, and once the oil is completely saponified, the finished[Pg 40] soap goes through a process called running. This involves constantly pumping the mixture from the skimmer pipe back into the top of the kettle to prevent settling of the lye or impurities from the soap and to create a uniform mixture. It's common to start the saponification in the morning, aiming to finish by noon. The soap is then run for about three hours and framed the following morning. After sitting in the frame long enough to solidify and cool, the soap is slabbed and cut into blocks. This process is tricky to get right and not widely used, although the government buys large quantities of marine soap for naval use, which must meet specific requirements set by the purchasing department.

In making potash soaps it is practically impossible to obtain any glycerine directly because of the pasty consistency of the soap, and no graining is possible because the addition of salt to a soft soap, as already explained, would form a soda soap. Large quantities of soft soaps are required for the textile industries who desire mostly a strong potash soap, and the large number of automobiles in use at the present time has opened a field for the use of a soft soap for washing these. A soap for this purpose must be neutral so as not to affect the varnish or paint of automobiles.

In producing potash soaps, it's nearly impossible to get any glycerine directly due to the thick consistency of the soap, and graining can’t happen because adding salt to a soft soap, as previously mentioned, would create a soda soap. The textile industries need large amounts of soft soaps that primarily want a strong potash soap, and the high number of cars on the road today has created a demand for a soft soap used for washing them. This type of soap must be neutral so it doesn’t damage the varnish or paint on cars.

A suitable soap for textile purposes may be made as follows:

A suitable soap for fabric use can be made like this:

Red oil80parts
House grease20parts
Caustic soda lye, 36 degs. B. 3parts
Carbonate of potash 5-1/2parts
Caustic potash23-1/4parts

Olive oil, corn oil, soya bean oil, olive oil foots or cottonseed[Pg 41] oil may replace any of the above oils. A large quantity of cottonseed oil will cause the soap to fig.

Olive oil, corn oil, soybean oil, olive oil foots, or cottonseed[Pg 41] oil can be used instead of any of the oils mentioned above. Using a lot of cottonseed oil will cause the soap to curdle.

To carry out the process, the caustic potash and carbonate of potash are dissolved and placed in the kettle together with the soda lye, and the oils added. This is most satisfactorily accomplished by being finished the day before the boiling is begun. The next day the boiling is begun and water added to bring the soap up to the desired percentage of fatty acid, due allowance being made for the water formed by the condensation of the open steam in boiling. Care must be taken that the soap in the kettle does not swell and run over during the saponification. A good procedure is to use open steam for a period of about two hours, then close the valve and allow the saponification to continue without boiling, and repeat this until it is entirely saponified. After the saponification has been completed the soap is briskly boiled all day and the proper corrections made; that is, if too alkaline, more oil is added, and if free fat is present, more potash. About 2 per cent. carbonate of potash is the proper amount for a soap containing 50 per cent. fatty acid. The soap is sampled by allowing it to drop on a clean, cold glass surface. In so doing, the soap should not slide or slip over the glass surface when pressed thereon, but should adhere to the glass, or it is too alkaline. A sample worked between the fingers showing too much stringiness should have more strong potash and oil added. A sample taken out in a pail and allowed to cool over night will serve as a guide as to the body of the soap in the kettle. When the soap has thus been properly finished it is run into barrels.

To carry out the process, dissolve the caustic potash and carbonate of potash and place them in the kettle along with the soda lye, then add the oils. It's best to finish this step a day before you start boiling. The next day, begin boiling and add water to achieve the desired percentage of fatty acid, while considering the water produced by steam condensation during boiling. Make sure the soap in the kettle doesn’t swell and overflow while saponifying. A good approach is to use open steam for about two hours, then close the valve and let the saponification continue without boiling, repeating this until it is fully saponified. Once saponification is complete, boil the soap briskly all day and make the necessary adjustments; if it’s too alkaline, add more oil, and if there’s free fat, add more potash. About 2 percent carbonate of potash is ideal for soap with 50 percent fatty acid. To test the soap, let it drop onto a clean, cold glass surface. It should stick to the glass without sliding when pressed; if it slides, it’s too alkaline. If a sample worked between your fingers is too stringy, add more strong potash and oil. A sample taken in a pail and left to cool overnight will indicate the consistency of the soap in the kettle. When the soap is properly finished, it's transferred into barrels.

For an automobile soap the following is a good working formula:

For a car wash soap, here's a solid working formula:

Corn oil1,000parts
Potash lye, 31-1/2 degs. B.697parts

Proceed as in the directions just given for textile soap in placing charge in the kettle. When the kettle is boiling up well, shut off the steam and the saponification will complete itself. The soap may be run into the barrels the next day.

Proceed as instructed for textile soap regarding placing the charge in the kettle. When the kettle is boiling properly, turn off the steam and the saponification will finish on its own. The soap can be transferred into barrels the following day.

A heavy soap with a smaller percentage of fat may be made as follows:

A thick soap with a lower fat content can be made like this:

Corn oil1,000parts
Potash lye, 24-1/2 degs. B.900parts

Boil until the soap bunches, and shovel the finished soap into barrels. Upon standing it will clear up. By the addition of more water the yield of soap per pound of oil may be run up to 300 per cent.

Boil until the soap clumps together, then scoop the finished soap into barrels. After sitting, it will clear up. By adding more water, you can increase the soap yield per pound of oil up to 300 percent.

After soft soaps have been allowed to stand for some time the phenomenon known as "figging" often occurs. This term is applied to a crystalline-like formation, causing spots of a star-like shape throughout the soap. This is undoubtedly due to the stearine content of the soap crystallizing out as it cools, and forming these peculiarly-shaped spots. It more generally occurs in the winter and may be produced artificially by adding a small quantity of soda to the potash lye before saponification.

After soft soaps have been left to sit for a while, a phenomenon called "figging" often happens. This term refers to a crystal-like formation that creates star-shaped spots throughout the soap. This is clearly caused by the stearine content of the soap crystallizing as it cools, forming these uniquely shaped spots. It usually happens more in the winter and can be artificially created by adding a small amount of soda to the potash lye before saponification.

The oils usually employed in the manufacture of potash soaps are cottonseed oil, corn oil, soya bean oil, olive oil foots, red oil, cocoanut oil, grease and the various train oils. The usual percentage yield is from 225 per cent. to 300 per cent., based upon the weight of oil used. In calculating the weight of a soft soap it is to be remembered that since potassium has a higher molecular weight (56) than sodium (40), the corresponding soap formed is that much greater in weight when compared with a sodium soap. Rosin may be added to soft soaps as a cheapening agent.[Pg 43]

The oils commonly used to make potash soaps include cottonseed oil, corn oil, soybean oil, leftover olive oil, red oil, coconut oil, grease, and various types of fish oils. The typical yield ranges from 225% to 300% based on the weight of the oil used. When calculating the weight of a soft soap, it’s important to keep in mind that since potassium has a higher molecular weight (56) than sodium (40), the resulting soap will weigh more when compared to a sodium soap. Rosin can be added to soft soaps as a cost-saving ingredient.[Pg 43]

COLD PROCESS.

The cold process for manufacturing soap is the simplest method of soap making, and the equipment required is small when compared to the other methods. All the more expensive equipment that is necessary is a crutcher, a tank to hold the lye, frames, a slabber or cutting table, and a press. Yet, in spite of the simplicity of thus making soap, the disadvantages are numerous for the production of a good piece of soap. The greatest difficulty is to obtain a thorough combination of oil or fat and lye so that there will not be an excess of one or the other in the finished soap. At its best there is either a considerable excess of free fat which later exhibits itself in producing rancidity or uncombined caustic, which produces an unpleasant effect on the skin when the soap is consumed for washing. The latter objection, of course, can only be applied to toilet soaps.

The cold process for making soap is the simplest method, and the equipment needed is minimal compared to other methods. The only more expensive tools required are a crutcher, a tank for the lye, frames, a slabber or cutting table, and a press. However, despite how easy this process may seem, there are many downsides to producing a quality soap. The biggest challenge is achieving a complete blend of oil or fat and lye so that there isn’t too much of one or the other in the final product. At its best, there can be a significant excess of free fat, which can lead to rancidity, or uncombined caustic, which can be harsh on the skin when the soap is used for washing. This latter issue specifically affects toilet soaps.

Cocoanut oil is used very largely in the manufacture of cold-made soaps as it is well adapted for this purpose, although it is by no means true that other oils may not be employed. Since by this process of manufacture no impurity contained in the fat or oil is removed in the making of the soap, it is necessary that in order to obtain a fine finished product, any impurity contained in these may be removed if present, or that the fats be as pure as can be obtained. If inedible tallow is used for cold-made soap, it is advisable to bleach it by the Fuller's Earth Process.

Coconut oil is widely used in making cold-processed soaps because it's very suitable for this purpose, although it's not true that other oils can't be used. Since this manufacturing process doesn't remove any impurities present in the fat or oil, it's important to ensure that any impurities are removed if they're there, or that the fats used are as pure as possible to achieve a high-quality finished product. If inedible tallow is used for cold-processed soap, it's recommended to bleach it using the Fuller's Earth Process.

The carrying out of this method is best illustrated by an example of a cold-made cocoanut oil soap.

The application of this method is best shown through an example of a cold-made coconut oil soap.

Charge:
Cochin cocoanut oil846parts
Lye (soda), 35 degs. B.470parts
Water24parts

The oil is run into the crutcher and the temperature of the oil raised to 100 degs. F. by dry steam. The lye and water are at room temperature. After all the oil is in the crutcher, the lye and water are slowly added to prevent any graining of the soap. Toward the end the lye may be added more rapidly. When all the lye is in, the mass is crutched for about three hours, or until upon stopping the crutcher a finger drawn over the surface of the soap leaves an impression. If this condition is not realized, the soap must be mixed until such is the case. Having arrived at this point, the mixture is dropped into a frame which should remain uncovered. The heat produced by the further spontaneous saponification will cause the soap to rise in the middle of the frame. After having set for some days it is ready to be slabbed and cut into cakes.

The oil is poured into the mixer and heated to 100°F using dry steam. The lye and water are at room temperature. Once all the oil is in the mixer, the lye and water are gradually added to avoid any graining in the soap. Near the end, the lye can be added more quickly. After all the lye is added, the mixture is mixed for about three hours, or until stopping the mixer shows that a finger dragged across the soap leaves a mark. If this isn’t the case, the soap must be mixed until it reaches that state. At this point, the mixture is poured into a frame that should stay uncovered. The heat from the ongoing spontaneous saponification will cause the soap to rise in the middle of the frame. After it sets for a few days, it's ready to be slabbed and cut into bars.

A potash soap may be made by the cold process just as readily as a soda soap. Soaps of this type may be made by either of these formulae in a crutcher:

A potash soap can be made using the cold process just as easily as a soda soap. Soaps like this can be produced with either of these formulas in a crutcher:

Olive oil foots600
Potash lye, 18 degs. B. hot, 20 degs. B. cold660

or

or

Corn oil800
Rosin200
Potash lye, 27 degs. B.790
Water340

Heat the oils to 190 degs. F., add the lye and crutch until the soap begins to bunch, when it is ready to be run into barrels where the saponification will be completed.

Heat the oils to 190°F, add the lye, and stir until the soap starts to thicken; then, it's ready to be poured into barrels where the saponification will finish.

Semi-boiled soaps differ from those made by the cold process in temperature. In making semi-boiled soaps the fats are usually heated to 140° F. The addition of the[Pg 45] lye raises the temperature to 180°—200° F. when saponification takes place.

Semi-boiled soaps are different from cold process soaps in terms of temperature. In making semi-boiled soaps, the fats are typically heated to 140°F. When lye is added, the temperature increases to 180°–200°F, at which point saponification occurs.

CARBONATE SAPONIFICATION.

The method of the formation of soap by the utilization of the fatty acid directly, from which the glycerine has already been removed by some method of saponification other than with caustic soda, and neutralizing this with alkali, is becoming increasingly popular. The glycerine is more easily recovered from a previous cleavage of the fats or oils, but a soap made from the mixed fatty acids thus obtained is seldom white in color and retains an unpleasant odor. Since soda ash or sodium carbonate is cheaper than caustic soda and readily unites with a fatty acid, it is used as the alkali in the carbonate saponification. The process is similar to that already given under Rosin Saponification. About 19 per cent. by weight of the fatty acids employed of 58 per cent. soda ash is dissolved in water until it has a density of 30 degs. B., and the solution is run into the kettle, which is usually equipped with a removable agitator. The fatty acids, previously melted, are then slowly added while the mixture is boiled with open steam and agitated with the stirring device. The fatty acids instantly unite with the carbonate and rise in the kettle, due to the generation of carbon dioxide, and care must be exercised to prevent boiling over. After all the fatty acid has been added, and the mass is boiled through the saponification must be completed with caustic soda, as there is as yet no practical method known which will split a fat entirely into fatty acid and glycerine. Thus about 10 per cent. of the fatty acids are true neutral fats and require caustic soda for their saponification. This is then added and the soap completed, as in full-boiled soaps.

The method of making soap by directly using fatty acids, from which glycerin has already been removed through a method of saponification other than caustic soda, and then neutralizing with alkali, is becoming increasingly popular. Glycerin is easier to recover from previously cleaved fats or oils, but soap made from the mixed fatty acids obtained in this way is rarely white and often has an unpleasant odor. Since soda ash or sodium carbonate is cheaper than caustic soda and easily combines with fatty acids, it is used as the alkali in the carbonate saponification. The process is similar to the one described under Rosin Saponification. About 19 percent by weight of the fatty acids used is combined with 58 percent soda ash dissolved in water until it has a density of 30 degrees B., and the solution is poured into the kettle, which usually has a removable agitator. The previously melted fatty acids are then slowly added while the mixture boils with open steam and is stirred with the agitation device. The fatty acids immediately combine with the carbonate and rise in the kettle due to the generation of carbon dioxide, so care must be taken to prevent boiling over. After all the fatty acids have been added and the mixture is boiled, saponification must be completed with caustic soda, as no practical method currently exists that can completely split fat into fatty acids and glycerin. About 10 percent of the fatty acids are true neutral fats and require caustic soda for their saponification. This is then added, completing the soap, similar to full-boiled soaps.

In carrying out this method upon a large scale, large[Pg 46] sue\Neanderthal\doroteer\Neanderthal\Josephine\ quantities of carbon dioxide are formed during the boiling of the soap, which replaces a quantity of the air contained therein. The kettle room should therefore be well ventilated, allowing for a large inflow of fresh air from out of doors.

In using this method on a large scale, substantial quantities of carbon dioxide are produced while boiling the soap, which displaces some of the air inside. Therefore, the kettle room should be well-ventilated, allowing for a significant influx of fresh air from outside.


CHAPTER IV

Classification of Soaps.

In considering the many different varieties of soaps, their classification is purely an arbitrary one. No definite plan can be outlined for any particular brand to be manufactured nor can any very sharp distinction be drawn between the many soaps of different properties which are designated by various names. It is really a question to what use a soap is to be put, and at what price it may be sold. There is, of course, a difference in the appearance, form and color, and then there are soaps of special kinds, such as floating soaps, transparent soaps, liquid soaps, etc., yet in the ultimate sense they are closely allied, because they are all the same chemical compound, varying only in their being a potash or soda soap, and in the fatty acids which enter into combination with these alkalis. Thus we can take a combination of tallow and cocoanut oil and make a great many presumably different soaps by combining these substances with caustic soda, by different methods of manufacture and by incorporating various other ingredients, as air, to form a floating soap, alcohol to make a transparent soap, dyestuffs to give a different color, etc., but essentially it is the same definite compound.

When looking at the various kinds of soaps, it's clear that their classification is quite arbitrary. There's no specific plan for making any particular brand, and the differences between the many soaps with different properties are not sharply defined, even if they go by different names. What really matters is how a soap is intended to be used and what price it can be sold for. Of course, there are differences in appearance, shape, and color, along with special types like floating soaps, transparent soaps, and liquid soaps, but in the end, they’re all closely related because they share the same chemical compound. The main differences are whether they are made with potash or soda soap, and the types of fatty acids used with these alkalis. For instance, we can mix tallow and coconut oil to produce many seemingly different soaps by combining these ingredients with caustic soda, using different manufacturing methods, and adding various other components—like air to create a floating soap, alcohol for a transparent soap, or dyes for color variations. However, fundamentally, they are all the same basic compound.

The manufacturer can best judge the brand of soaps he desires to manufacture, and much of his success depends upon the name, package, shape, color or perfume of a cake of soap. It is the consumer whom he must please and many of the large selling brands upon the market today owe their success to the above mentioned details. The great majority of consumers of soap know very little[Pg 48] concerning soap, except the fact that it washes or has a pleasant odor or looks pretty, and the manufacturer of soap must study these phases of the subject even more carefully than the making of the soap itself.

The manufacturer is in the best position to decide which brand of soap to create, and a lot of his success relies on the name, packaging, shape, color, or fragrance of a bar of soap. He has to satisfy the consumer, and many of the top-selling brands today owe their success to these details. Most soap consumers know very little[Pg 48] about soap, other than that it cleans, has a nice scent, or looks attractive, so the soap manufacturer needs to focus on these aspects even more than the actual soap-making process.

For a matter of convenience we will classify soap under three general divisions:

For convenience, we'll categorize soap into three main divisions:

I. Laundry soaps, including chip soaps, soap powders and scouring soaps.

I. Laundry soaps, including bar soaps, detergent powders, and abrasive soaps.

II. Toilet soaps, including floating soap, castile soap, liquid soap, shaving soap, etc.

II. Toilet soaps, like floating soap, castile soap, liquid soap, shaving soap, etc.

III. Textile soaps.

Textile detergents.

LAUNDRY SOAP.

The most popular household soap is laundry soap. A tremendous amount of this soap is consumed each day in this country, and it is by far manufactured in larger quantities than any other soap. It is also a soap which must be sold cheaper than any other soap that enters the home.

The most popular household soap is laundry soap. A huge amount of this soap is used every day in this country, and it is definitely produced in larger quantities than any other soap. It also has to be sold for less than any other soap that goes into homes.

The consumers of laundry soap have been educated to use a full boiled settled rosin soap and to make a good article at a price this method should be carried out, as it is the one most advisable to use. The composition of the fats entering into the soap depends upon the market price of these, and it is not advisable to keep to one formula in the manufacture of laundry soap, but rather to adjust the various fatty ingredients to obtain the desired results with the cheapest material that can be purchased. It is impossible to use a good grade of fats and make a profit upon laundry soap at the price at which it must be retailed. The manufacturer of this grade of soap must look to the by-product, glycerine, for his profit and he is fortunate indeed if he realizes the entire benefit of this and still produces a superior piece of laundry soap.[Pg 49]

Consumers of laundry soap have been taught to use a fully boiled, settled rosin soap, and to create a quality product, this method should be followed, as it is the most recommended. The types of fats used in the soap depend on their market prices, and it’s not wise to stick to one formula when making laundry soap. Instead, various fatty ingredients should be adjusted to achieve the best results with the least expensive materials available. It’s impossible to use high-quality fats and make a profit on laundry soap at retail prices. The manufacturer of this type of soap must rely on the by-product, glycerin, for profit, and they are really fortunate if they can benefit fully from this while still producing a superior laundry soap.[Pg 49]

SEMI-BOILED LAUNDRY SOAPS.

It is advantageous at times to make a laundry soap by a method other than the full boiled settled soap procedure as previously outlined. This is especially the condition in making a naphtha soap, in which is incorporated naphtha, which is very volatile and some of the well known manufacturers of this class of soap have adopted this process entirely. A laundry soap containing rosin cannot be advantageously made by the cold process, as the soap thus made grains during saponification and drops a portion of the lye and filling materials. By making a semi-boiled soap this objection is overcome. The half boiled process differs from the cold process by uniting the fats and alkalis at a higher temperature.

Sometimes it's beneficial to make laundry soap using a method that's different from the full boiled settled soap process previously described. This is particularly true when making naphtha soap, which includes naphtha that is very volatile, and some well-known manufacturers of this type of soap have completely adopted this method. A laundry soap that contains rosin can't be effectively made using the cold process, as the soap produced this way can clump during saponification and loses some of the lye and filling materials. By using a semi-boiled soap method, this issue is resolved. The half-boiled process differs from the cold process by combining the fats and alkalis at a higher temperature.

To carry out this process the following formulae have been found by experience to give satisfactory results.

To implement this process, the following formulas have been found through experience to yield satisfactory results.

I.lbs.
Tallow100
Rosin60
Soda Lye, 36° B.80
II.
Tallow100
Rosin60
Silicate of Soda25
Soda Lye, 36° B.85
III.
Tallow100
Rosin100
Lye, 36° B.105
Silicate of Soda25
Sal Soda Solution20

In any of these formulas the sodium silicate (40° B.) may be increased to the same proportion as the fats used. By so doing, however, twenty pounds of 36° B. lye must be added for every hundred pounds of silicate additional to that indicated or in other words, for every pound of silicate added 20 per cent. by weight of 36° B. lye must be put into the mixture. The rosin may also be replaced by a previously made rosin soap.

In any of these formulas, the sodium silicate (40° B.) can be increased to match the same proportion as the fats used. However, if you do this, you'll need to add twenty pounds of 36° B. lye for every additional hundred pounds of silicate beyond what's already indicated. In other words, for every pound of silicate you add, you must include 20 percent by weight of 36° B. lye in the mixture. The rosin can also be substituted with a pre-made rosin soap.

To make a semi-boiled soap, using any of the above formulae, first melt the rosin with all or part of the fat, as rosin when melted alone readily decomposes. When the mixture is at 150° F. run it into the crutcher and add the lye. Turn on sufficient dry steam to keep the temperature of the soap at about 150° F. in the winter or 130° F. in summer. After the mass has been mixed for half an hour, by continuously crutching the soap it will at first thicken, then grain and it may again become thick before it becomes smooth. When the mass is perfectly smooth and homogeneous drop into a frame and crutch in the frame by hand to prevent streaking. After standing the required length of time the soap is finished into cakes as usual.

To make semi-boiled soap using any of the formulas above, start by melting the rosin with all or part of the fat, since rosin will break down quickly when melted alone. Once the mixture reaches 150°F, pour it into the crutcher and add the lye. Turn on enough dry steam to keep the soap's temperature at about 150°F in winter or 130°F in summer. After the mixture has been stirred for half an hour, continuously mixing the soap will first thicken it, then cause it to granulate, and it might thicken again before becoming smooth. When the mixture is completely smooth and uniform, pour it into a frame and mix by hand in the frame to avoid streaks. After it sits for the required time, finish the soap into cakes as usual.

SETTLED ROSIN SOAP.

Settled rosin soaps are made from tallow, grease, cottonseed oil, bleached palm oils of the lower grades, corn oil, soya bean oil, arachis oil, distilled garbage grease, cottonseed foots or fatty acids together with an addition of rosin, varying from 24 per cent. to 60 per cent. of the fatty acids which should titer from 28 to 35. A titer lower than 28 will prevent the finished kettle of soap from being capable of later taking up the filling materials. As has already been stated under hardened oils, these being very much higher in titer allow a greater percentage of rosin to be added. Thus hardened fish oils and cottonseed oil are [Pg 51]gradually being more extensively employed in soaps of this character.

Settled rosin soaps are made from tallow, grease, cottonseed oil, lower-grade bleached palm oils, corn oil, soybean oil, peanut oil, distilled waste grease, cottonseed remnants, or fatty acids, combined with an addition of rosin that can range from 24% to 60% of the fatty acids, which should titer between 28 and 35. A titer lower than 28 will prevent the finished batch of soap from being able to absorb the filling materials later on. As previously mentioned regarding hardened oils, these oils, which have a much higher titer, allow for a greater percentage of rosin to be added. Therefore, hardened fish oils and cottonseed oil are gradually becoming more widely used in soaps of this type.

The procedure of handling the kettle is similar to that given under full boiled soap. The stock is steamed out into a settling tank and allowed to settle over night, after which it is pumped into the soap kettle. Having stocked the kettle, open steam is turned on and 10°-12° B. lye is run in, while using a steam pressure of ninety to one hundred pounds in order to prevent too great a quantity of condensation of the steam, the water thus being formed weakening the lye. If a steam pressure of fifty to sixty pounds is available, a stronger lye (20° B.) should be added. Care must be taken not to allow the lye to flow in too rapidly or the soap will not grain. The saponification is only attained by prolonged boiling with sufficient lye of proper strength. When saponification has taken place, the mass begins to clear and a sample taken out with a paddle and cooled should show a slight pink with a 1 per cent. alcoholic phenolphthalein solution.

The process of handling the kettle is similar to what is described for full boiled soap. The stock is steamed out into a settling tank and allowed to sit overnight, after which it is pumped into the soap kettle. Once the kettle is filled, steam is turned on and a 10°-12° B. lye is added, using a steam pressure of ninety to one hundred pounds to prevent excessive condensation of the steam, as the water produced can weaken the lye. If only fifty to sixty pounds of steam pressure is available, a stronger lye (20° B.) should be added. It’s important not to let the lye flow in too quickly or the soap won't grain properly. Saponification is achieved through prolonged boiling with the right amount of lye at the correct strength. When saponification occurs, the mixture starts to clarify, and a sample taken with a paddle and cooled should show a slight pink color when tested with a 1 percent alcoholic phenolphthalein solution.

It may be stated here that in using this indicator or any other to test the alkalinity of soap, the soap should always be cooled and firm, as whenever water is present, the dissociation of the soap thereby will always react alkaline. When this state is reached the mass is ready for graining, which is accomplished by distributing salt brine or pickle or spreading dry salt over the surface of the soap. The kettle is then thoroughly boiled until the mass shows a soft curd and the lye drops clearly from a sample taken out with a trowel or paddle. The steam is then shut off and the soap allowed to settle over night. The lyes are then run off to the spent lye tank for glycerine recovery. In saponifying a freshly stocked kettle it is apt to bunch. To prevent this salt is added at various times to approximately one per cent. of the fat used.[Pg 52]

It should be noted that when using this indicator or any other to test the alkalinity of soap, the soap must always be cooled and firm. When water is present, the soap will always react alkaline due to dissociation. Once this state is achieved, the mixture is ready for graining, which is done by either adding salt brine or pickle, or by spreading dry salt on the surface of the soap. The mixture is then boiled thoroughly until it shows a soft curd and the lye drains clearly from a sample taken with a trowel or paddle. After that, the steam is turned off, and the soap is allowed to settle overnight. The lye is then transferred to the spent lye tank for glycerine recovery. When starting a freshly stocked kettle, the mixture can clump together. To prevent this, salt is added at various times to reach about one percent of the fat used.[Pg 52]

If, by any possibility the soap has bunched, this condition may be remedied by the addition of more strong lye and boiling until it is taken up. To work a kettle to its full capacity it is advisable to make two "killing" changes. First add about 75 per cent. of the fat and grain as directed. Run off the spent lyes and then add the remainder of the stock and repeat the process. When the spent lye has been run to storage, the open steam is again turned on and 18° B. lye gradually allowed to run in. The rosin is now broken up and put into the kettle, or a previously made rosin soap is pumped in.

If the soap has clumped together, you can fix this by adding more strong lye and boiling it until it’s fully incorporated. To optimize a kettle's capacity, it’s a good idea to make two "killing" changes. First, add about 75% of the fat and grain as instructed. Drain off the spent lyes, then add the rest of the ingredients and repeat the process. Once the spent lye has been stored, turn the open steam back on and gradually let in 18° B. lye. Now, break up the rosin and add it to the kettle, or you can pump in a pre-made rosin soap.

Lye is then added until the soap has a sharp taste after about three hours of continuous boiling, or when the soap is in the closed state. More lye should then be run into the kettle to grain the soap well, the grain not being too small. Then allow the soap to settle over night and draw off the strengthening lye. The next day again boil up the kettle and add water until the soap thins out and rises or swells high in the kettle. A sample taken out at this stage upon a hot trowel should run off in large flakes. The surface of the soap should be bright and shiny.

Lye is added until the soap has a sharp taste after about three hours of continuous boiling, or when the soap is in a closed state. Then, more lye should be added to the kettle to properly grain the soap, ensuring the grain isn't too small. Let the soap settle overnight and draw off the excess lye. The next day, bring the kettle back to a boil and add water until the soap thins out and rises or swells high in the kettle. A sample taken out at this stage on a hot trowel should come off in large flakes. The surface of the soap should be bright and shiny.

If the sample clings to the trowel, a slight addition of lye will remedy this defect. The kettle is then allowed to rest, to drop the nigre and to cool for some time, depending upon the size of the kettle. The proper temperature is such that after having been pumped to the crutcher and the filling materials having been added, a thermometer placed into the mass should indicate 128°-135° F. after the crutcher has run from ten to fifteen minutes. The filling material may consist of from 7-9 per cent. of sal soda solution, 36°-37° B. warm or just enough to close up the soap and make it rise high in the center of a screw crutcher and make it cling close to a warm trowel. Other fillers such as outlined below are added at this point.[Pg 53]

If the sample sticks to the trowel, adding a little lye will solve this problem. The kettle is then left to rest, allowing the impurities to settle and the mixture to cool for a while, depending on the kettle's size. The ideal temperature is such that after being pumped to the crutcher and adding the filling materials, a thermometer inserted into the mixture should read 128°-135° F. after the crutcher has run for ten to fifteen minutes. The filling material can consist of 7-9 percent sal soda solution, 36°-37° B. warm, or just enough to help the soap rise high in the center of a screw crutcher and make it stick to a warm trowel. Other fillers, as described below, are added at this stage.[Pg 53]

An addition of from 2-3 per cent. of a special mineral oil for this purpose will impart a finish to the soap and 3-5 per cent. starch added prevents the soap from cracking in the frames. Other filling material as silicate of soda, borax, talc or silex are used. After the filling material has been thoroughly crutched through the soap it is framed, and, after being several days in the frame to solidify and cool the soap is ready for slabbing, pressing and wrapping.

Adding 2-3 percent of a special mineral oil for this purpose will give the soap a nice finish, and adding 3-5 percent starch prevents the soap from cracking in the frames. Other filler materials like soda silicate, borax, talc, or silex can also be used. Once the filling material is completely mixed into the soap, it is framed, and after being in the frame for several days to solidify and cool, the soap is ready to be cut, pressed, and wrapped.

In order to more definitely illustrate the composition of the mixture of fats and oils entering into the formation of a laundry soap a typical formula may be given for such a soap containing 40 per cent. rosin added to the amount of fats used:

In order to clearly show the makeup of the mixture of fats and oils that go into making laundry soap, here’s a typical formula for a soap that contains 40 percent rosin added to the amount of fats used:

lbs.
Grease7,000
Tallow4,000
Corn Oil7,000
Cottonseed Oil3,000
Rosin8,400

The following have been found to be satisfactory filling materials and are calculated upon the basis of a 1,400-pound frame of soap.

The following materials have been identified as suitable fillers and are estimated based on a 1,400-pound frame of soap.

I.lbs.
Sodium Silicate, 38°-40° B.100
Mineral Oil25
Sal Soda Solution, 36° B.80
Borax1
II.
Sal Soda Solution, 36° B.80
Mineral Oil25
Sodium Silicate60
[Pg 54]
III.
Soda Ash10
Sal Soda55
Sodium Silicate115
Mineral Oil40
Brine (Saturated Solution)10
Sodium Silicate, 38°-40° B.100
IV.
Sodium Silicate100
Silex or Talc200
Soda Ash50
V.
Sal Soda Solution, 36° B.90
Sodium Silicate50-60
Mineral Oil25
Borax Solution, 25° B. (hot)15

CHIP SOAP.

Chip soap is used extensively in laundries but is also used largely in other branches. It may be made either as a settled soap or by the cold made process.

Chip soap is widely used in laundries, but it's also frequently used in other areas. It can be produced either as settled soap or through the cold process.

To make a full boiled settled chip soap, proceed as directed under settled laundry soap. The kettle is stocked with light grease or a mixture of grease with corn oil or other cheap oils. For this kind of soap the rosin is eliminated.

To make a fully boiled settled chip soap, follow the instructions for settled laundry soap. The kettle should be filled with light grease or a combination of grease with corn oil or other inexpensive oils. For this type of soap, the rosin is omitted.

Chip soap may be filled as well as laundry soap. This is done in the crutcher and the following adulterations are suitable.

Chip soap can be filled just like laundry soap. This is done in the crutcher, and the following additives are appropriate.

lbs.
Settled Soap700
Soda Ash35
Sodium Silicate215
or
Settled Soap700
[Pg 55]
Silicate of Soda560
Soda Ash18
Carbonate of Potash, 26° B.50

The cheapest method of drying is by running this soap through a drying machine and this is the procedure usually carried out for making dried chip soap.

The most affordable way to dry is by using a drying machine, and this is the process typically used to produce dried chip soap.

COLD MADE CHIP SOAPS.

To make chip soaps by the cold process a sweet tallow of low percentage of free fatty acid should be employed. The tallow is heated to 120° to 135° F. and the lye run in slowly at first and then the silicate of soda is added. The mass is then mixed until a finger drawn through the soap leaves a slight impression, then dropped into frames or barrels. Soaps containing a small percentage of fat should be well covered in the frame for twenty-four hours to retain their heat and insure proper saponification. The following formulae are suitable:

To make chip soaps using the cold process, you should use a sweet tallow with a low percentage of free fatty acids. Heat the tallow to between 120° and 135° F, then slowly add the lye at first, followed by the silicate of soda. Mix the mixture until you can draw a finger through the soap and leave a slight impression, then pour it into frames or barrels. Soaps with a low fat content should be well covered in the frame for twenty-four hours to retain heat and ensure proper saponification. The following formulas are suitable:

I.lbs.
Tallow1,200
Soda Lye, 35° B.850
Sodium Silicate750
II.
Tallow475
Ceylon Cocoanut Oil100
Soda Lye, 37° B.325
Potash Lye, 37° B.56
III.
Tallow500
Soda Lye, 37-1/2° B.297
Sodium Silicate416
Potash Lye, 37-1/2° B.37-1/2
[Pg 56]
IV.
Tallow450
Soda Lye, 37-1/2° B.255
Sodium Silicate450
Potash Lye, 37-1/2° B.50
V.
Tallow450
Soda Lye, 35° B.470
Sodium Silicate650
VI.
Tallow420
Sodium Silicate600
Soda Lye, 37-12° B.270

UNFILLED CHIP SOAP.

A very good grade of chip soap is made by employing no filling material whatsoever, but unfortunately the price of this soap has been cut to such an extent that these can not compete with a filled chip. A number of the best soaps of this kind are made from a settled soap using a light grease with corn oil. A soap of this nature is made as follows.

A high-quality chip soap is made without using any fillers, but unfortunately, the price of this soap has been reduced so much that it can't compete with a filled chip. Many of the best soaps in this category are made from settled soap using a light grease and corn oil. Here's how to make a soap like this.

lbs.
Settled Soap800
Sal Soda Solution, 36°-37° B.252
Soda Ash182

If this soap is run into frames it may be stripped and chipped in two days.

If this soap is poured into molds, it can be removed and cut in two days.

SOAP POWDERS.

Soap powders have become so great a convenience as a general cleansing agent that to eliminate them from the household necessities would mean much unnecessary[Pg 57] energy and work to the great number of consumers of this product. They may be manufactured so cheaply and still be efficient, that their use has almost become universal for cleansing and scouring purposes. The uses to which soap and scouring powders are adapted are too well known to enter into a description of their employment. Since they offer a greater profit to the manufacturer than ordinary household soap, many brands are extensively advertised.

Soap powders have become such a convenient all-purpose cleaner that removing them from households would mean a lot of wasted[Pg 57] energy and effort for the many people who use them. They can be made so affordably while still being effective that their use has nearly become standard for cleaning and scrubbing. The various ways soap and scouring powders can be used are too familiar to need a detailed explanation. Since they bring in more profit for manufacturers than regular household soap, many brands are heavily promoted.

Numerous combinations for soap powders might be cited and it is a simple matter to vary the ingredients as to fat content and manufacture a powder of this sort as low as a cent a pound. Many substances are incorporated with soap, such as salt, soda ash, tripoli, crushed volcanic deposits, ground feldspar, infusorial earth of various kinds, silex, etc. In addition to these various fillers, compounds with true cleansing and bleaching properties, in addition to soap, are added, such as the salts of ammonium (sal ammoniac, carbonate of ammonia), sodium perborate and the peroxides of various metals. The public, however, have been accustomed to receive a large package of soap or scouring powder for a small amount of money and it is a difficult matter for the manufacturer to add more expensive substances of this nature to his product, to increase its efficiency, without raising the price or decreasing the size of the package.

There are many combinations of soap powders that can be mentioned, and it's easy to adjust the ingredients regarding fat content to create a powder that costs as little as a cent per pound. Various substances are mixed with soap, such as salt, soda ash, tripoli, crushed volcanic rock, ground feldspar, different kinds of infusorial earth, silex, and more. Besides these fillers, compounds with actual cleansing and bleaching properties are added along with soap, like ammonium salts (sal ammoniac, carbonate of ammonia), sodium perborate, and peroxides of different metals. However, the public is used to getting a large package of soap or scouring powder for a low price, making it challenging for manufacturers to include pricier substances in their products to boost effectiveness without raising prices or reducing the package size.

In manufacturing soap powders, the dried soap chips might be mixed with the filler and alkali and then pulverized. This method is not extensively employed nevertheless. The process which is the most economical is one whereby the ingredients are mixed in a specially adapted mixer for heavy material until dry and then run directly to the crusher and pulverizer, after which it is automatically packed, sealed and boxed.[Pg 58] Another method of procedure is to run out the mixture from the crutcher to the frames, which are stripped before the soap cools, and is cut up at once, for if it hardens it could not be cut with wires. It is better, however, to run the mixture into sheets upon a specially constructed floor and break up the mass when cool.

In making soap powders, dried soap chips can be mixed with filler and alkali, then ground down. However, this method isn't commonly used. The most cost-effective process involves mixing the ingredients in a specially designed heavy material mixer until dry, and then sending it straight to the crusher and pulverizer, after which it's automatically packed, sealed, and boxed.[Pg 58] Another approach is to transfer the mixture from the crutcher to frames, which are stripped before the soap cools, and cut immediately, as it becomes too hard to cut with wires once it sets. Nevertheless, it's better to spread the mixture into sheets on a specially built floor and break up the mass once it has cooled.

Formulae for soap powders which have been found to be suitable for running dry in the mixer follow:

Formulae for soap powders that have been found suitable for running dry in the mixer are as follows:

I
Soda ash, 58 per cent.42lbs.
Silica220"
Settled soap (usually cottonseed).25"
Salt10"
II
Soap (settled cottonseed)40lbs.
Soda ash, 58 per cent.60"
III
Settled soap100lbs.
Soda ash, 58 per cent.400"

Fillers in varying proportions may replace the soda ash in the above formulae. It is of course understood that the soap has been previously made and run as molten soap into the crutcher.

Fillers in different amounts may replace the soda ash in the formulas above. It's understood that the soap has already been made and poured as molten soap into the crutcher.

The following soap powders will not dry up in the crutcher upon running, but are of the class which may be framed or run on the floor to solidify:

The following laundry powders won't dry out in the mixer while in use, but are the type that can be shaped or spread on the floor to harden:

I
Soap850lbs.
Filler400"
Sal soda solution, 20 degs. B170"
[Pg 59]
II
Soap650lbs.
Filler550"
Sal soda solution, 20 degs. B.340"
III
Soap80lbs.
Filler550"
Sal soda solution170"
IV
Soap (settled tallow)800lbs.
Filler400"
Sal soda solution170"
Water100"

V

V

First saponify 100 parts house grease and 100 parts ordinary grease and make a run soap. Then use in crutcher either:

First, saponify 100 parts of household grease and 100 parts of regular grease to make a run soap. Then use in crutcher either:

Soap400lbs.
Filler575"
Hot water60"
or
Soap200lbs.
Hot water200"
Filler625"

It would be a simple matter to write numerous additional formulae, but the above are typical. The manufacturer must judge for himself just what filling material to use. The filler indicated in the above formulae is therefore left open. A few formulae for more expensive powders than those given recently appeared among others in the "Seifensieder Zeitung"[9]:[Pg 60]

It would be easy to come up with a lot more formulas, but the ones listed above are representative. The manufacturer needs to decide for themselves what filling material to use. The filler suggested in the above formulas is therefore left unspecified. A few formulas for higher-priced powders than those mentioned recently were published among others in the "Seifensieder Zeitung"[9]:[Pg 60]

I
Powdered soap90lbs.
Sodium perborate10"

The perborate should be added when the powder is perfectly dry or it loses its bleaching properties.

The perborate should be added when the powder is completely dry, or it will lose its bleaching properties.

II
Soap powder, 20 per cent. fat.
Cocoanut oil fatty acids25 lbs.
Olein25"
Bone fat70"
Soda lye, 30 degs. B.90"
Water150"
Ammonium carbonate125"
III
Soap powder, 10 per cent. fat.
Cocoanut oil fatty acids20lbs.
Olein10"
Bone fat20"
Soda lye, 30 degs. B.30"
Water175"
Ammonium carbonate175"

LIGHT OR FLUFFY POWDERS.

Light or fluffy powders containing 35-45% moisture can be made in two ways. The first method requiring a minimum equipment is to mix the powder and sal soda in a mixer, allow it to stand in frames for a week to crystallize or spread it on the floor for a few hours to dry and then grinding it.

Light or fluffy powders with 35-45% moisture can be made in two ways. The first method, which requires minimal equipment, is to mix the powder and sal soda in a mixer, let it sit in frames for a week to crystallize, or spread it on the floor for a few hours to dry and then grind it.

The continuous method finishes the powder in a few minutes and with a minimum amount of labor. By this process the various ingredients, soap, soda ash solution, etc., are measured, run by gravity into the mixer, mixed and the molten mass run over the crystallizer or chilling rolls thru[Pg 61] which either cold water or brine is pumped. From the roll the powder is scraped off clean by a knife, passes to a screen which sends the tailings to a grinder, falls into a storage bin from whence it is weighed and packed by an automatic weighing machine into cartons made up in most cases by another machine. Due to the large percentage of moisture contained in these soap powders the carton is generally wrapped in wax paper to aid in the prevention of the escape of moisture.

The continuous method finishes the powder in just a few minutes with minimal labor. In this process, different ingredients like soap and soda ash solution are measured and fed by gravity into the mixer, mixed together, and then the molten mass is run over the crystallizer or chilling rolls through[Pg 61] where either cold water or brine is pumped. From the rolls, the powder is scraped off clean with a knife, goes to a screen that sends the waste to a grinder, and then falls into a storage bin where it is weighed and packed by an automatic weighing machine into cartons, which are usually made by another machine. Because these soap powders have a high moisture content, the cartons are typically wrapped in wax paper to help prevent moisture loss.

Cleaning Powders.

Scouring powders are very similar to soap powders and differ only in the filler used. We have already considered these fillers under scouring soap, from which they do not differ materially. They are usually insoluble in water to aid in scouring. The mixer used for substances of this kind in incorporating the soap and alkali must be of strong construction.

Scouring powders are quite similar to soap powders, differing mainly in the type of filler used. We've already looked at these fillers when discussing scouring soap, as they're not materially different from each other. Typically, they’re insoluble in water to enhance the scouring action. The mixer used to combine the soap and alkali for these types of substances needs to be built robustly.

SCOURING SOAP.

Scouring soaps resemble soap powders very closely in their composition, in that they are a combination of soap and filling material. Since more lather is required from a scouring soap than in soap powders, a cocoanut oil soap is generally used. The usual filling material used is silex. The greatest difficulty in the manufacture of scouring soap is the cracking of the finished cake. This is usually due to the incorporation of too great an amount of filler, or too high a percentage of moisture.

Scouring soaps are quite similar to soap powders in their makeup, as they consist of a mix of soap and filler. Because scouring soaps need to produce more lather than soap powders, coconut oil soap is typically used. The common filler used is silex. The biggest challenge in making scouring soap is preventing the finished cake from cracking. This usually happens when too much filler is added or when the moisture content is too high.

In manufacturing these soaps the cocoanut oil is saponified in the crutcher with 38 degs. B. lye, or previously saponified as a run soap, as already described under "Marine Soaps." To twenty-five parts of soap are added a percentage of 38 degs. B. sal soda[Pg 62] or soda ash solution, together with a small quantity of salt brine. To this mixture in the crutcher seventy-five parts of silex are then added, and a sufficient amount of hot water to make the mass flow readily. Care must be exercised to not add too great a quantity of water or the mass will crack when it cools. The mass is then framed and cut before it sets, or poured into molds and allowed to set. While silex is the most extensively used filler for scouring soaps, it is feasible to incorporate other substances of like character, although it is to be remembered that the consumer is accustomed to a white cake, such as silex produces. Any other material used to replace silex should also be as fine as this product.

In making these soaps, coconut oil is saponified in the crutcher with 38 degrees B. lye, or it can be previously saponified as a run soap, as described under "Marine Soaps." To twenty-five parts of soap, a percentage of 38 degrees B. sal soda[Pg 62] or soda ash solution is added, along with a small amount of salt brine. Then, in the crutcher, seventy-five parts of silex are added, along with enough hot water to ensure the mixture flows easily. Care must be taken not to add too much water, as this will cause the mass to crack when it cools. The mixture is then framed and cut before it sets or poured into molds and allowed to set. While silex is the most commonly used filler for scouring soaps, it is possible to use other similar substances; however, it is important to remember that consumers are used to a white cake produced by silex. Any other material used to replace silex should also be as fine as this product.

FLOATING SOAP.

Floating soap occupies a position midway between laundry and toilet soap. Since it is not highly perfumed and a large piece of soap may be purchased for small cost, as is the case with laundry soap, it is readily adaptable to general household use. Floating soap differs from ordinary soap in having air crutched into it which causes the soap to float in water. This is often advantageous, especially as a bath soap, and undoubtedly the largest selling brand of soap on the American market today is a floating soap.

Floating soap sits between laundry soap and bar soap for personal care. It's not heavily scented, and you can buy a decent-sized bar for a low price, similar to laundry soap, making it easy to use around the house. Floating soap is different from regular soap because it has air whipped into it, allowing it to float in water. This can be quite useful, especially as a bath soap, and arguably the best-selling soap brand in the U.S. right now is a floating soap.

In the manufacture of floating soap a high proportion of cocoanut oil is necessary. A most suitable composition is one part cocoanut oil to one part of tallow. This is an expensive stock for the highest grade of soap and is usually cheapened by the use of cottonseed or various other liquid oils. Thus it is possible to obtain a floating soap from a kettle stocked with 30 per cent. cocoanut oil, 15 per cent. cottonseed oil and 55 per cent. tallow. With this quality of soap, however, there is a possibility of sweating and[Pg 63] rancidity, and of the soap being too soft and being poor in color.

In making floating soap, a significant amount of coconut oil is required. An ideal mix is one part coconut oil to one part tallow. This is a pricey base for premium soap, and it's often made cheaper by adding cottonseed or other liquid oils. As a result, it's possible to make floating soap with a mix of 30% coconut oil, 15% cottonseed oil, and 55% tallow. However, this type of soap may have issues with sweating and rancidity, and it might end up being too soft with poor color.

The process of manufacture is to boil the soap in an ordinary soap kettle, after which air is worked into the hot soap by a specially constructed crutcher, after which the soap is framed, slabbed, cut into cakes and pressed.

The manufacturing process involves boiling the soap in a standard soap kettle, then incorporating air into the hot soap using a specially designed crutcher. After that, the soap is framed, slabbed, cut into cakes, and pressed.

Concerning the boiling of the soap, the saponification must be carefully carried out, as the high proportion of cocoanut oil may cause a violent reaction in the kettle causing it to boil over.

Concerning the boiling of the soap, the saponification must be done carefully, as the large amount of coconut oil can lead to a violent reaction in the kettle, causing it to boil over.

The method of procedure is the same as for a settled soap up to the finishing. When the mass is finally settled after the finish, the soap should be more on the "open" side, and the object should be to get as long a piece of goods as possible.

The method of procedure is the same as for a settled soap until the finishing stage. When the mixture is finally settled after finishing, the soap should be more on the "open" side, and the goal should be to produce as long a piece of goods as possible.

Due to its high melting point, a much harder crust forms on the surface of a floating soap and in a greater proportion than on a settled soap during the settling. In a large kettle, in fact, it has been found impossible to break through this crust by the ordinary procedure to admit the skimmer pipe. Much of the success of the subsequent operations depends upon the completeness of the settling, and in order to overcome the difficulties occasioned by the formation of the crust everything possible should be done in the way of covering the kettle completely to enable this period of settling to continue as long as possible.

Because of its high melting point, a much harder layer forms on the surface of a floating soap, and this happens in a greater amount than on settled soap during the settling process. In a large kettle, it has actually been found impossible to break through this layer using the usual method to allow the skimmer pipe in. A lot of the success of the following operations relies on how well the settling is done, so to overcome the problems caused by the formation of the layer, everything possible should be done to completely cover the kettle, allowing this settling period to last as long as possible.

When the soap is finished it is run into a specially constructed U-shape crutcher, a Strunz crutcher is best adapted to this purpose, although a rapidly revolving upright screw crutcher has been found to give satisfaction upon a smaller scale, and a sufficient quantity of air beaten into the soap to make it light enough to float. Care must be taken not to run the crutcher too rapidly or the soap will be entirely too fobby. During this operation the mass of[Pg 64] soap increases in bulk, and after it has been established how much air must be put into the soap to satisfy the requirements, this increase in bulk is a criterion to estimate when this process is completed.

When the soap is done, it’s poured into a specially designed U-shaped mixer. A Strunz mixer works best for this, but a fast-spinning upright screw mixer has also been found to perform well on a smaller scale, incorporating enough air into the soap to make it light enough to float. It's important not to run the mixer too fast, or the soap will become overly frothy. During this process, the amount of soap increases, and once it's established how much air needs to be added to meet the requirements, this increase in volume serves as an indicator of when the process is complete.

It is of course understood that the longer the crutching continues the greater quantity of air is incorporated and the increase of volume must be established for a particular composition by sampling, cooling the sample rapidly and seeing if it floats in water. If the beating is continued too long an interval of time, the finished soap is too spongy and useless.

It’s understood that the longer the crutching process lasts, the more air gets mixed in, and the increase in volume needs to be determined for a specific mixture by taking samples, cooling them quickly, and checking if they float in water. If the beating goes on for too long, the final soap turns out too spongy and ineffective.

The temperature of the mass during crutching is most important. This must never exceed 158 degrees F. At 159 degrees F. the operation is not very successful, yet the thermometer may indicate 140 degrees F. without interfering with this operation. If, however, the temperature drops too low, trouble is liable to be met with, by the soap solidifying too quickly in the frames.

The temperature of the mass during crutching is crucial. It must never go over 158 degrees F. At 159 degrees F., the process isn't very successful, even though the thermometer might show 140 degrees F. without affecting this operation. However, if the temperature gets too low, problems can arise because the soap might solidify too quickly in the frames.

When the crutching is completed, the soap is allowed to drop into frames through the valve at the bottom of the crutcher and rapidly crutched by the hand in the frames to prevent large air spaces and then allowed to cool. It is an improvement to jolt the frames as they are drawn away as this tends to make the larger air bubbles float to the surface and thus reduce the quantity of waste. When the soap has cooled, the frame is stripped and the soap slabbed as usual. At this point a layer of considerable depth of spongy soap will be found to have formed. This of course must be cut away and returned to the kettle. The last few slabs are also often rejected, inasmuch as the weight of the soap above them has forced out so much of the air that the soap no longer floats. As a fair average it may be estimated that not more than 50 to 60 per cent. of the soap in the kettle will come out as finished cakes.[Pg 65] the remaining 40 to 50 per cent. being constituted by the heavy crust in the kettle, the spongy tops, the bottom slabs and scrapings. This soap is of course reboiled and consequently not lost, but the actual cakes obtained are produced at a cost of practically double labor.

Once the crutching is finished, the soap is allowed to flow into frames through the valve at the bottom of the crutcher and quickly crutched by hand in the frames to prevent large air pockets, then it is allowed to cool. It's beneficial to jolt the frames as they are pulled away because this helps large air bubbles rise to the surface, reducing waste. After the soap cools, the frame is stripped, and the soap is cut into slabs as usual. At this stage, a thick layer of spongy soap will have formed. This layer needs to be cut away and returned to the kettle. The last few slabs are often discarded since the weight of the soap above has pushed out so much air that those slabs no longer float. On average, only about 50 to 60 percent of the soap in the kettle ends up as finished cakes, while the remaining 40 to 50 percent consists of the heavy crust in the kettle, the spongy tops, the bottom slabs, and scrapings. This soap is reboiled and not wasted, but the actual cakes produced end up costing nearly double in labor.

It is advisable to add a small quantity of soap blue color to the mass while crutching to neutralize the yellowish tint a floating soap is liable to have.

It’s a good idea to add a small amount of blue soap to the mixture while stirring to counteract the yellowish tint that floating soap tends to have.

Some manufacturers add a percentage of carbonate of soda, about 3 per cent., to prevent the soap from shrinking. Floating soap may also be loaded with sodium silicate to the extent of about 5 per cent.

Some manufacturers add around 3 percent sodium carbonate to prevent the soap from shrinking. Floating soap may also contain about 5 percent sodium silicate.

TOILET SOAP.

It is not a simple matter to differentiate between toilet soaps and various other soaps, because numerous soaps are adaptable to toilet purposes. While some soaps of this variety are manufactured by the cold made or semi-boiled process, and not milled, the consumer has become accustomed to a milled soap for general toilet use.

It's not easy to tell the difference between toilet soaps and other types of soaps because many soaps can be used for personal hygiene. While some of these soaps are made using the cold process or semi-boiled method, and aren't milled, consumers have gotten used to using milled soap for everyday washing.

The toilet base most extensively employed is a tallow and cocoanut base made as a full boiled settled soap. The manufacture of this base has already been outlined and really needs no further comment except that it is to be remembered that a suitable toilet soap should contain no great excess of free alkali which is injurious to the skin. Cochin cocoanut oil is preferable to the Ceylon cocoanut oil or palm kernel oil, to use in conjunction with the tallow, which should be a good grade and color if a white piece of goods is desired. The percentage of cocoanut oil may be anywhere from 10 to 25 per cent., depending upon the kind of lather required, it being remembered that cocoanut oil increases the lathering power of the soap.

The most commonly used toilet soap base is a tallow and coconut oil blend made as a fully boiled, settled soap. The production of this base has already been covered and really doesn’t need any more explanation, except to keep in mind that a good toilet soap shouldn’t have a lot of free alkali, which can be harmful to the skin. Cochin coconut oil is better than Ceylon coconut oil or palm kernel oil when used with the tallow, which should be of good quality and color if a white product is desired. The percentage of coconut oil can range from 10 to 25 percent, depending on the type of lather desired, noting that coconut oil enhances the soap's lathering ability.

In addition to a tallow base, numerous other oils are[Pg 66] used in the manufacture of toilet soaps, especially palm oil, palm kernel oil, olive oil and olive oil foots, and to a much less extent arachis or peanut oil, sesame oil and poppy seed oil, oils of the class of cottonseed, corn and soya bean oils are not adapted to manufacturing a milled soap, as they form yellow spots in a finished cake of soap which has been kept a short time.

In addition to a tallow base, many other oils are[Pg 66] used in making toilet soaps, especially palm oil, palm kernel oil, olive oil and its byproducts, and to a much lesser extent, peanut oil, sesame oil, and poppy seed oil. Oils like cottonseed, corn, and soybean oils aren't suitable for producing a milled soap because they create yellow spots in a finished cake of soap that has been stored for a short time.

Palm oil, especially the Lagos oil, is much used in making a palm base. As has already been stated, the oil is bleached before saponification. A palm base has a yellowish color, a sweetish odor, and a small quantity added to a tallow base naturally aids the perfume. It is especially good for a violet soap. The peculiarity of a palm oil base is that this oil makes a short soap. By the addition of some tallow or twenty to twenty-five per cent. of cocoanut oil, or both, this objection is overcome. It is a good plan in using a straight palm base to add a proportion of yellow color to hold the yellowish tint of this soap, as a soap made from this oil continues bleaching upon exposure to air and light.

Palm oil, particularly Lagos oil, is commonly used to create a palm base. As mentioned earlier, the oil is bleached before it is turned into soap. A palm base has a yellowish tint, a sweet smell, and a small amount added to a tallow base enhances the fragrance. It works particularly well for violet soap. A unique characteristic of a palm oil base is that it produces a soap that wears down quickly. By adding some tallow or about twenty to twenty-five percent coconut oil, or both, this issue can be resolved. When using a pure palm base, it's a good idea to add a bit of yellow coloring to maintain the yellowish hue of the soap, as soap made from this oil continues to bleach when exposed to air and light.

Olive oil and olive oil foots are used most extensively in the manufacture of castile soaps. The peculiarity of an olive oil soap is that it makes a very slimy lather, and like palm oil gives the soap a characteristic odor. An olive oil soap is usually considered to be a very neutral soap and may readily be superfatted. Much olive oil soap is used in bars or slabs as an unmilled soap and it is often made by the cold process. Peanut oil or sesame and poppy seed oil often replaces olive oil, as they form a similar soap to olive oil.

Olive oil and olive oil foots are widely used in making Castile soaps. The unique thing about olive oil soap is that it creates a very slimy lather and, like palm oil, gives the soap a distinct scent. Olive oil soap is typically seen as a very neutral soap and can easily be superfatted. A lot of olive oil soap is made in bars or slabs as unmilled soap, and it's often produced using the cold process. Peanut oil, along with sesame and poppy seed oil, is often used as a substitute for olive oil, as they create a similar type of soap.

In the manufacture of a toilet soap it is hardly practical to lay down a definite plan for the various bases to be made. From the combination of tallow, palm oil, cocoanut oil, palm kernel oil, olive oil and olive oil foots, a great[Pg 67] many bases of different proportions might be given. The simplest method is to make a tallow base, a palm base and an olive oil base. Then from these it is an easy matter to weigh out any proportion of these soap bases and obtain the proper mixture in the mill. If, however, as is often the case, a large quantity of soap base of certain proportions of these, four or even more of these fats and oils is required, it is not only more economical to stock the kettle with the correct proportion of these oils, but a more thorough mixture is thus obtained by saponifying these in the kettle. In view of the fact that it is really a question for the manufacturer to decide for himself what combination of oils he desires for a particular soap we will simply outline a few typical toilet soap bases in their simplest combination. It is understood that these soaps are suitable for milled soaps and are to be made as fully boiled settled soaps. Palm kernel oil may be substituted for cocoanut oil in all cases.

When making toilet soap, it's not really practical to set a specific plan for the different bases to create. By combining tallow, palm oil, coconut oil, palm kernel oil, olive oil, and olive oil byproducts, you could create a lot of different bases in various proportions. The easiest approach is to create a base using tallow, one with palm oil, and another with olive oil. From there, you can easily measure out any proportion of these bases and get the right mix in the mill. However, if a large quantity of soap base with specific proportions of these fats and oils is needed, it's more cost-effective to fill the kettle with the right amounts of these oils, leading to a better mixture through saponifying them in the kettle. Since it's ultimately up to the manufacturer to choose which combination of oils they want for a specific soap, we'll just outline a few typical toilet soap bases in their simplest forms. These soaps are meant for milled soaps and should be made as fully boiled settled soaps. You can use palm kernel oil in place of coconut oil in all instances.

TALLOW BASE.

Tallow75-90 parts
Cocoanut oil25-10 parts

PALM BASE.

Bleached Lagos palm oil75-80 parts
Cocoanut oil25-20 parts

or

or

Tallow30 parts
Palm oil60 parts
Cocoanut oil10 parts

OLIVE OIL BASE (WHITE).

Olive oil75-90 parts
Cocoanut oil25-10 parts

or

or

Olive oil40 parts
Tallow40 parts
Cocoanut20 parts

Where a green olive oil base is desired, olive oil foots are substituted for the olive oil. Peanut oil may replace the olive oil or part of it, the same being true of sesame oil and poppy seed oil.

Where a green olive oil base is desired, olive oil lees are used instead of olive oil. Peanut oil can replace olive oil or part of it, and the same goes for sesame oil and poppy seed oil.

PALM AND OLIVE BASE.

Palm oil50 parts
Olive oil30 parts
Cocoanut oil20 parts

or

or

Palm oil20 parts
Olive oil10 parts
Tallow50 parts
Cocoanut oil20 parts

CHEAPER TOILET SOAPS.

It is often necessary to manufacture a cheaper grade of soap for toilet purposes to meet the demand of a certain class of trade as well as for export. To accomplish this it is of course necessary to produce a very inferior product and run down the percentage of fatty acids contained in the soaps by the addition of fillers or to use cheaper oils in manufacturing. The most simple method of filling a soap is to load it at the mill with some substance much less expensive than the soap itself. Many of the cheaper toilet soaps, however, are not milled and it is, therefore, necessary to follow out some other procedure.

It’s often necessary to make a cheaper type of soap for bathroom use to meet the needs of a specific market and for export. To do this, you have to produce a much lower-quality product and reduce the amount of fatty acids in the soaps by adding fillers or using cheaper oils in the production process. The easiest way to fill a soap is to mix in a substance that costs much less than the soap itself at the factory. However, many of the cheaper bathroom soaps are not processed in that way, so other methods need to be used.

Milled soaps, as has just been stated, are loaded at the mill. The consumers of cheaper toilet soaps in this country are accustomed to a milled soap and this grade of soap for home consumption is very often filled with[Pg 69] numerous substances, but most generally by adding starch and talc. The addition of such materials of course later exhibit themselves by imparting to the cake of soap a dead appearance. Talc is more readily detected in the soap than starch by washing with it, as talc is insoluble and imparts a roughness to the soap, like sand or pumice, as the soap wears down. It may readily be added to 20 per cent. by weight. Starch is to be preferred to talc, in loading a soap, as it is not so readily noticeable in washing. It leaves the cake itself absolutely smooth although the lather formed is more shiny. This substance may be employed to as high a percentage as one-third the weight of the soap. It is, of course, possible to cheapen the best soap base by this method and the price may be further lowered by using the less expensive oils and fats to make the soap base.

Milled soaps, as mentioned earlier, are produced at the mill. Consumers of cheaper toilet soaps in this country are used to milled soap, and this type of soap for home use is often mixed with[Pg 69] various substances, but usually with starch and talc. The addition of these materials makes the soap look dull. Talc is easier to detect in the soap than starch, as it is insoluble and gives the soap a gritty texture, like sand or pumice, as it wears down. It can be added in amounts of up to 20 percent by weight. Starch is preferred over talc for enhancing soap because it’s less noticeable when washing. It keeps the soap completely smooth, although the lather appears shinier. This substance can make up to one-third of the soap's weight. Of course, this method can make even high-quality soap bases cheaper, and the price can be further reduced by using less expensive oils and fats to create the soap base.

RUN AND GLUED UP SOAPS.

A very cheap grade of soap may be made by making a run soap and adding the filler e. g. sodium silicate in the kettle during saponification. The percentage of fatty acids may be brought down to 10 per cent., although of course a soap of this type shrinks a whole lot upon exposure.

A very inexpensive type of soap can be created by producing a basic soap and adding a filler, like sodium silicate, in the kettle during the saponification process. The percentage of fatty acids can be reduced to 10 percent, though naturally, this kind of soap shrinks quite a bit when exposed.

In making a "glued up" soap the procedure is the same for making the soap itself as with a settled soap, except that the soap is finished "curd" and later filled in the crutcher. The percentage of fatty acids in a soap of this type is seldom below 50 per cent.

In making a "glued up" soap, the process is the same as making settled soap, except that the soap is finished "curd" and then filled in the crutcher. The percentage of fatty acids in this type of soap is rarely below 50 percent.

The method of "gluing up" a soap is best illustrated by a typical soap of this character in which the kettle is charged with the following stock.

The process of "gluing up" a soap is best shown by a typical soap of this kind, where the kettle is filled with the following ingredients.

Bleached palm oil5 parts
Distilled grease2"
Cotton oil foots stock, 63% fatty acid1"
Rosin4"

The palm oil is first run into the kettle, saponified and washed to extract any glycerine, then the rest of the fats and finally the rosin. The soap is then finished and settled as with a boiled settled soap. To assure success it is absolutely necessary that the soap settle as long a period as possible, or until the temperature is about 150 degs. F. The ideal temperature for carrying out the "gluing up" process is 140 degs. F., as at a lower temperature than this the soap is liable to cool too quickly and not be thoroughly glued up. A higher temperature than 150 degs. F. causes delay in that the soap does not properly take the filler at a higher temperature and the soap must be kept in the crutcher until the temperature drops to the right point.

The palm oil is first placed in the kettle, saponified, and washed to extract any glycerin, then the remaining fats and finally the rosin. The soap is then finished and settled like a boiled settled soap. To ensure success, it's essential that the soap settles for as long as possible or until the temperature reaches about 150°F. The ideal temperature for the "gluing up" process is 140°F, because at a lower temperature, the soap is likely to cool too quickly and won’t be thoroughly glued together. Temperatures above 150°F cause delays, as the soap won’t properly absorb the filler until the temperature drops to the correct level, and the soap must remain in the crutcher until that happens.

The soap is run into the crutcher and the percentage of fatty acids run down to 50-55 per cent. with one of the following mixtures:

The soap is poured into the mixer, and the percentage of fatty acids is brought down to 50-55 percent with one of the following mixtures:

Sodium silicate, 59-1/2° B.1 part
Potassium carbonate, 51° B.1"

or

or

Sodium silicate, 59-1/2° B.1 part
Potassium carbonate, 51° B.1"
Sodium sulfate, 28° B.1"

From 230 to 300 pounds of either of these mixtures are required for a crutcher holding 2,600 pounds of soap.

From 230 to 300 pounds of either of these mixtures are needed for a crutcher that holds 2,600 pounds of soap.

The crutching is continued until the mass is well "spiked," that is to say, a freshly broken surface of the soap, as the crutcher blade is jerked away, stands up like shattered sheets in triangular form (Δ Δ Δ), which retain their shape perfectly. When this condition is realized the soap is run into frames which are carefully crutched by hand to remove any air spaces. The surface of the soap is then smoothed down and heaped up in the center. After standing a day to contract, the surface is again leveled and a[Pg 71] snugly-fitting board placed on the top of the soap upon which a weight is placed or upon which the workman treads and stamps until the surface is flat, thus assuring the further removal of air spaces. The soap remains in the frame from six to eight days and is then slabbed, barred and pressed by the usual method employed for soaps thus handled without milling.

The crutching continues until the mass is well "spiked," meaning that a freshly broken surface of the soap stands up like shattered sheets in a triangular shape (Δ Δ Δ) when the crutcher blade is pulled away, and it holds that shape perfectly. Once this condition is achieved, the soap is poured into frames that are carefully crutched by hand to eliminate any air spaces. The surface of the soap is then smoothed down and heaped up in the center. After sitting for a day to contract, the surface is leveled again, and a snugly fitting board is placed on top of the soap, on which a weight is added or a worker treads and stamps until the surface is flat, ensuring further removal of air spaces. The soap stays in the frame for six to eight days before being slabbed, barred, and pressed using the usual method for soaps handled without milling.

In a soap of this nature no hard and fast rule can be laid down as to the quantity of solution to be used for "gluing up" or the strength of the solution. In a soap of the type described the most satisfactory appearing cake will be obtained from a soap containing 58 per cent. fatty acids. That is to say, about 8 per cent. to 10 per cent. filling solution is added per hundred pounds of soap. The filling solutions given are very satisfactory. Carbonate of soda should be avoided in connection with sodium silicate as the property of efflorescing on the surface of the finished cake after a short time will prove detrimental. To assure successful gluing up it is advisable to experiment upon a small scale to determine the exact extent to which the filling solution should be diluted. Various proportions of water are added to a certain quantity of the filled soap. After the soap has been filled in a small receptacle a sample is taken and rubbed between the fingers. If the freshly exposed surface is smooth and glossy, the filling solution is weak enough, if rough it is too strong. It is of course understood that the temperature must be correct, 140 degs. to 150 degs. F., or the soap will be rough. By this means the operator can readily judge the correct strength of his filling solution. When properly carried out a perfectly satisfactory soap is obtained.

In a soap like this, there aren't any strict rules about how much solution to use for "gluing up" or how strong the solution should be. For the kind of soap described, the best-looking cake will come from a soap with 58 percent fatty acids. This means that about 8 to 10 percent of the filling solution is added for every hundred pounds of soap. The filling solutions provided are very effective. You should avoid using carbonate of soda with sodium silicate because it can cause a powdery residue on the surface of the finished cake after a short time, which can be harmful. To ensure successful gluing up, it's a good idea to experiment on a small scale to figure out the right dilution of the filling solution. Different amounts of water are added to a specific quantity of the filled soap. After filling the soap into a small container, a sample is taken and rubbed between the fingers. If the freshly exposed surface is smooth and shiny, the filling solution is diluted enough; if it feels rough, it’s too strong. It’s also essential to maintain the correct temperature, between 140 to 150 degrees Fahrenheit, or the soap will end up rough. This method allows the operator to easily determine the right strength of the filling solution. When done correctly, you can achieve a perfectly satisfactory soap.

CURD SOAP.

The object of a soap which is finished "curd" or grained, is to obtain a harder piece of goods from low titer fat or[Pg 72] to increase the percentage of fatty acids in the finished soap. This is still another method of producing a cheap grade of soap as by its adoption the cheaper oils and fats may be used to obtain a firm piece of soap.

The goal of a soap that is finished with a "curd" or grainy texture is to create a harder product using low-quality fats or[Pg 72] to raise the percentage of fatty acids in the final soap. This method is another way to produce a lower-cost grade of soap since it allows for the use of cheaper oils and fats to achieve a solid bar of soap.

A typical charge for curd soap is:

A common price for curd soap is:

Red oil63parts
Tallow10"
Rosin27"

Cotton seed foots may be employed in place of red oil and a tallow of too high titer is not suitable for this kind of soap.

Cotton seed oil can be used instead of red oil, and tallow with too high a melting point is not suitable for this type of soap.

The red oil and tallow are first saponified with 15 degs. B. lye, boiler pressure 80-90 pounds, 18 degs. B. lye for lower steam pressure, and two washings given to extract the glycerine. The rosin is added at the strengthening change and at the finish the soap is "pitched," that is to say, the soap is settled over night only. The next day the lyes are drawn off and a portion of the nigre pumped to another kettle which prevents later streaking of the soap. The soap is then boiled with 18 degs. B. lye as with another strengthening change under closed steam. Salt brine or "pickle," 15 degs. B. is then added and the mass boiled with closed steam until the brine reaches a density of 18 degs. B. and the kettle pumped the next day. A soap of this type requires either hand or power crutching to assure homogeneity and prevention of streaks. To obviate any air spaces it is advisable to place over the top of the frame a tightly-fitted board which is heavily weighted down. This soap is also pressed without any milling.

The red oil and tallow are first saponified with 15 degrees B. lye, at a boiler pressure of 80-90 pounds, and 18 degrees B. lye for lower steam pressure, followed by two washings to extract the glycerine. The rosin is added during the strengthening process, and at the end, the soap is "pitched," meaning it’s settled overnight. The next day, the lyes are drained off, and some of the nigre is pumped to another kettle to prevent streaks in the soap later on. The soap is then boiled with 18 degrees B. lye during another strengthening phase under closed steam. Salt brine or "pickle," at 15 degrees B., is added, and the mixture is boiled with closed steam until the brine reaches a density of 18 degrees B., and the kettle is pumped the next day. A soap of this nature requires either hand or powered crutching to ensure uniform consistency and avoid streaks. To eliminate air gaps, it's recommended to place a tightly-fitted board on top of the frame, weighed down heavily. This soap is also pressed without milling.

COLD MADE TOILET SOAPS.

Comparatively little toilet soap is made by the cold or semi-boiled processes. While these are the simplest[Pg 73] methods of manufacturing soaps the drawbacks of using them are numerous and only in a few cases are they very extensively employed. To make a toilet soap by the cold process a combination of good grade tallow and cocoanut oil is required. It requires 50 per cent. by weight of 36 degs. B. lye to saponify a given weight of tallow and 50 per cent. of 38 degs. B. lye for cocoanut oil. The lyes are used full strength or may be reduced slightly with water and the method of procedure is the same as already given in the general directions for cold made soaps.

Comparatively little toilet soap is made using the cold or semi-boiled processes. While these are the simplest[Pg 73] methods for making soaps, they come with numerous drawbacks and are only used extensively in a few cases. To create a toilet soap through the cold process, you need a mix of high-quality tallow and coconut oil. It requires 50 percent by weight of 36 degrees B lye to saponify a specific weight of tallow and 50 percent of 38 degrees B lye for coconut oil. The lyes are used at full strength or can be slightly diluted with water, and the process follows the general instructions for cold-made soaps.

Cold made soaps are readily filled with sodium silicate which is added at the same time the stock is put into the crutcher. In adding the silicate it is necessary to add additional lye to that required for saponifying the fats, about 20 per cent. of 36 degs. B. lye is the proper amount. There is of course a certain amount of shrinking due to the addition of this filler and the finished cake is exceedingly hard, yet the author has seen a good looking cake of cheap soap made from as high a proportion as 420 parts of tallow to 600 parts of silicate.

Cold made soaps are easily mixed with sodium silicate, which is added at the same time as the soap mixture is put into the crutcher. When adding the silicate, it's essential to include extra lye beyond what's needed to saponify the fats; about 20 percent of 36 degrees B. lye is the right amount. Naturally, there will be some shrinkage because of this filler, and the final product is very hard. However, the author has observed an attractive bar of inexpensive soap made from a ratio as high as 420 parts tallow to 600 parts silicate.

Cold made soaps are usually pressed without milling, although it is readily feasible to mill a cold made soap provided it is not a filled soap such as has just been described.

Cold-processed soaps are typically made without milling, although it's definitely possible to mill a cold-processed soap as long as it isn't a filled soap like the one just described.

PERFUMING AND COLORING TOILET SOAPS.

Equally important as the soap itself or even to a greater extent is the perfume of a toilet soap. A prominent manufacturer recently made the statement, which is often the truth, that it makes no difference to the public what kind of soap you give them, as long as you put plenty of odor into it. The perfuming of soaps is an art in itself and a subject to be treated by one versed in this particular branch. We can only take into account the importance of[Pg 74] the perfume as related to toilet soap not only, but the necessity of adding a certain proportion of the cheaper products of odoriferous nature to laundry soap to cover and disguise the odor of even this type of soap.

Just as important as the soap itself, if not more so, is the fragrance of a toilet soap. A well-known manufacturer recently stated, which often holds true, that it doesn’t matter to the public what type of soap you give them, as long as it’s heavily scented. Scenting soaps is an art form and a topic best discussed by someone knowledgeable in this area. We can only acknowledge the significance of[Pg 74] the scent in relation to toilet soap, as well as the need to add a certain amount of cheaper fragrant products to laundry soap to mask and hide its odor.

The price of a cake of toilet soap to a great extent depends upon the perfume, and the manufacturer should aim to give the best possible perfume for a certain price. He should not allow his personal likes or dislikes to enter into the judgment of whether an odor is good or not, but submit it to a number of persons to obtain the concensus of opinion. In giving or selling a piece of soap to the consumer, it is second nature for him to smell it, and in the great majority of cases his opinion is formed not from any quality the soap itself may have during use, but from the odor. This only emphasizes the fact that the perfume must be pleasing, not to one person, but to the majority, and many brands owe their popularity to nothing more than the enticing perfume.

The price of a bar of toilet soap largely depends on the scent, and the manufacturer should strive to provide the best possible fragrance for a given price. They shouldn't let their personal preferences influence their judgment on whether a scent is good, but rather consult with several people to get a consensus. When giving or selling a bar of soap to a consumer, it’s instinctive for them to smell it, and in most cases, their opinion is shaped not by any qualities the soap may possess when used, but by its fragrance. This reinforces the importance of the scent being appealing, not just to one person, but to the majority, and many brands owe their popularity to little more than their attractive fragrance.

Perfuming of soap is closely allied to the soap making industry, but as stated a branch in itself. It is, therefore, not our purpose to give numerous formulae of how to perfume a soap, but rather to advise to go for information to some one who thoroughly understands the characteristics of the numerous essential oils and synthetics and give positive information for the particular odor desired. Under no circumstances is it advisable to purchase a perfume already compounded, but since all perfumes are a blend of several or many essential oils and synthetics, it is a more positive assurance of obtaining what is desired, by purchasing the straight oils and blending or mixing them as one desires.

Perfuming soap is closely related to the soap-making industry, but it’s also its own branch. Therefore, our goal isn’t to provide multiple formulas for scenting soap, but rather to recommend seeking advice from someone who fully understands the different characteristics of various essential oils and synthetic fragrances to get accurate information for the specific scent you want. It’s not advisable to buy a pre-made perfume. Since all perfumes are a mix of several essential oils and synthetics, you’ll have a better chance of getting the scent you want by purchasing the individual oils and blending them yourself as you like.

The perfume is added to a milled soap just before the milling process in the proper proportion per hundred pounds of soap. In cold made or unmilled soaps it is[Pg 75] added in the crutcher while the soap is still hot. By this method, of course, a proportion of the perfume is lost due to its being more or less volatile.

The perfume is added to a milled soap right before the milling process in the correct amount per hundred pounds of soap. In cold-made or unmilled soaps, it is[Pg 75] added in the crutcher while the soap is still hot. With this method, some of the perfume is lost because it’s somewhat volatile.

COLORING SOAP.

While much toilet soap is white or natural in color, many soaps are also artificially colored. The soap colors used for this purpose are mostly aniline dyestuffs. The price of these dyestuffs is no criterion as to their quality, as the price is usually regulated by the addition of some inert, water soluble substance like common salt or sugar.

While most toilet soap is white or natural in color, many soaps are also artificially colored. The colors used for this purpose are mostly aniline dyes. The price of these dyes is not a good indicator of their quality, as it is usually influenced by the addition of some inert, water-soluble substance like common salt or sugar.

The main properties that a dyestuff suitable for producing a colored soap should have are fastness to light and to alkali. They should further be of such a type that the color does not come off and stain a wash cloth or the hands when the soap is used and should be soluble in water. Under no circumstances is it advisable to add these in such a quantity that the lather produced in the soap is colored. It is customary to first dissolve the dye in hot water as a standardized solution. This can then be measured out in a graduate and added to the soap the same time as the perfume is put in. About one part of color to fifty parts of water is the proper proportion to obtain a perfect solution, though this is by no means fixed. In making up a solution thus it is an improvement to add to the same about one-half of one per cent. of an alkali either as the hydroxide or carbonate. Then, if there is any possibility of change of color due to alkalinity of the soap, it will exhibit itself before the color is added.

The main qualities that a dye suitable for making colored soap should have are resistance to light and alkaline substances. Additionally, the dye should be formulated in a way that it doesn’t transfer color and stain a washcloth or hands when the soap is used, and it must be water-soluble. Under no circumstances should the dye be added in such a quantity that it colors the lather produced in the soap. It’s common to first dissolve the dye in hot water to create a standardized solution. This solution can then be measured in a graduated cylinder and added to the soap at the same time the fragrance is included. The ideal ratio is about one part dye to fifty parts water for a perfect solution, though this isn’t a strict rule. When preparing such a solution, it’s beneficial to add approximately half a percent of an alkali, either in the form of hydroxide or carbonate. This way, if there’s any chance of color change due to the soap’s alkalinity, it will show up before the dye is added.

A particularly difficult shade to obtain is a purple, as there is up to the present time no purplish aniline color known which is fast to light. Very good results in soap may be obtained by mixing a fast blue, as ultramarine or cobalt blue, with a red as rhodamine or eosine.[Pg 76]

A particularly difficult shade to achieve is purple, as there isn't currently a lightfast purplish aniline color known. Very good results in soap can be achieved by mixing a fast blue, like ultramarine or cobalt blue, with a red such as rhodamine or eosine.[Pg 76]

Inasmuch as the colors for soap have been carefully tested by most of the dyestuff manufacturers, and their information, usually reliable, is open to any one desiring to know about a color for soap, it is better to depend upon their experience with colors after having satisfied one's self that a color is what it is represented for a particular shade, than to experiment with the numerous colors one's self.

Since most dye manufacturers have thoroughly tested the colors for soap, and their reliable information is available to anyone interested in learning about soap colors, it's best to rely on their experience with colors after ensuring that a color lives up to its description for a specific shade, rather than experimenting with the many colors on your own.

MEDICINAL SOAPS.

Soap is often used for the conveyance of various medicants, antiseptics or other material presumably beneficial for treatment of skin diseases. While soap is an ideal medium for the carrying of such materials, it is an unfortunate condition that when incorporated with the soap, all but a very few of the numerous substances thus employed lose their medicinal properties and effectiveness for curing skin disorders, as well as any antiseptic value the substance may have. Soap is of such a nature chemically that many of the substances used for skin troubles are either entirely decomposed or altered to such an extent so as to impair their therapeutic value. Thus many of the claims made for various medicated soaps fall flat, and really have no more antiseptic or therapeutic merit than ordinary soap which in itself has certain germicidal and cleaning value.

Soap is often used to carry various medicines, antiseptics, or other materials that are supposedly helpful for treating skin conditions. While soap is a great medium for these materials, it's unfortunate that when combined with soap, almost all of the many substances used lose their medicinal properties and effectiveness for treating skin issues, as well as any antiseptic qualities they might have. Chemically, soap is such that many of the substances used for skin problems are either completely broken down or altered to such a degree that it diminishes their therapeutic value. As a result, many claims made about different medicated soaps are unsubstantiated and offer no more antiseptic or therapeutic benefits than regular soap, which itself has some germicidal and cleaning properties.

In medicating a soap the material used for this purpose is usually added at the mill. A tallow and cocoanut oil base is best adapted for a soap of this type. The public have been educated more or less to the use of colored soap to accentuate its medicinal value, and green is undoubtedly the most popular shade. This inference, however, is by no means true for all soaps of this[Pg 77] character. Possibly the best method of arranging these soaps is briefly to outline some medicinal soaps.

In making medicated soap, the ingredients used for this purpose are typically added at the mill. A base made from tallow and coconut oil is best suited for this type of soap. People have been somewhat conditioned to accept colored soap as a sign of its medicinal value, with green being the most popular color. However, this assumption isn’t necessarily true for all soaps of this[Pg 77] type. The best way to categorize these soaps is to briefly describe some medicinal soaps.

SULPHUR SOAPS.

The best known sulphur soaps contain anywhere from one to 20 per cent. of flowers of sulphur. Other soaps contain either organic or inorganic sulphur compounds.

The most well-known sulfur soaps contain between one and 20 percent of sulfur flowers. Other soaps contain either organic or inorganic sulfur compounds.

TAR SOAP.

The tar used in the manufacturing of tar soap is obtained by the destructive distillation of wood, the pine tar being the most extensively employed. While the different wood tars contain numerous aromatic compounds, such as phenols, phenyl oxides, terpenes and organic acids, these are present in such a slight proportion so as to render their effectiveness practically useless. It has, therefore, been tried to use these various compounds contained in the tar themselves to make tar soap really effective, yet tar is so cheap a substance that it is usually the substance used for medicating a tar soap. About 10 per cent. of tar is usually added to the soap with 2 ounces of lamp black per hundred pounds of soap.

The tar used in making tar soap is sourced from the destructive distillation of wood, with pine tar being the most commonly used. While different wood tars have various aromatic compounds like phenols, phenyl oxides, terpenes, and organic acids, these are present in such small amounts that they are almost ineffective. Therefore, attempts have been made to leverage these compounds in the tar itself to enhance the effectiveness of tar soap, but since tar is so inexpensive, it’s generally the primary ingredient used for medicating the soap. About 10 percent of tar is typically added to the soap along with 2 ounces of lamp black for every hundred pounds of soap.

SOAPS CONTAINING PHENOLS.

Phenol (Carbolic Acid) is most extensively used in soaps of this kind, which are called carbolic soaps. Carbolic soaps are generally colored green and contain from 1 to 5 per cent. phenol crystals.

Phenol (Carbolic Acid) is widely used in this type of soap, known as carbolic soaps. Carbolic soaps are usually green in color and contain between 1 to 5 percent phenol crystals.

The cresols are also extensively used for making soaps named carbolic. These substances impart more odor to the soap and really have more disinfecting powers than phenol when incorporated with soap.

The cresols are also widely used to make soaps called carbolic. These substances add a stronger scent to the soap and actually have greater disinfecting properties than phenol when mixed with soap.

Other soaps, containing the phenol group, which are well known are resorcinol soap, salol soap, thymol soap,[Pg 78] naphthol soap, etc. From one to five per cent of the compound after which the soap is named is usually incorporated with the soap.

Other soaps that are known to include the phenol group are resorcinol soap, salol soap, thymol soap,[Pg 78] naphthol soap, and others. Typically, one to five percent of the compound that the soap is named after is added to the soap.

PEROXIDE SOAP.

Hydrogen peroxide in itself is an excellent disinfectant. It loses all its medicinal value, however, when added to the soap. To overcome this objection various metallic peroxides are added to the soap, as sodium peroxide, zinc peroxide and barium peroxide. These generate hydrogen peroxide by the addition of water. Sodium perborate is also used in peroxide soaps, as this substance is decomposed by water into hydrogen peroxide and sodium metaborate.

Hydrogen peroxide is a great disinfectant on its own. However, it loses its medicinal benefits when mixed with soap. To address this issue, different metallic peroxides are added to the soap, like sodium peroxide, zinc peroxide, and barium peroxide. These compounds produce hydrogen peroxide when water is added. Sodium perborate is also used in peroxide soaps because it breaks down in water into hydrogen peroxide and sodium metaborate.

MERCURY SOAPS.

Mercuric chloride (corrosive sublimate) is most extensively used for the production of mercury soaps. Because of its extremely poisonous properties care should be taken in using it. Since it really eventually loses any antiseptic value in the soap through forming an insoluble mercury soap it might better be omitted entirely.

Mercuric chloride (corrosive sublimate) is primarily used to make mercury soaps. Due to its highly toxic nature, caution is necessary when handling it. Since it ultimately loses any antiseptic effectiveness in the soap by forming an insoluble mercury soap, it may be better to avoid using it altogether.

LESS IMPORTANT MEDICINAL SOAPS.

While the above mentioned soaps are probably the best known medicated soaps, there are numerous other soaps which may be classed under these kinds of soaps. Thus we have cold cream soap, which can be made by adding Russian Mineral Oil, 1 to 5 per cent., to the soap; witch hazel soap, made by the addition of extract of witch hazel; iodine soap, made by adding iodine or iodoform; formaldehyde soap, made by adding formaldehyde; tannin soaps, made by adding tannin. In fact, there have been incorporated in soap so great a[Pg 79] number of substances that the list might be greatly enlarged.

While the soaps mentioned above are probably the most well-known medicated soaps, there are many other types that fall into this category. For example, there's cold cream soap, which can be made by adding 1 to 5 percent Russian Mineral Oil to the soap; witch hazel soap, made by adding an extract of witch hazel; iodine soap, created by adding iodine or iodoform; formaldehyde soap, made by including formaldehyde; and tannin soaps, which are made by adding tannin. In fact, so many different substances have been incorporated into soap that the list could be significantly expanded.

Medicated soaps are not only used in solid form, but in powder, paste and liquid soap as well. The only difference in a soap like those just referred to is that the medicant is incorporated with these forms of soaps as convenience directs.

Medicated soaps come in various forms, including solid, powder, paste, and liquid. The only difference between these types of soap is that the medication is added to these forms as needed for convenience.

CASTILE SOAP.

A pure castile soap should be made from olive oil. This, however, is not always the case, as a number of oils as well as tallow are used to adulterate this oil to cheapen it, and there are even some soaps called castile which contain no olive oil at all. Most of the pure castile soap used in this country is imported, as it is a difficult matter for the American manufacturer to compete with the pure imported castile soap, since both labor and oil itself are so much cheaper in the vicinities of Europe where this oil is produced, that this advantage is more than compensated by the carrying and custom charges by importing the castile soap.

A true Castile soap should be made from olive oil. However, this isn’t always the case, as various oils and even animal fat are used to dilute it for lower costs, and some soaps labeled as Castile don’t contain any olive oil at all. Most of the pure Castile soap used in this country is imported because it’s hard for American manufacturers to compete with genuine imported Castile soap. Labor and olive oil are much cheaper in Europe, where this oil is produced, so those savings are often outweighed by the shipping and customs fees associated with bringing the Castile soap here.

Castile soap may be made either by the full boiled or cold process. There are numerous grades of olive oil, and those used for soap making are denatured to lower the duty charges. Olive oil makes a hard white soap, usually sold in bars, and olive oil foots a green soap, due to the coloring matter contained in this oil.

Castile soap can be made using either the full boiled or cold process. There are many different grades of olive oil, and the ones used for making soap are treated to reduce duty charges. Olive oil creates a hard white soap, typically sold in bars, while olive oil results in a green soap because of the coloring agents present in this oil.

To make a boiled castile soap, a composition of 10 per cent. Cochin cocoanut oil and 90 per cent. olive oil may be used. To cheapen this, peanut oil (Arachis oil) may entirely replace the olive oil, or about 20 per cent. of corn or soya bean oil may be added. The oils are saponified as usual in making a settled soap and to prevent rancidity the soap is boiled near the finish for[Pg 80] some time in the closed state with sufficient excess of alkali to give it a sharp taste, then grained with lye, the lye drawn off, closed with water and then grained with salt. This process is repeated until the desired strength is reached. The last graining should not be too great, and on the last change the soap should not be thinned out, as it will contain too great a quantity of water when slabbed.

To make boiled castile soap, you can use a mix of 10% coconut oil and 90% olive oil. To make it cheaper, you can completely replace the olive oil with peanut oil, or you can add about 20% corn or soybean oil. The oils are saponified as usual in the process of making settled soap, and to prevent rancidity, the soap is boiled towards the end for[Pg 80] some time in a sealed container with enough extra alkali to give it a sharp taste. Then it’s treated with lye, the lye is removed, it’s mixed with water, and then treated with salt. This process is repeated until the soap is strong enough. The final graining shouldn’t be too intense, and during the last change, the soap shouldn’t be thinned out, as it will end up containing too much water when it's shaped into slabs.

In making a cold castile soap the usual method is pursued as already directed under cold made soap. When the soap is taken from the crutcher it is advisable, however, to keep the soap in the frame well covered to assure complete saponification. Some manufacturers use very small frames which are placed into compartments, well insulated to retain heat. Several formulae for cold made castile soaps, follow. It may be noted that some of these contain practically no olive oil.

In making a cold castile soap, the usual method is followed as previously described for cold process soap. When the soap is taken from the mixer, it's a good idea to keep it well-covered in the frame to ensure complete saponification. Some manufacturers use very small frames that are placed in insulated compartments to retain heat. Several formulas for cold process castile soaps follow. It's worth noting that some of these contain almost no olive oil.

I
Olive oil2030
Palm kernel674
Soda lye, 35 per cent. B.1506
II
Olive oil2030
Cochin cocoanut oil674
Soda lye, 36 per cent. B.1523
Sodium Silicate82
III
Palm kernel oil1578
Tallow940
Olive oil7
Sodium silicate, 20 per cent.190
Soda lye, 36 per cent. B.1507
[Pg 81]
IV
Olive oil (yellow)1000
Soda lye, 37 per cent. B.500
V
Olive oil90
or
Palm kernel                }10
Cochin or cocoanut oil }10
Lye, 37 per cent. B.51

If any of the soaps containing a high proportion of cocoanut oil are boiled the soap will float. It is therefore necessary to keep the temperature as low as possible.

If any of the soaps with a high amount of coconut oil are boiled, the soap will float. So, it's important to keep the temperature as low as possible.

ESCHWEGER SOAP (BLUE MOTTLED).

Eschweger soap is a colored mottled or marbled soap made to a very slight extent in this country. Inasmuch as it has been introduced to the export trade, it is made for this purpose by some manufacturers. A high percentage of cocoanut oil is usually used together with tallow and grease. About one-third of each is a typical formula. In a soap of this character the fact that cocoanut oil soap takes up a large quantity of water and salts of various kinds and is difficult to salt out is made use of. The tallow and grease are first saponified as usual, then the cocoanut oil is pumped and saponified. When the saponification is nearly completed either silicate or carbonate of soda or common salt are added to make the soap "short" so as to form the mottle. The finishing of a soap of this type can only be gained by practice and it is rather difficult to explain the exact appearance of the kettle at this stage. The surface of the soap should be bright and lustrous with the steam[Pg 82] escaping in numerous places in rose-like formation. A sample on the trowel should have a slight sharpness to the tongue and be plastic. When the soap slides from the trowel it should break short. When the soap has reached this stage the desired coloring matter, usually ultramarine, is added to the soap either in the kettle or crutcher and the soap framed. The yield is 200-215 pounds per hundred pounds of stock.

Eschweger soap is a colored, mottled, or marbled soap that's only made in small amounts in this country. Since it's been introduced to the export market, some manufacturers produce it specifically for that purpose. A high percentage of coconut oil is typically used along with tallow and grease, with about one-third of each being a standard recipe. In this type of soap, coconut oil absorbs a lot of water and various salts, making it hard to separate. The tallow and grease are first turned into soap as usual, then the coconut oil is pumped in and saponified. When the saponification is nearly done, either silicate or carbonate of soda or regular salt is added to make the soap "short" and create the mottled effect. Finishing a soap like this requires practice, and it's hard to describe exactly how the mixture looks at this point. The surface of the soap should be shiny and glossy, with steam escaping in multiple spots in a rose-like pattern. A sample taken with a trowel should feel slightly sharp on the tongue and be pliable. When the soap falls off the trowel, it should break neatly. Once the soap reaches this point, the desired color, usually ultramarine, is added either in the kettle or mixer, and the soap is framed. The yield is 200-215 pounds per hundred pounds of stock.

Several modifications of this general method for Eschweger soap are used by adopting the half boiled or cold process.

Several variations of this general method for Eschweger soap are used by adopting the half-boiled or cold process.

Clear Soap.

Transparent soap is really not a most desirable soap for toilet purposes, as it contains an excess of free alkali. It has, nevertheless, met with public approval because of the fact it is novel in being transparent. Except for this fact very little merit can be claimed for a soap of this kind.

Transparent soap isn't the best option for personal cleaning because it has too much free alkali. However, it has gained popularity due to its unique transparency. Aside from that, there isn't much quality to praise in this type of soap.

The transparency of soap is generally due to the presence of alcohol, sugar or glycerine in the soap when it is made. It is very essential in a soap of this character, where lightness and clearness of color are desired, that the material for making the soap be carefully selected as to color and purity. The perfumes also play an important part in the color of the soap and many of the tinctures, balsams and infusions used in perfuming soap may eventually cause trouble by spotting. If the soap is artificially colored, which is almost always the case, the dyestuffs used for this purpose should have careful attention and only those should be used which are known to resist the action of alkalis. Where rosin is used this product must be of the better grade. Distilled water is always preferable for use in transparent soap. The government permits the use of a specially denatured alcohol. This alcohol is not taxed and consists of grain (ethyl) alcohol denatured with 5 per cent. wood[Pg 83] (methyl) alcohol. Some soapmakers prefer to use a more expensive refined methyl alcohol, but outside of adding to the cost of the soap, there is no particular advantage. The glycerine should be chemically pure. As to the oils and fats these should be low in acid and of good color. Under no circumstances should the crutcher or kettle in which the soap is made be rusty or unclean in any way. For a light soap enameled utensils are to be preferred.

The transparency of soap usually comes from alcohol, sugar, or glycerin used during its production. It's crucial for this type of soap, which aims for a light and clear color, that the ingredients are chosen carefully in terms of color and purity. Fragrances also significantly impact the soap's color, and many of the tinctures, balsams, and infusions used for scenting may lead to spotting issues later on. If the soap is artificially colored, which is nearly always the case, the dyes selected should receive close attention, ensuring only those that can withstand alkalis are used. When using rosin, it must be of high quality. Distilled water is always the best option for making transparent soap. The government allows the use of specially denatured alcohol, which isn't taxed and consists of grain (ethyl) alcohol mixed with 5% wood (methyl) alcohol. Some soapmakers opt for a pricier refined methyl alcohol, but besides raising the cost, there is no real benefit. The glycerin must be chemically pure. As for the oils and fats, they should be low in acidity and of good color. The crutcher or kettle used in soap making must never be rusty or dirty in any way. For light soaps, enameled utensils are preferred.

To obtain transparency in soap the following general methods may be given.

To achieve transparency in soap, the following general methods can be used.

1. Where the transparency is due to sugar.

1. Where the clarity comes from sugar.

2. Where alcohol and glycerine produce transparency.

2. Where alcohol and glycerin create clarity.

3. Where (1) or (2) is supplemented by the use of castor oil.

3. Where (1) or (2) is enhanced by using castor oil.

4. Where transparency depends upon the percentage of fatty acid in a soap and the number of times the soap is milled.

4. The clarity of soap depends on the percentage of fatty acid and how many times the soap has been processed.

Under the first method at least 25 per cent. of the charge should be cocoanut oil, the other constituent being tallow or any fat or oil capable of giving a sufficiently hard soap. The soap is boiled and finished as usual, then run to the crutcher to be mixed with a strong cane sugar solution, containing 10-20 per cent. sugar of the weight of the soap. The sugar is dissolved in its own weight of water and the solution heated to 175 degs. F. before being very slowly added to the soap. As the water evaporates, soaps of this type show spots due to the sugar thus being thrown out of solution.

Under the first method, at least 25 percent of the formulation should be coconut oil, while the other ingredient can be tallow or any fat or oil that can create a hard soap. The soap is boiled and completed as usual, then transferred to the crutcher to be mixed with a strong cane sugar solution, which contains 10-20 percent sugar based on the weight of the soap. The sugar is dissolved in an equal weight of water, and the solution is heated to 175 degrees F before being added very slowly to the soap. As the water evaporates, soaps of this kind develop spots because the sugar is precipitated out of the solution.

Transparent soap made under the second method may be saponified as usual and consist of any good toilet base. The soap is run to the crutcher and mixed with 95 per cent. alcohol in the proportion of one part alcohol to two parts of fatty acid contained in the soap together with glycerine in the same proportion.[Pg 84]

Transparent soap made using the second method can be saponified like usual and should be made from a good toilet base. The soap is then put into the crutcher and mixed with 95 percent alcohol in a ratio of one part alcohol to two parts of the fatty acid present in the soap, along with glycerin in the same ratio.[Pg 84]

By the third method castor oil alone may be used to make the soap or added to any of the above bases up to 33-1/3 per cent. of the charge. If castor oil only is used, but 2 per cent. or 3 per cent. of sugar is required.

By the third method, you can use just castor oil to make the soap or mix it with any of the above bases up to 33-1/3 percent of the total amount. If you're only using castor oil, you'll need 2 percent or 3 percent of sugar as well.

In the last method a combination of 80 per cent. tallow, very low in free acid, 20 per cent. cocoanut oil and 5 per cent. W. W. rosin is a suitable charge. The saponification and finishing is carried out as with a full boiled soap. The soap is then placed into a jacketed vessel, provided with dry-steam coils, by which the excess water is evaporated from the soap until it contains 73 per cent. fatty acids. When the thick mass reaches this stage it is framed and when cool is suitable for obtaining a semi transparency which now depends upon the number of times the soap is milled, it being, of course, inferred that no solid matter of any sort be added to the soap.

In the last method, a mix of 80 percent tallow, which has very low free acid, 20 percent coconut oil, and 5 percent W. W. rosin makes a suitable batch. The saponification and finishing process is done just like in full boiled soap. The soap is then put into a jacketed vessel with dry-steam coils that evaporate the excess water until it has 73 percent fatty acids. Once the thick mass reaches this point, it is framed, and when cooled, it becomes suitable for achieving a semi-transparency, which depends on how many times the soap is milled. It should be noted that no solid materials of any kind should be added to the soap.

Cold Process Transparent Soap.

While transparent soaps may be made by the above general methods they are usually made by the semi-boiled or cold process. By this process a more satisfactory soap is obtained and it is more simple to carry out. A detailed description of this method is best and most easily given by using a typical formula.

While transparent soaps can be made using the general methods mentioned above, they are typically produced using the semi-boiled or cold process. This approach yields a more satisfactory soap and is simpler to execute. A detailed description of this method is best and most easily provided using a typical formula.

Charge:
Tallow193-1/2lbs.
Cochin Cocoanut Oil169-1/2"
Castor Oil89-1/2"
Soda Ash7-3/4"
Soda Lye, 36 degs. B.256"
Sugar (Cane)198"
Alcohol126"
Water (Distilled)80"

To proceed, first place into a crutcher or jacketed kettle the oils and fat and heat to 140 degs. F. Then add the soda ash dissolved in about 30 pounds of the water, after which the lye is added and the mass stirred until a finger or stick run over the surface leaves an imprint. Where the soap has reached this stage, it is well covered and allowed to stand about two hours or until it bulges in the center, after which the rest of the water which should contain no lime or other mineral substance and which is preferably distilled water, is added. The sugar is then slowly shoveled in while the mass is stirring and finally the alcohol is poured in. The heat is then increased to 160 degs. F. by dry steam and the soap crutched until dissolved. Under no circumstances should any soap be allowed to remain above the surface of the mass on the sides of the mixer. This crutching operation consumes about one hour, and when finished the soap should stand in the vessel about half an hour when a small sample is taken out to cool. This sample should be clear and show an excess of alkali. If it is not clear more alcohol is added, if not of sufficient strength more lye put in until the desired condition is reached. The perfume and color are now added.

To begin, first put the oils and fat into a crutcher or jacketed kettle and heat to 140°F. Then add the soda ash dissolved in about 30 pounds of water, followed by the lye, and stir the mixture until a finger or stick leaves an imprint on the surface. Once the soap reaches this stage, cover it well and let it sit for about two hours or until it bulges in the center. After that, add the rest of the water, which should contain no lime or other minerals and is preferably distilled. Slowly shovel in the sugar while stirring the mixture, then pour in the alcohol. Increase the heat to 160°F using dry steam and continue crutching the soap until it dissolves. Under no circumstances should any soap be allowed to stay above the surface of the mass on the sides of the mixer. This crutching process takes about an hour, and when done, let the soap sit in the vessel for about half an hour while you take out a small sample to cool. This sample should be clear and show an excess of alkali. If it's not clear, add more alcohol; if it’s not strong enough, add more lye until the desired condition is achieved. Now, add the perfume and color.

The soap is then framed and allowed to set after which it is cut, allowed to dry slightly and then pressed. To obtain a polished cake transparent soaps are often planed before pressing and after pressing polished with a soft cloth, dampened with alcohol. Instead of framing this soap, it is sometimes "tubed," that is to say, the soap from the crutcher is run into specially constructed tubes of a shape near that of the desired cake and allowed to cool, after which it is cut and pressed. All scraps are returned to the crutcher, but in so doing the soap is slightly darkened in color. It is advisable to expose a finished cake of transparent[Pg 86] soap to the air for some time as by so doing it becomes clearer.

The soap is then shaped and left to set, after which it is cut, allowed to dry a bit, and then pressed. To get a polished cake, transparent soaps are often smoothed out before pressing and polished with a soft cloth dampened with alcohol afterward. Instead of shaping this soap, it’s sometimes "tubed," which means that the soap from the mixer is poured into specially designed tubes that closely match the shape of the desired cake and allowed to cool. After that, it is cut and pressed. All leftover pieces are sent back to the mixer, but this process slightly darkens the soap's color. It’s advisable to let a finished cake of transparent [Pg 86] soap sit in the air for a while, as this helps it become clearer.

Other formulae for cold made transparent soaps made as just outlined follow:

Other formulas for making transparent cold process soaps, as just described, are as follows:

I.
Bleached Tallow134lbs.
Cochin Cocoanut Oil88"
Castor Oil20"
W. W. Rosin7"
Cane Sugar64"
Water32"
Glycerine34"
Soda Lye, 38 degs. B.135"
Alcohol16gal.
II.
Tallow211lbs.
Cochin Cocoanut Oil185"
Castor Oil97-1/2"
Soda Ash8-1/2"
Water106"
Soda Lye, 38 degs. B.279"
Sugar216"
Alcohol137"
III.
Castor Oil60lbs.
Cochin Cocoanut Oil195"
Tallow120"
Alcohol115"
Sugar90"
Water53"
Glycerine53"
Soda Lye, 38 degs. B.205-1/2"
[Pg 87]
IV.
Tallow100lbs.
Cochin Cocoanut Oil100"
Castor Oil60"
Glycerine20"
Rosin, W. W.20"
Sugar40"
Water50"
Soda Lye, 36 degs. B.164"
Alcohol8gal.
V.
Tallow174lbs.
Cocoanut Oil114"
Soda Lye, 38 degs. B.170"
Sugar80"
Water72"
Alcohol16gal.

Rosin may be added in this formula up to 20 per cent. of fats used and the tallow cut down correspondingly.

Rosin can be added to this formula up to 20 percent of the fats used, and the tallow should be reduced accordingly.

SHAVING SOAPS.

The requirements of a shaving soap are somewhat different than those of other soaps. To be a good shaving soap the lather produced therefrom must be heavy, creamy, but not gummy, and remain moist when formed on the face. The soap itself should be of a soft consistency so as to readily adhere to the face when used in stick form. It should furthermore be neutral or nearly so to prevent the alkali from smarting during shaving.

The requirements for shaving soap are somewhat different from those for other soaps. To be effective, a good shaving soap should produce a rich, creamy lather that isn't sticky and stays moist on the face. The soap itself should have a soft consistency so it easily sticks to the face when used in stick form. Additionally, it should be neutral or close to neutral to avoid any sting from the alkali during shaving.

Shaving soap is made in the form of a stick, and a tablet for use in the shaving mug. Some shavers prefer to have the soap as a powder or cream, which are claimed to be more convenient methods of shaving. While a liquid shaving soap is not as well known because it has not yet[Pg 88] become popular, some soap for shaving is made in this form.

Shaving soap comes in stick and tablet forms for use in a shaving mug. Some people prefer powder or cream soap, which are said to be more convenient options for shaving. Although liquid shaving soap isn’t as widely recognized because it hasn’t become popular yet[Pg 88], there are some products made in this form.

Formerly shaving soap was extensively made from a charge of about 80 parts tallow and 20 parts cocoanut oil as a boiled settled soap, but either making the strengthening change with potash lye or using potash lye in saponifying the stock and graining with salt. Soaps for shaving made in this manner are very unsatisfactory, as they do not produce a sufficiently thick or lasting lather and discolor very materially upon ageing. Potassium stearate forms an ideal lather for shaving, but readily hardens and hence needs some of the softer oils, or glycerine incorporated with it to form a satisfactory soap for shaving.

Previously, shaving soap was mainly made using about 80 parts tallow and 20 parts coconut oil, created as a boiled settled soap. This was either enhanced with potash lye or used potash lye for saponifying the ingredients and then grained with salt. Soaps made this way are quite disappointing because they don't create a thick or long-lasting lather and change color significantly over time. Potassium stearate gives the perfect lather for shaving but tends to harden easily, so it needs to be mixed with softer oils or glycerin to make a decent shaving soap.

The selection of materials for making a shaving soap is important. The tallow used should be white and of high titer. Cochin cocoanut oil is to be preferred to the other kinds, and the alkalis should be the best for technical use that can be purchased—76 per cent. caustic soda and 88-92 per cent. caustic potash are suitable. By the use of stearic acid it is a simple matter to reach the neutral point which can be carefully approximated.

The choice of materials for making shaving soap is crucial. The tallow used should be white and of high quality. Cochin coconut oil is preferred over other types, and the alkalis should be the best available for technical use—76% caustic soda and 88-92% caustic potash are ideal. By using stearic acid, it's relatively straightforward to reach the neutral point, which can be carefully approximated.

The following are shaving soap formulae which have been found to give good satisfaction:

The following are shaving soap formulas that have proven to be quite satisfying:

I.lbs.
Tallow360
Stearic acid40
Soda lye, 41° B.147
Potash lye, 34° B.87
Water32
Gum tragacanth1
II.lbs.
Tallow282
Cocoanut oil60
[Pg 89]
Stearic acid50
Bayberry wax18
Soda lye, 41° B.147
Potash lye, 34° B.90
Water32
III.lbs.
Tallow400
Cocoanut oil176
Stearic acid415
Caustic soda, 40° B.182
Caustic potash, 38° B.108

To proceed, first run into the crutcher the tallow, cocoanut oil and bayberry wax when used, and bring the temperature of the mass up to 140°-160° F. by dry steam. Then add the caustic soda lye and keep on heat with occasional mixing until it is all taken up. When this stage is reached gradually add all but about 5 per cent. of the potash lye, and complete the saponification. This point having been reached, the heat is turned off; the crutcher is run and the stearic acid, previously melted by dry steam in a lead-lined or enameled vessel, is run in in a continuous stream and the crutching continued for fifteen minutes to half an hour. Samples are taken at this time, cooled and tested by alcoholic phenolphthalein solution. If too alkaline more stearic acid is added, if too acid more potash lye from that previously reserved. After each addition of lye or stearic acid the mass is crutched from 10 to 15 minutes longer, another sample is taken, cooled and again tested. When the phenolphthalein shows a very light pink after several minutes, the soap is practically neutral, although at this point one can better judge by dissolving a sample in hot neutralized alcohol made by putting into the alcohol a few drops of phenolphthalein, and then adding weak[Pg 90] alkali drop by drop from a burette until a slight pink, not yellow, tint is obtained, and noting the color of the solution. The solution should show a very light pink when the soap is properly neutralized. When this stage is arrived at the gum tragacanth, previously softened in water, is crutched in if it is to be added. The soap is then framed, stripped in three or four days, dried and milled.

To start, first mix the tallow, coconut oil, and bayberry wax in the crutcher, then heat the mixture to 140°-160° F. using dry steam. Next, add the caustic soda lye and keep it heated with occasional stirring until fully absorbed. Once this stage is reached, gradually add all but about 5 percent of the potash lye to complete the saponification process. After this point, turn off the heat; run the crutcher and slowly add the stearic acid, which should be melted using dry steam in a lead-lined or enameled container, in a continuous stream. Continue crutching for fifteen minutes to half an hour. At this point, take samples, cool them, and test with alcoholic phenolphthalein solution. If the mixture is too alkaline, add more stearic acid; if it's too acidic, add more potash lye from the reserved portion. After each addition of lye or stearic acid, continue crutching for an additional 10 to 15 minutes, take another sample, cool it, and test again. When the phenolphthalein shows a very light pink after a few minutes, the soap is nearly neutral. However, for a more accurate assessment, dissolve a sample in hot neutralized alcohol (by adding a few drops of phenolphthalein to the alcohol), then add weak alkali drop by drop from a burette until achieving a slight pink—not yellow—tint, and note the color of the solution. The solution should show a very light pink when the soap is properly neutralized. Once this stage is reached, if adding gum tragacanth, mix it in once it’s been softened in water. The soap is then framed, left to strip for three or four days, dried, and milled.

The formulae as given are for shaving sticks, and do not readily press unless thoroughly dried. A more satisfactory result is obtained by adding at the mill 25 per cent. of white tallow base to obtain a satisfactory mug soap.

The formulas provided are for shaving sticks, and they don't press well unless they're completely dried. A better result is achieved by adding 25 percent white tallow base at the mill to create an effective mug soap.

SHAVING POWDER.

Shaving powder differs from the soaps just described in being pulverized, usually adding up to 5 per cent. starch to prevent caking. Any of the above soaps, dried bone dry, with or without the addition of tallow base make a satisfactory powder for shaving.

Shaving powder is different from the soaps mentioned earlier because it is ground into a powder, usually with about 5 percent starch added to prevent clumping. Any of the soaps mentioned above, completely dried out, with or without added tallow base, can be used to make an effective shaving powder.

SHAVING CREAM.

Shaving cream is now a very popular shaving medium due to the rapidity and convenience with which one can shave by the use of this product. Formerly shaving cream was made from the liquid oils like olive oil and a soft fat like lard, together with cocoanut oil. Now, however, most of the popular shaving creams are made from stearic acid and cocoanut oil, as a far superior product is obtained by the use of these substances. By using these a more satisfactory cream is obtained, and it is far more convenient to make. The lather also produced therefrom is more suitable for shaving, being thick, creamy and remaining moist.

Shaving cream has become a very popular shaving product because it allows for quick and easy shaving. In the past, shaving cream was made from liquid oils like olive oil and soft fats such as lard, along with coconut oil. Now, however, most of the popular shaving creams are made with stearic acid and coconut oil, which create a much better product. Using these ingredients results in a more effective cream that is also easier to make. The lather produced is thicker, creamier, and stays moist, making it ideal for shaving.

A few typical formulae for shaving creams of this type are as follows:[Pg 91]

A few standard formulas for shaving creams of this type are as follows:[Pg 91]

I.lbs.
Cochin cocoanut oil26
Stearic acid165
Caustic potash lye, 50° B.69
Glycerine C. P.76
Water38
II.lbs.
Cochin cocoanut oil18
Stearic acid73
Caustic potash lye, 39° B.54
Glycerine33
Water27
III.lbs.
Cochin cocoanut oil18
Stearic acid73
Caustic potash lye, 39° B.54
Glycerine20
Water40
andlbs.
Stearic acid60
Glycerine C. P.85
Water165
Sodium carbonate50
Borax1

To make a shaving cream by Formula I or II, the cocoanut oil and glycerine are first put into a suitable mixing apparatus or crutcher, and heated to 120° F. A part or all the potash lye is then added and the cocoanut oil[Pg 92] saponified. The rest of the potash lye and the water are then added, and with the mixer running the stearic acid, previously melted in a lead-lined or enameled vessel, is then poured in in a stream and the mass stirred until smooth, care being exercised not to aerate it too much. The cream is then tested for alkalinity, the best method being by that described under shaving soap, in which the sample is dissolved in alcohol. Because of the large quantity of water present, phenolphthalein is unsatisfactory, as dissociation of the soap may show a pink indication in spite of the fact the mass is on the acid side. For a quick method of testing the bite on the tongue is a satisfactory criterion. If a cooled sample bites the tongue more stearic acid is added until there is a 3% excess of this. When the proper neutralization has taken place the cream is perfumed and framed in a special frame, or it may be allowed to cool in the mixer and perfumed the next day. When cool the cream is strained, or put through an ointment mill, after which it is ready to fill into tubes.

To make shaving cream using Formula I or II, first, the coconut oil and glycerin are put into a suitable mixing machine or container and heated to 120° F. Then, some or all of the potash lye is added, and the coconut oil[Pg 92] is saponified. After that, the rest of the potash lye and the water are added, and while the mixer is running, the stearic acid, which has been melted in a lead-lined or enameled container, is poured in slowly. The mixture is stirred until smooth, taking care not to aerate it too much. Next, the cream is tested for alkalinity, ideally using the method described under shaving soap, where the sample is dissolved in alcohol. Because of the high water content, phenolphthalein is not ideal, as the soap's dissociation might show a pink color even when the mixture is acidic. A quick test for acidity is to use a sample on the tongue; if it feels too strong, more stearic acid is added until there is a 3% excess. Once the proper neutralization is achieved, the cream is scented and placed in a special frame, or it can be allowed to cool in the mixer and scented the next day. Once cool, the cream is strained or processed through an ointment mill, making it ready to fill into tubes.

The procedure for the first part of Formula III is the same as that just given. The second part of the formula is made the same as a vanishing cream for toilet purposes. To make this, first melt the stearic acid as already directed. Dissolve the sodium carbonate and borax in water and when dissolved add the glycerine and stir. Then heat this solution to about 100°-120° F. and while stirring in a suitable mixing machine into which this solution has been poured after being heated, or better still in which it has been heated by dry steam, add the stearic acid. Continue mixing until smooth and then allow to cool, or run into frames to cool.

The process for the first part of Formula III is the same as what was just described. The second part of the formula is created like a vanishing cream for personal care. To make this, start by melting the stearic acid as instructed earlier. Dissolve the sodium carbonate and borax in water, and once dissolved, add the glycerine and stir. Then heat this solution to about 100°-120° F. and while stirring in a suitable mixing machine where this solution has been poured after being heated, or preferably in one that has been heated with dry steam, add the stearic acid. Keep mixing until it’s smooth, then let it cool, or pour it into molds to cool.

When the shaving cream and vanishing cream are both cool, they are mixed in the proportion of one of the former to two of the latter. It is claimed that in thus[Pg 93] making a shaving cream a smoother product is obtained, although it may be said that the vanishing cream is merely a soft soap and the ultimate result is the same as though the various ingredients were added in one operation, rather than making two separate products and then mixing them, thereby considerably increasing the cost of manufacture.

When the shaving cream and vanishing cream are both cool, they're mixed in a ratio of one part shaving cream to two parts vanishing cream. It's said that this method creates a smoother shaving cream, although it's worth noting that vanishing cream is essentially just a soft soap, and the final outcome would be the same if all the ingredients were combined at once instead of making two separate products and then mixing them, which significantly drives up manufacturing costs.

PUMICE OR SAND SOAPS.

Pumice and sand are at times added to soap to aid in the removal of dirt in cleansing the hands. In some cases these soaps are made in the form of a cake, in others they are sold in cans in the form of a paste.

Pumice and sand are sometimes added to soap to help remove dirt when washing your hands. In some cases, these soaps are shaped like a bar, while in other cases, they're sold in cans as a paste.

A hand paste is usually made by merely dissolving ordinary tallow base in two or three times its weight of hot water and mixing in the desired quantity of pumice or sand and in some instances adding a little glycerine to keep it soft or a solvent of some kind for grease. It may also be made by directly incorporating any of these in a potash soap.

A hand paste is typically created by dissolving regular tallow base in two or three times its weight of hot water and mixing in the desired amount of pumice or sand, sometimes adding a bit of glycerine to keep it soft or a solvent for grease. It can also be made by directly mixing any of these into a potash soap.

A cold made or semi-boiled cocoanut or palm kernel oil soap is the base used to add the pumice or sand to in making a cake soap of this sort. The following formulae serve as a guide for these soaps.

A cold or semi-boiled coconut or palm kernel oil soap is the base used to mix in pumice or sand to create a cake soap of this kind. The following formulas serve as a guide for these soaps.

I.
Palm Kernel or Ceylon Cocoanut Oil705lbs.
Pumice (Powdered)281"
Soda Lye, 38° B.378"
II.
Cocoanut Oil100"
Soda Lye, 38° B.55"
Water6"
Silver Sand (fine)60"

To proceed place the oil in a crutcher and heat to 140° F. Sift in the pumice and mix thoroughly. The lye is then added which causes a curdling of the grain. The stirring is continued until the grain closes and the soap is smooth, after which the desired perfume is added and the soap dropped into a frame and crutched by hand. When the soap is set, it is slabbed, cut into cakes, dried slightly and pressed.

To start, put the oil in a mixing container and heat it to 140°F. Sift in the pumice and mix well. Then add the lye, which will cause the mixture to curdle. Keep stirring until the mixture thickens and the soap becomes smooth, then add the preferred fragrance. Pour the soap into a mold and mix by hand. Once the soap has set, cut it into slabs, slice it into bars, let it dry slightly, and then press it.

LIQUID SOAPS.

Liquid soaps are merely solutions of a potash soap, usually cocoanut oil soap, although corn oil is used to make a cheap soap. One of the difficulties encountered in liquid soap is to keep it clear. At a low temperature a sediment is often formed, but this can be overcome by the use of sugar and filtering the soap through a filter press at a low temperature. In order to prevent the soap from freezing, it is necessary to lower the freezing point by the addition of glycerine or alcohol.

Liquid soaps are just solutions of a potash soap, usually made from coconut oil, although corn oil is used to create a cheaper option. One challenge with liquid soap is keeping it clear. At low temperatures, a sediment often forms, but this can be solved by adding sugar and filtering the soap through a filter press at a low temperature. To prevent the soap from freezing, it's essential to lower the freezing point by adding glycerin or alcohol.

To make liquid soap by any of the formulae given below, the oil is first run into a jacketed kettle with a stirring device, and heated to about 120° F. The potash lye is then added and the oil saponified. When the saponification takes place, especially when cocoanut oil is used, the mass swells rapidly and may foam over the sides of the kettle unless water is used to check this, or a kettle of about four to five times the capacity of the total charge of soap is used. When the saponification has occurred, the sugar, borax and glycerine are added, the water run in and the mixture stirred until the soap is thoroughly dissolved. Heat aids materially in dissolving the soap. The soap is then allowed to cool and if color or perfume is to be added this is stirred in, after which the soap is cooled and filtered or else run directly into barrels.[Pg 95]

To make liquid soap using any of the formulas below, start by pouring the oil into a jacketed kettle with a stirring device and heating it to about 120°F. Then, add the potash lye and let the oil saponify. You'll notice that when saponification occurs, especially with coconut oil, the mixture expands quickly and might foam over the sides of the kettle unless you add water to control it, or use a kettle that’s about four to five times larger than the total amount of soap. Once saponification is complete, mix in the sugar, borax, and glycerine, add water, and stir until the soap dissolves completely. Heat significantly helps dissolve the soap. Let it cool, and if you want to add color or fragrance, stir it in at this point. Finally, allow the soap to cool and then filter it or pour it directly into barrels.[Pg 95]

Tallow is not suitable for making a clear liquid soap since it is too high in stearine which when formed into the stearate makes an opaque solution. The formulae herewith given have been found to give good practical results.

Tallow isn't suitable for making clear liquid soap because it has too much stearine, which forms stearate and creates an opaque solution. The formulas provided here have been shown to produce good practical results.

I.lbs.
Cocoanut oil130
Caustic potash lye, 28° B.135
Sugar72
Borax2
Water267
II.lbs.
Corn oil130
Caustic potash lye, 26° B.135
Sugar72
Borax2
Water267
III.lbs.
Cocoanut oil100
Caustic potash lye, 28° B.102
Glycerine100
Sugar70
Water833

Formulae I and II contain about 20 per cent. fatty acids. It is possible, of course, to either increase or decrease the percentage of fatty acid by varying the amount of water. The water used in making liquid soaps, of course, should be soft, for hard water forms insoluble soaps which precipitate and cause a sediment.[Pg 96]

Formula I and II contain about 20 percent fatty acids. You can increase or decrease the percentage of fatty acids by changing the amount of water. The water used to make liquid soaps should be soft because hard water creates insoluble soaps that form a sediment.[Pg 96]

USE OF HARDENED OILS IN TOILET SOAPS.

While the introduction of the hydrogenation of oils is a decided advance in the production of suitable cheaper oils for soap making, comparatively little hardened oil is employed for soap making in America up to the present time. In Europe, however, considerable advance has been made by the use of such oils for manufacturing soap therefrom and a number of plants turn out large quantities of hydrogenated oils for soap making as well as for edible purposes. Recently a company has been formed in this country for hardening oils and it is very probable that the future will see this material extensively used in our own country, as these appear to be the one present hope of the soap manufacturer as a check on the ever increasing cost of fats and oils now used in making soap.

While the introduction of hydrogenated oils is a significant step forward in producing cheaper oils for soap making, relatively little hardened oil has been used for soap making in America so far. In Europe, however, substantial progress has been made by using these oils for soap production, and several plants produce large quantities of hydrogenated oils for both soap and food use. Recently, a company has been established in this country to harden oils, and it's very likely that in the future, this material will be widely used here as it seems to be the current hope for soap manufacturers in managing the rising costs of fats and oils used in soap production.

It is an unfortunate condition that hydrogenated oils produced abroad are sold under names which give absolutely no indication as to the oil which has been hardened. The softer and cheaper oils like fish oil, linseed oil, cottonseed oil, etc., are generally hardened for soap manufacture to different degrees of hardness. While it is impossible to definitely state just what products as Candelite, Talgol, Krutolin or several other coined names of hardened oils are, various investigators have experimented with them as to their adaptability for producing toilet soaps and found that suitable toilet soaps may be made from them. While many objections were at first met with concerning soaps made from these products, as to their unsatisfactory saponification, the poor lathering quality of the soaps and their odor and consequent difficulty in perfuming, the results of most investigators along these lines indicate that these in many cases were due to prejudice against or unfamiliarity with handling oils of this type for soap making.

It's unfortunate that hydrogenated oils made overseas are sold under names that don't indicate what kind of oil has been hardened. Softer and cheaper oils like fish oil, linseed oil, cottonseed oil, etc., are typically hardened to different levels for soap manufacturing. While it's hard to pinpoint exactly what products like Candelite, Talgol, Krutolin, or other coined names of hardened oils are, various researchers have tested them for making toilet soaps and found that they can be used effectively. Initially, there were many complaints about soaps made from these products regarding their poor saponification, lack of lather, unpleasant odor, and difficulty in adding fragrance. However, most researchers indicate that these issues were often due to bias or unfamiliarity with using these types of oils for soap production.

In manufacturing soap from hardened oils it is usually[Pg 97] necessary to incorporate with the charge lard, tallow, tallow oil or some other soft oil of this nature. Satisfactory bases for toilet soaps, made as boiled settled soap by the use of Talgol (undoubtedly hardened fish oil), are said to be made by the formulae[10] below.

In making soap from hardened oils, it's typically necessary to mix in lard, tallow, tallow oil, or another type of soft oil. Good bases for toilet soaps, created as boiled settled soap using Talgol (which is definitely hardened fish oil), are reportedly made with the formulas[10] below.

I.
Tallow45parts
Talgol40"
Cocoanut Oil15"
II.
Cocoanut Oil (Ceylon)6"
Tallow12"
Talgol, Extra12"

The method of boiling a soap of this type does not differ materially from that of making settled tallow soap base. The soap itself has a different odor than a straight tallow base, but is said to make a very satisfactory soap for milling and to be of good appearance.

The process of boiling this type of soap is pretty much the same as making a settled tallow soap base. The soap has a different smell compared to a regular tallow base, but it's said to produce a very satisfactory soap for milling and looks good too.

Satisfactory transparent soaps are made from the hardened oil Candelite, which replaces the tallow in transparent soap formulae such as have already been given in the section under "Transparent Soaps." The method of manufacturing a soap by the use of this product varies in no way from the usual method employed for making these soaps.

Satisfactory transparent soaps are made from hardened Candelite oil, which substitutes for tallow in transparent soap recipes previously mentioned in the section on "Transparent Soaps." The process for manufacturing soap using this product is no different from the standard method used for making these soaps.

Since hydrogenated oils are high in stearine, their use in shaving soaps is a decided advantage. It has previously been pointed out that potassium stearate forms an ideal lather for shaving, and in the hydrogenating process the olein is converted to stearine. Thus a hardened[Pg 98] oil is advantageous in a shaving soap. As an example of a cold made soap for shaving the following may be taken.[11]

Since hydrogenated oils are high in stearin, using them in shaving soaps is definitely beneficial. It has been previously noted that potassium stearate creates an ideal lather for shaving, and during the hydrogenation process, olein is turned into stearin. Therefore, a hardened[Pg 98] oil is helpful in a shaving soap. An example of a cold process soap for shaving can be as follows.[11]

Talgol Extra50 lbs.
Cocoanut Oil10 "
Lard10 "
Soda Lye, 38° B.20 "
Potash Lye, 37° B.21 "

This soap may be made in a crutcher by the method generally used in making soap by the cold process.

This soap can be made in a crutcher using the method commonly used for making soap through the cold process.

TEXTILE SOAPS.

Soap is a very important product to every branch of the textile industry. For woolen fabrics it is used for scouring, fulling and throwing the wool; in the silk industry it is necessary for degumming the raw silk, as well as for dyeing; in the cotton mills it is used to finish cotton cloth and to some extent in bleaching; it is, furthermore, employed in a number of ways in the manufacture of linen. Large quantities of soap are thus consumed in an industry of so great an extent and the requirements necessitate different soaps for the different operations. We will, therefore, consider these in detail.

Soap is an essential product for every part of the textile industry. For woolen fabrics, it's used for cleaning, processing, and preparing the wool; in the silk industry, it’s needed for removing gum from raw silk and for dyeing; in cotton mills, it’s used to finish cotton fabric and somewhat in bleaching; additionally, it's used in various ways in linen production. Because of this, a large amount of soap is consumed in such a vast industry, and different soaps are required for different processes. We'll take a closer look at these in detail.

SCOURING AND FULLING SOAPS FOR WOOL.

The soaps used to scour wool and for fulling the woven cloth are usually made as cheaply as possible. They are, however, generally pure soaps, as filling material such as sodium silicate does not readily rinse out of the wool and if used at all must be added very sparingly. Both cold made and boiled settled soaps are made for this purpose. The soap is generally sold in barrels, hence is run directly to these from the crutcher or soap kettle. As cold made soaps the following serve for wool scouring or fulling.[Pg 99]

The soaps used for cleaning wool and processing woven cloth are typically made as inexpensively as possible. However, they are generally pure soaps, since additives like sodium silicate don’t rinse out of the wool easily and should only be used very sparingly if at all. Both cold-processed and boiled settled soaps are produced for this purpose. The soap is usually sold in barrels, so it goes directly from the mixer or soap kettle into these containers. The following soaps are suitable for wool cleaning or processing.[Pg 99]

I.
Palm Oil200 lbs.
Bone Grease460 "
Soda Lye, 36° B.357 "
Water113 "
Soda Ash50 "
Citronella2 "
II.
Palm Oil (Calabar, unbleached)155 "
House Grease360 "
Soda Lye, 36° B.324 "
Water268 "
Sodium Silicate83 "
III.
House Grease185 "
Palm Oil (unbleached)309 "
Soda Lye, 36° B.309 "
Water391 "
Soda Ash70 "
Sodium Silicate60 "
Corn Starch10 "

These soaps are made in a crutcher by the usual process for cold-made soaps, crutched until smooth, dropped into a barrel and crutched by hand the next day or just before cooling.

These soaps are made in a crutcher using the standard method for cold-made soaps, crutched until smooth, placed into a barrel, and crutched by hand the next day or just before cooling.

As a settled soap for these operations the following charge is typical:

As a standard soap for these tasks, the following formulation is common:

Palm Oil34 parts
Cottonseed foots or its equivalent in fatty acids33"
Rosin10"
House Grease23"

The method of boiling such a soap is the same as for any settled soap up to the strengthening change. When this stage is reached, sufficient lye is added to strengthen the kettle strongly. It is then boiled down with closed steam on salt brine or "pickle" until a sample of the lye taken from the bottom stands at 16°-22° B. The soap is then run into barrels and after standing therein for a day is hand crutched until cool to prevent streaking of the soap.

The process of boiling this soap is the same as for any settled soap until it reaches the strengthening stage. At that point, enough lye is added to significantly strengthen the mixture. It is then boiled down with closed steam on salt brine or "pickle" until a sample of the lye taken from the bottom measures between 16°-22° B. The soap is then poured into barrels and, after sitting there for a day, is hand-crutched until it cools down to prevent streaking in the soap.

Besides a soap of this type a settled tallow chip soap is used.

Besides this type of soap, a solid tallow chip soap is also used.

WOOL THROWER'S SOAP.

Soaps for wool throwing are sometimes made from olive oil foots but these are often objected to because of the sulphur-like odor conveyed to the cloth due to the method by which this oil is extracted with carbon disulphide. A potash soap hardened somewhat with soda is also used. As a formula for a suitable soap of this type this may be given.

Soaps for wool throwing are sometimes made from leftover olive oil, but these are often criticized because they give the cloth a sulfur-like smell due to the way this oil is extracted with carbon disulfide. A potash soap that's been hardened a bit with soda is also used. Here’s a formula for a suitable soap of this kind.

Olive Oil Foots12 parts
Corn Oil46 "
House Grease20 "
Soda Lye, 36° B.3 "
Potassium Carbonate (dry)5-3/4 "
Potassium Hydrate (solid)23 "

This soap is made as a "run" soap by the general directions already given for a soap thus made. The kettle is boiled with open and closed steam, adding water very slowly and aiming to obtain a 220-225 per cent. yield or fatty acid content of the finished soap of 46 per cent. When the soap is finished a sample cooled on a plate of glass should be neither slippery or short, but should string slightly. The finished soap is run directly into barrels.[Pg 101]

This soap is produced as a "run" soap following the general instructions already provided for making such soap. The kettle is heated using both open and closed steam, slowly adding water to achieve a yield of 220-225 percent or a fatty acid content of 46 percent in the final soap. Once the soap is done, a sample cooled on a glass plate should not be slippery or short but should have a slight stringing quality. The finished soap is poured directly into barrels.[Pg 101]

A soap for wool throwing by the semi-boiled process may be made from olive oil foots in a crutcher thus:

A soap for wool throwing using the semi-boiled process can be made from olive oil leftovers in a crutcher like this:

Olive Oil Foots600 lbs.
Potash Lye, 20° B.660 "

The oil is heated to 180° F., the lye added and the mass stirred until it bunches, when it is dropped into barrels.

The oil is heated to 180°F, then the lye is added, and the mixture is stirred until it thickens, at which point it's poured into barrels.

WORSTED FINISHING SOAPS.

For the finishing of worsted cloth soaps high in cocoanut oil or palm kernel oil are preferred. These soaps are finished very neutral, being made as settled soaps, but given an extra wash change after strengthening strongly. They are then finished as usual and run into barrels. If framed too hot, the high percentage of cocoanut oil causes mottling, which is prevented by crutching by hand until the temperature of the soap is 140°-145° F. Some typical charges, all of which are saponified with soda lye, follow:

For finishing worsted cloth, soaps that are high in coconut oil or palm kernel oil are preferred. These soaps are finished very neutral, made as settled soaps, but they get an extra wash change after being strongly thickened. They are then finished as usual and put into barrels. If the temperature is too high during framing, the high percentage of coconut oil leads to mottling, which can be prevented by hand mixing until the soap reaches 140°-145° F. Here are some typical batches, all of which are saponified with soda lye:

I.
Palm Kernel Oil60 parts
Corn Oil40 "
II.
Palm Kernel Oil30 "
Red Oil (single pressed)70 "
III.
Red Oil33-1/3 "
Corn Oil33-1/3 "
Cocoanut Oil or Palm Kernel Oil33-1/3 "

SOAPS USED IN THE SILK INDUSTRY.

Soap is used to a very large extent in silk mills, both for[Pg 102] degumming the raw silk and in silk dyeing. Raw silk consists of the true silk fibre known as fibroin and a gummy coating, sericin, which dulls the lustre of the silk unless removed. For this purpose a slightly alkaline olive oil foots soap is best adapted, although palm oil and peanut oil soaps are sometimes used, as well as soaps made from a combination of house grease to the extent of 30 per cent., together with red oil or straight olein soaps, both of which are artificially colored green. In using house grease, if 30 per cent. is exceeded in combination with red oil, the titer is raised to such an extent that the soap does not readily rinse from the silk nor dissolve readily. They are also not advisable because they impart a disagreeable odor to the silk.

Soap is widely used in silk mills, primarily for[Pg 102] degumming raw silk and dyeing silk. Raw silk is made up of the actual silk fiber called fibroin and a gummy coating known as sericin, which dulls the silk's shine unless removed. For this process, a slightly alkaline olive oil soap works best, although soaps made from palm oil and peanut oil are sometimes used as well, along with soaps made from a mix of household grease (up to 30%) and red oil or regular olein soaps, both artificially colored green. When using household grease, exceeding 30% in combination with red oil raises the titer enough that the soap doesn't rinse off the silk easily and doesn't dissolve well. They're also not ideal because they can leave a bad smell on the silk.

To make a soap for this purpose from olive oil foots it is made as a settled soap, care being taken to thoroughly boil the mass on the saponification change in the closed state to assure proper saponification. The kettle is usually grained with lye and given a good wash change to remove the excess strength. The change previous to the finish should not be too heavy or too large a nigre results. The lighter the grain is, the better the finished kettle is. A yield of 150 per cent. is usually obtained. This soap is generally run to a frame, slabbed upon cooling and packed directly into wooden cases.

To make soap from leftover olive oil, you prepare it as settled soap, making sure to boil the mixture thoroughly during the saponification process in a closed container to ensure proper saponification. The kettle is usually treated with lye and rinsed well to remove any excess strength. The wash before finishing shouldn’t be too heavy or large, or it will result in too much waste. The lighter the treatment, the better the final product will be. Typically, a yield of 150 percent is achieved. This soap is generally poured into frames, allowed to cool and solidify, and then packed directly into wooden cases.

For silk dyeing the above soap is suitable, although any well-made soap of good odor and not rancid is useable. While soap alone is often used in the bath for silk dyeing, certain dyestuffs require the addition of acetic or sulphuric acid, which sets free the fatty acids. If these be of bad odor it is taken up by the silk and is difficult to remove. The most generally used soaps are the just mentioned olive foots soap or a soap made from a good grade red oil.

For silk dyeing, the soap mentioned above works well, but any high-quality soap that smells good and isn't rancid can be used. While soap by itself is often used for silk dyeing in baths, some dyes need the addition of acetic or sulfuric acid to release the fatty acids. If the fatty acids smell bad, the silk can absorb the odor, making it hard to get rid of. The most commonly used soaps are the previously mentioned olive foots soap or a soap made from high-quality red oil.

Both kinds are extensively used.[Pg 103]

Both types are widely used.[Pg 103]

SOAPS USED FOR COTTON GOODS.

In the manufacture of cotton goods, as compared to the wool and silk industries, very much less soap is used and it is only applied to the finished fabric either to clean the cloth preparatory to dyeing or to aid in dyeing with certain colors. It is also used in calico printing. For cleansing the cloth ordinary chip soap is suitable although a more alkaline soap finished as a curd soap is an advantage in that the free alkali contained therein aids in removing the dirt and has no harmful effect on the cotton. For dyeing cotton goods or to brighten certain colors after dyeing an olive oil foots soap is most generally employed. In calico printing soap is used to wash and clear the cloth after printing. A soap for this purpose should be easily soluble in water and contain no free alkali, rosin or filler. The best soaps for use in calico printing are either an olive oil foots soap or an olein soap.

In the production of cotton products, compared to wool and silk, significantly less soap is used, and it's only applied to the finished fabric, either to clean the cloth before dyeing or to assist in dyeing with specific colors. It's also used in calico printing. For cleaning the cloth, regular chip soap works well, although a more alkaline soap, made as a curd soap, is beneficial because the free alkali helps remove dirt without harming the cotton. For dyeing cotton goods or enhancing certain colors after dyeing, an olive oil foots soap is most commonly used. In calico printing, soap is used to wash and clear the cloth after printing. A soap meant for this purpose should dissolve easily in water and contain no free alkali, rosin, or filler. The best soaps for calico printing are either an olive oil foots soap or an olein soap.

SULPHONATED OILS.

While sulphonated oils are not used to any great extent in the manufacture of soap, they are used very largely in the dyeing and printing of turkey and alizarine reds on cotton as well as other colors. Just what action these oils have is not known. Turkey red oil or sulphonated castor oil is the best known sulphonated oil.

While sulfonated oils aren't widely used in soap making, they play a significant role in dyeing and printing turkey and alizarine reds on cotton, along with other colors. The exact effects of these oils are not well understood. Turkey red oil, or sulfonated castor oil, is the most well-known sulfonated oil.

The process of making these oils is simple. The equipment necessary is a wooden tank or barrel of suitable capacity, approximately two and a half times the amount of oil to be treated. There are furthermore required other tanks or vessels to hold the solutions used such as caustic soda, ammonia and acid. The tank to be used for the preparation of sulphonated oil should be provided with a valve at the bottom of the tank and a gauge to measure the quantity of liquid therein.[Pg 104]

The process of making these oils is straightforward. You'll need a wooden tank or barrel that can hold about two and a half times the amount of oil being treated. Additionally, you'll need other tanks or containers for holding the solutions like caustic soda, ammonia, and acid. The tank used for preparing sulphonated oil should have a valve at the bottom and a gauge to measure the liquid inside.[Pg 104]

The process is carried out as follows:

The process is done as follows:

Three hundred pounds of castor oil are placed in the tank and 80 pounds at 66 deg. B. sulphuric acid are weighed out in another vessel. The acid is run into the tank containing the oil in a very thin stream while the oil is well stirred. At no time should the temperature exceed 40 deg. C. This operation should consume at least an hour and stirring should be continued half an hour longer to insure the thorough mixing of the oil with the acid. The mass is then allowed to settle for 24 hours, after which 40 gallons of water are added and the mixture stirred until it has a uniform creamy color indicating no dark streaks. This mixing process should be carefully carried out and when completed allowed to settle 36 hours. At this point the mass will have separated into two layers, the lower layer consisting of a water solution of acid and the upper layer of oil. The former is run out through the valve located at the bottom of the tank. Another wash may now be given or dispensed with as desired. In this wash the addition of salt or sodium sulphate at the rate of 1-1/2 pounds per gallon of water is advisable. A 24 deg. B. caustic soda solution is prepared and added slowly to the acidified oil with constant stirring. The mass first turns creamy, then becomes streaked, increasing in streaks as the caustic solution is poured in, and finally becomes clear and transparent. Water is now added to bring the volume to 75 gallons. The oil is now milky in appearance, but the addition of a little more soda solution restores the transparency.

Three hundred pounds of castor oil are put in the tank, and 80 pounds of 66 deg. B. sulfuric acid are measured out in another container. The acid is slowly poured into the tank with the oil while stirring it well. The temperature should never go above 40 deg. C. This process should take at least an hour, and stirring should continue for another half hour to ensure the oil is thoroughly mixed with the acid. The mixture is then left to settle for 24 hours, after which 40 gallons of water are added, and the mixture is stirred until it has a uniform creamy color without any dark streaks. This mixing needs to be done carefully, and after it’s finished, it should be allowed to settle for 36 hours. At this point, the mixture will have separated into two layers: the bottom layer is a water solution of acid, and the top layer is oil. The lower layer is drained out through the valve at the bottom of the tank. An additional wash can be done if desired. In this wash, adding salt or sodium sulfate at a rate of 1-1/2 pounds per gallon of water is recommended. A 24 deg. B. caustic soda solution is prepared and slowly added to the acidified oil while constantly stirring. The mixture first becomes creamy, then streaky, with more streaks appearing as the caustic solution is added, and finally it becomes clear and transparent. Water is then added to bring the total volume to 75 gallons. The oil appears milky at this point, but adding a little more soda solution restores its transparency.

In some cases ammonia is used in addition to caustic soda in neutralizing the oil. Three-fourths of the amount of caustic soda required to complete the neutralization is first added and then the neutralization is completed with a one to one liquid ammonia and water solution.

In some cases, ammonia is used along with caustic soda to neutralize the oil. Three-quarters of the necessary amount of caustic soda is added first, and then the neutralization is finished with a one-to-one liquid ammonia and water solution.

FOOTNOTES:

[9] Seifensieder Ztg., 40, 47, 1266 (1913).

[9] Soap Makers Association, 40, 47, 1266 (1913).

[10] Seifensieder Ztg. (1913), p. 334 and 338.
"           "   (1912), p. 1229 and 1257.

[10] Seifensieder Ztg. (1913), p. 334 and 338.
"           " (1912), p. 1229 and 1257.

[11] Seifensieder Ztg. (1912), p. 954.

[11] Soap Makers Ltd. (1912), p. 954.


CHAPTER V

Glycerine Recovery.

The recovery of glycerine is very closely allied with the soap-making industry, because glycerine is the very valuable by-product obtained in the saponification of oils and fats. No soap plant is, therefore, fully equipped unless it has some method whereby the glycerine is recovered and the importance of recovering this product cannot be too strongly emphasized.

The recovery of glycerin is closely connected to the soap-making industry because glycerin is a valuable by-product obtained during the saponification of oils and fats. No soap manufacturing facility is truly complete unless it has a way to recover glycerin, and the importance of obtaining this product cannot be overstated.

It has already been pointed out that neutral fats or the glycerides are a combination of fatty acid with glycerine. These are split apart in the process of saponification. While by the term saponification as used in soap making it is inferred that this is the combination of caustic alkalis with the fatty acids to form soap, this term is by no means limited to this method of saponification, as there are various other methods of saponifying a fat. The chemical definition of saponification is the conversion of an ester, of which glycerides are merely a certain type, into an alcohol and an acid or a salt of this acid. Thus, if we use caustic alkali as our saponifying agent for a fat or oil, we obtain the sodium or potassium salt of the higher fatty acids or soap and the alcohol, glycerine. On the other hand, if we use a mineral acid as the saponifying agent, we obtain the fatty acids themselves in addition to glycerine. While the former is by far the most generally employed for making soap, other processes consist in saponifying the fats by some method other than caustic alkalis and then converting the fatty acids into soap by either neutralizing them with sodium or potassium carbonate or hydrate.

It has already been noted that neutral fats, or glycerides, are combinations of fatty acids and glycerin. During saponification, these components are separated. While the term saponification in soap making refers specifically to combining caustic alkalis with fatty acids to create soap, it’s important to understand that this term is not restricted to this method; there are numerous other ways to saponify fats. Chemically, saponification is defined as the process of converting an ester—of which glycerides are just one kind—into an alcohol and an acid, or a salt of that acid. Therefore, if we use a caustic alkali as our saponifying agent for a fat or oil, we produce the sodium or potassium salt of the higher fatty acids, or soap, along with glycerin. Conversely, if we apply a mineral acid as the saponifying agent, we obtain the fatty acids themselves, in addition to glycerin. Although the former method is the most commonly used for soap production, other processes exist that involve saponifying fats through methods other than caustic alkalis, followed by neutralizing the fatty acids with sodium or potassium carbonate or hydrate to create soap.

It is important to again point out here that fats and oils[Pg 106] develop free fatty acid of themselves and that the development of this acid represents a loss in glycerine. The selection of an oil or fat for soap making should therefore to a large extent be judged as to its adaptability by the free fatty acid content, as the higher this content is, the greater is the loss in the glycerine eventually obtained. Glycerine often represents the only profit to a soap manufacturer. It is indeed necessary to determine the percentage of free fatty acid before purchasing a lot of stock to be made into soap.

It's important to point out again that fats and oils[Pg 106] produce free fatty acids on their own, and the formation of this acid indicates a loss of glycerin. When choosing an oil or fat for soap making, you should largely evaluate its suitability based on the free fatty acid content; the higher this content is, the greater the loss of glycerin you'll ultimately get. Glycerin often represents the only profit for a soap manufacturer. Therefore, it's essential to determine the percentage of free fatty acid before buying any stock to be made into soap.

In taking up the question of glycerine recovery we will consider the various methods thus:

In addressing the issue of glycerine recovery, we'll explore the different methods as follows:

1. Where the glycerine is obtained from spent lye by saponifying the fats or oils with caustic alkali.

1. Where glycerin is extracted from used lye by soap making the fats or oils with caustic alkali.

2. Where the glycerine is obtained by saponifying the fats or oils by some other method than the above, of which there are the following:

2. Where glycerin is obtained by saponifying fats or oils using methods other than the ones mentioned above, there are the following:

(a) Twitchell process.
(b) Saponification by lime in autoclave.
(c) Saponification by acid.
(d) Saponification by water in autoclave.
(e) Fermentative (Enzymes).
(f) Krebitz process.

(a) Twitchell process.
(b) Saponification using lime in an autoclave.
(c) Saponification using acid.
(d) Saponification using water in an autoclave.
(e) Fermentative (Enzymes).
(f) Krebitz process.

RECOVERY OF GLYCERINE FROM SPENT LYE.

The spent lye obtained from the glycerine changes in making soap varies greatly, the quality depending upon the stock saponified and the soap maker's care in handling the operation. No two lyes run exactly alike as to proportion of the various ingredients, although they are all similar in containing the same substances either in solution or suspension. Spent lye is a water solution of mainly glycerine, free alkali either as caustic alkali or carbonate and salt, including sodium sulfate, but furthermore contains some soap and albuminous matter either in solution or[Pg 107] suspension. Upon standing in the storage tank the greater part of the soap usually separates when the lye cools. In order to assure the greatest economical yield of glycerine by saponifying a fat with caustic soda it is necessary to obtain a proportion of three parts of water to every part of fat made into soap. Test runs have shown that this is the proper proportion and that it is not economical to greatly exceed this amount, and if a much less proportion is used the full yield of glycerine is not obtained.

The spent lye produced from making soap can vary a lot, with its quality depending on the type of fat used and how carefully the soap maker manages the process. No two batches of lye are exactly the same in their ingredient proportions, even though they all contain similar substances, either dissolved or suspended. Spent lye primarily consists of a water solution of glycerine, free alkali (either as caustic alkali or carbonate), and salts like sodium sulfate. It also contains some soap and protein matter, either dissolved or[Pg 107] suspended. When left to stand in the storage tank, most of the soap typically separates out as the lye cools. To ensure the best economical yield of glycerine when saponifying fat with caustic soda, it's essential to maintain a ratio of three parts water to every part fat used to make soap. Test runs have confirmed that this is the ideal proportion; exceeding it significantly is not cost-effective, and using a considerably lower ratio won't yield the full amount of glycerine.

The spent lyes contain varying amounts of glycerine, the first change being richest in glycerine content, and this being reduced in the subsequent changes. If the lyes always run high in glycerine it is an indication that it is not all being obtained. The usual percentage is from 0.5% to 5% or even more, although the average is somewhere around 2% to 3%. The lye as it comes from the kettle should not contain any more than 0.5% to 0.6% of free alkali calculated as sodium carbonate, Na2CO3. If the proportion is higher than this, it shows that the saponification has been conducted with too high a proportion of alkali, a condition which should be corrected in the kettle room. An excess of free alkali does not interfere to any great extent with the successful recovery of the glycerine, but is a waste of both alkali and the acid used in neutralizing this. It is, therefore, more economical to run a strong lye over fresh stock and neutralize the alkali thus, rather than treating the lye for glycerine recovery.

The spent lyes have different amounts of glycerine, with the first change containing the most glycerine, and this amount decreasing in the later changes. If the lyes consistently have high glycerine levels, it means that not all of it is being extracted. The usual percentage ranges from 0.5% to 5% or even higher, but the average is around 2% to 3%. The lye straight from the kettle should have no more than 0.5% to 0.6% of free alkali, calculated as sodium carbonate, Na2CO3. If the level is higher than this, it indicates that the saponification process used too much alkali, which should be adjusted in the kettle room. While an excess of free alkali does not significantly hinder the successful recovery of glycerine, it wastes both alkali and the acid used to neutralize it. Therefore, it is more cost-effective to run a strong lye over fresh stock and neutralize the alkali this way, rather than treating the lye for glycerine recovery.

Before the spent lye can be run into the evaporator it is necessary to remove the albuminous impurities and soap and to neutralize the excess alkali to between exactly neutral and 0.02% alkalinity. The lye should never be fed into the evaporator in the acid condition.

Before the used lye can be sent to the evaporator, it's important to remove any albuminous impurities and soap, and to neutralize the excess alkali to a level between perfectly neutral and 0.02% alkalinity. The lye should never be put into the evaporator while it’s still acidic.

In order to treat the spent lyes for evaporation, they are first allowed to cool in the storage tank, after which any[Pg 108] soap which may have separated is skimmed off and returned to the soap kettle. This lye is then pumped to the treatment tank, an ordinary tank equipped with some method of agitating the liquor, either by a mechanical stirrer, steam blower or compressed air, until it is about two feet from the top.

To process the used lye for evaporation, it is first cooled in the storage tank, after which any[Pg 108] soap that has separated is skimmed off and returned to the soap kettle. This lye is then pumped into the treatment tank, a standard tank fitted with some way to stir the liquid, whether by a mechanical stirrer, steam blower, or compressed air, until it is about two feet from the top.

After the lye has been skimmed off it is thoroughly agitated and a sample taken. The amount of lye in the tank is then calculated. Spent lye is about 1.09 times heavier than water, or weighs about 9 pounds to the gallon. While the sample is being tested for alkalinity it is advisable to add sulfate of alumina, which may be dissolving while the sample is being titrated. This substance should be added in the proportion of anywhere from 6 to 14 pounds per thousand pounds of lye, depending upon the amount of impurities contained therein. For a clean lye six pounds per thousand is sufficient, but for an impure lye a greater quantity is necessary. The sulfate of alumina used should be free from arsenic and sulfides and should contain a minimum amount of grit (silica), as grit reduces the life of the pump valves. This may be estimated with sufficient accuracy by rubbing the filtered-off portions, insoluble in water between the fingers and a plate of glass. The object of adding the sulfate of alumina is to transform the soap contained in the lye into the insoluble aluminum soaps, and at the same time to coagulate the albuminous impurities. It must be remembered that the sulfate of alumina is added only for the fresh lye put into the tank. Thus if there were 10,000 pounds of lye in the treating tank when the fresh lye was run in, and 50,000 pounds when the tank is filled, adding nine pounds of sulfate of alumina per thousand of lye, only 360 pounds would be added or enough for 40,000 pounds. Sulfate of alumina neutralizes one-third of its weight of caustic.[Pg 109]

After skimming off the lye, it is stirred thoroughly and a sample is taken. The amount of lye in the tank is then calculated. Spent lye is about 1.09 times heavier than water, weighing around 9 pounds per gallon. While the sample is being tested for alkalinity, it's a good idea to add sulfate of alumina, which may dissolve while the sample is being titrated. This substance should be added at a rate of 6 to 14 pounds per thousand pounds of lye, depending on the level of impurities present. For clean lye, six pounds per thousand is sufficient, but for lye with more impurities, a larger amount is needed. The sulfate of alumina used should be free of arsenic and sulfides and should have a minimal amount of grit (silica), as grit shortens the life of the pump valves. You can roughly estimate this by rubbing the filtered-off portions, which are insoluble in water, between your fingers and a glass plate. The purpose of adding sulfate of alumina is to convert the soap in the lye into insoluble aluminum soaps and to coagulate the albuminous impurities. It's important to remember that sulfate of alumina is added only to the fresh lye put into the tank. For instance, if there were 10,000 pounds of lye in the treatment tank when fresh lye was added, and 50,000 pounds when the tank is filled, adding nine pounds of sulfate of alumina per thousand of lye means only 360 pounds would be added, which is enough for 40,000 pounds. Sulfate of alumina neutralizes one-third of its weight in caustic.[Pg 109]

To determine the alkali in the sample, 10 cubic centimeters are pipetted into a beaker, a little distilled water added, then 3 or 4 drops of phenolphthalein indicator. From a burette, quarter normal (N/4) sulfuric acid is added until the pink color is just discharged. When this point is reached 4 to 5 c. c. more of acid are added and the solution is boiled to expel the carbon dioxide. Should the solution turn pink, it is necessary to add more acid. After having boiled for 3 to 4 minutes, N/4 caustic soda is added until the pink color just returns and the amount of caustic soda used is read on the burette. The difference between the number of cubic centimeters of N/4 sulfuric acid and N/4 caustic soda gives the amount of alkali in the sample. By using a 10 c. c. sample and N/4 sulfuric acid and N/4 caustic soda each c. c. obtained by the difference of these two solutions is equal to one-tenth of one per cent. (0.1%) of the total alkali in the lye. As an example, say we first used 7.7 c. c. of N/4 sulfuric acid to just discharge the pink, then added 4 c. c. more, or 11.7 c. c. in total. After boiling it required 5.3 c. c. to bring back a slight pink, the total alkalinity would be 11.7 c. c. - 5.3 c. c. = 6.4 c. c., or 0.64% total alkali in the lye in terms of caustic soda. If there were 40,000 pounds of lye to be treated then we should have to neutralize:

To find the alkali in the sample, pipette 10 cubic centimeters into a beaker, add a bit of distilled water, then 3 or 4 drops of phenolphthalein indicator. From a burette, add quarter normal (N/4) sulfuric acid until the pink color disappears. Once that happens, add an additional 4 to 5 cubic centimeters of acid and boil the solution to remove the carbon dioxide. If the solution turns pink again, you'll need to add more acid. After boiling for 3 to 4 minutes, add N/4 caustic soda until the pink color reappears, and read the amount of caustic soda used on the burette. The difference between the cubic centimeters of N/4 sulfuric acid and N/4 caustic soda gives you the amount of alkali in the sample. Using a 10 c.c. sample with N/4 sulfuric acid and N/4 caustic soda, each cubic centimeter difference represents one-tenth of one percent (0.1%) of the total alkali in the lye. For example, if we first used 7.7 c.c. of N/4 sulfuric acid to just discharge the pink, then added 4 c.c. more, that’s a total of 11.7 c.c. After boiling, if it took 5.3 c.c. to bring back a slight pink, the total alkalinity would be 11.7 c.c. - 5.3 c.c. = 6.4 c.c., or 0.64% total alkali in the lye in terms of caustic soda. If there were 40,000 pounds of lye to treat, we would need to neutralize:

40,000 × .0064 = 256 lbs. alkali. Since sulfate of alumina neutralizes one-third of its weight in caustic, and there are say 9 lbs. of this added per thousand pounds of lye we would add

40,000 × .0064 = 256 lbs. of alkali. Since sulfate of alumina neutralizes one-third of its weight in caustic, and there are about 9 lbs. of this added per thousand pounds of lye, we would add

40,000 × 9 = 360 lbs. of sulfate of alumina. This would neutralize 360 × 1/3 = 120 lbs of alkali. There are then 256 - 120 = 136 lbs. of alkali still to be neutralized. If 60° B. sulfuric acid is used it requires about 1.54 lbs. of acid to one pound of caustic. Therefore to neutralize the caustic soda remaining it requires:[Pg 110]

40,000 × 9 = 360 lbs. of alum sulfate. This would neutralize 360 × 1/3 = 120 lbs of alkali. That leaves 256 - 120 = 136 lbs. of alkali still to be neutralized. If 60° B. sulfuric acid is used, it takes about 1.54 lbs. of acid for every pound of caustic. So, to neutralize the remaining caustic soda, it requires:[Pg 110]

136 × 1.54 = 209.44 lbs. 60° B. sulfuric acid to neutralize the total alkali in the 40,000 pounds of spent lye.

136 × 1.54 = 209.44 lbs. 60° B. sulfuric acid to neutralize the total alkali in the 40,000 pounds of spent lye.

The acid is added and the lye well stirred, after which another sample is taken and again titrated as before. From this titration the amount of acid to be added is again calculated and more acid is added if necessary. Should too much acid have been added, caustic soda solution is added until the lye is between exactly neutral and 0.02% alkaline. The filtered lyes at this stage have a slight yellowish cast.

The acid is added, and the lye is stirred well. Then, another sample is taken and titrated again as before. From this titration, the amount of acid to be added is calculated, and more acid is added if necessary. If too much acid has been added, caustic soda solution is added until the lye is between exactly neutral and 0.02% alkaline. At this stage, the filtered lyes have a slight yellowish tint.

To be sure that the lyes are treated correctly the precipitation test is advisable. To carry this out filter about 50 c. c. of the treated lye and divide into two portions in a test tube. To one portion add ammonia drop by drop. If a cloudiness develops upon shaking, more alkali is added to the lye in the tank. To the other portion add a few drops of 1 to 5 sulfuric acid and shake the test tube. If a precipitate develops or the solution clouds, more acid is needed. When the lyes are treated right no cloudiness should develop either upon adding ammonia or the dilute acid.

To make sure the lyes are treated properly, it's a good idea to perform a precipitation test. To do this, filter about 50 c.c. of the treated lye and split it into two parts in a test tube. To one part, add ammonia drop by drop. If it becomes cloudy after shaking, you need to add more alkali to the lye in the tank. To the other part, add a few drops of 1 to 5 sulfuric acid and shake the test tube. If a precipitate forms or the solution becomes cloudy, you need to add more acid. When the lyes are treated correctly, there should be no cloudiness when you add either ammonia or the dilute acid.

The properly treated lye is then run through the filter press while slightly warm and the filtered lye is fed to the evaporator from the filtered lye tank. The lye coming from the filter press should be clear and have a slight yellowish cast. As the pressure increases it is necessary to clean the press or some of the press cake will pass through the cloths. Where sodium silicate is used as a filler, the silicate scrap should never be returned to the soap kettle until the glycerine lyes have been withdrawn. This practice of some soapmakers is to be strongly censured, as it causes decided difficulty in filtering the lye, since during the treatment of the lye, free silicic acid in colloidal form is produced by the decomposition of the sodium silicate by acid. This often prevents filtering the treated lye even at[Pg 111] excess pressure and at its best retards the filtering.

The properly treated lye is then run through the filter press while slightly warm, and the filtered lye is sent to the evaporator from the filtered lye tank. The lye coming from the filter press should be clear and have a slight yellowish tint. As the pressure builds up, it's important to clean the press, or some of the press cake will get through the cloth filters. When sodium silicate is used as a filler, the silicate scrap should never be returned to the soap kettle until the glycerine lyes have been taken out. This practice by some soapmakers should be strongly criticized, as it makes filtering the lye much more difficult. During the treatment of the lye, free silicic acid in colloidal form is created by the breakdown of sodium silicate with acid. This often stops the treated lye from filtering, even at[Pg 111] high pressure, and at best, slows down the filtering process.

As to the filter press cake, this may be best thrown away in a small factory. Where, however, the output of glycerine is very large it pays to recover both the fatty acids and alumina in the press cakes.

As for the filter press cake, it's probably best to just throw it away in a small factory. However, when the glycerine output is very large, it makes sense to recover both the fatty acids and alumina from the press cakes.

In some cases, especially when the lyes are very dirty and the total residue in the crude glycerine runs high, for which there is a penalty usually attached, a double filtration of the lye is advisable. This is carried out by first making the lye slightly acid in reaction by the addition of alum and acid, then filtering. This filtered lye is then neutralized to the proper point with caustic, as already described, and passed through the filter press again.

In some situations, particularly when the lye is really dirty and the total residue in the crude glycerin is high—usually resulting in a penalty—a double filtration of the lye is recommended. This process starts by slightly acidifying the lye with the addition of alum and acid, followed by filtering. After this, the filtered lye is neutralized to the correct level with caustic, as previously explained, and then passed through the filter press again.

While in the method of treating the lyes as given sulfuric acid is used for neutralizing, some operators prefer to use hydrochloric acid, as this forms sodium chloride or common salt, whereas sulfuric acid forms sodium sulfate, having 3/5 the graining power of salt, which eventually renders the salt useless for graining the soap, as the percentage of sodium sulfate increases in the salt. When the salt contains 25 per cent. sodium sulfate it is advisable to throw it away. Sulfuric acid, however, is considerably cheaper than hydrochloric and this more than compensates the necessity of having to eventually reject the recovered salt. It may here also be mentioned that recovered salt contains 5-7 per cent. glycerine which should be washed out in the evaporator before it is thrown away. The following tables give the approximate theoretical amounts of acids of various strengths required to neutralize one pound of caustic soda:

While dealing with the lyes, sulfuric acid is commonly used for neutralization, but some operators prefer hydrochloric acid because it creates sodium chloride or common salt, while sulfuric acid produces sodium sulfate, which has only 60% of the graining power of salt. This makes the salt less effective for graining the soap as the sodium sulfate content increases. If the salt contains 25% sodium sulfate, it’s best to discard it. However, sulfuric acid is significantly cheaper than hydrochloric acid, which offsets the need to eventually dispose of the recovered salt. It's also worth noting that the recovered salt has 5-7% glycerine, which should be washed out in the evaporator before disposal. The following tables provide the approximate theoretical amounts of various strengths of acids needed to neutralize one pound of caustic soda:

For 1 pound of caustic soda—

For 1 pound of caustic soda—

3.25lbs.18° B.hydrochloric(muriatic)acidarerequired.
2.92"20° B."""""
2.58"22° B."""""

For 1 pound of caustic soda—

For 1 pound of caustic soda—

1.93lbs.50° B.sulphuricacidarerequired.
1.54"60° B.""""
1.28"66° B.""""

It is, of course, feasible to neutralize the spent lye without first determining the causticity by titrating a sample and this is often the case. The operator under such conditions first adds the sulfate of alumina, then the acid, using litmus paper as his indicator. Comparatively, this method of treatment is much slower and not as positive, as the amount of acid or alkali to be added is at all times uncertain, for in the foaming of the lyes their action on litmus is misleading.

It is definitely possible to neutralize the used lye without checking its causticity by titrating a sample first, and this is often how it's done. In such cases, the operator first adds the sulfate of alumina, then the acid, using litmus paper as his indicator. However, this method is much slower and less reliable, as the amount of acid or alkali needed is always uncertain because the foaming of the lyes makes their reaction with litmus misleading.

After the lye has been filtered to the filtered lye tank it is fed to the evaporator, the method of operation of which varies somewhat with different styles or makes. When it first enters the evaporator the lye is about 11°-12° B. After boiling the density will gradually rise to 27° B. and remain at this gravity for some time and during which time most of the salt is dropped out in the salt filter. As the lye concentrates the gravity gradually rises to 28°-30° B., which is half crude glycerine and contains about 60 per cent. glycerine. Some operators carry the evaporation to this point and accumulate a quantity of half crude before going on to crude. After half crude is obtained the temperature on the evaporator increases, the vacuum increases and the pressure on the condensation drain goes up (using the same amount of live steam). As the liquor grows heavier the amount of evaporation is less, and less steam is required necessitating the regulation of the steam pressure on the drum. When a temperature of 210° F. on the evaporator, with 26 or more inches vacuum on the pump is arrived at, the crude stage has been reached and the liquor now contains about 80 per cent. glycerine in which shape it is[Pg 113] usually sold by soap manufacturers. A greater concentration requires more intricate apparatus. After settling a day in the crude tank it is drummed.

After the lye has been filtered into the filtered lye tank, it is sent to the evaporator, which operates a bit differently depending on the type or brand. When it first enters the evaporator, the lye has a density of about 11°-12° B. After boiling, the density gradually rises to 27° B. and stays at this level for a while, during which most of the salt gets removed in the salt filter. As the lye concentrates, the density gradually increases to 28°-30° B., which is half crude glycerine and contains about 60 percent glycerine. Some operators stop the evaporation at this point to accumulate a quantity of half crude before moving on to crude. Once half crude is achieved, the temperature in the evaporator rises, the vacuum increases, and the pressure on the condensation drain goes up (while still using the same amount of live steam). As the liquid becomes denser, the evaporation rate decreases, requiring less steam, which means adjusting the steam pressure on the drum. When the evaporator reaches a temperature of 210° F. and maintains a vacuum of 26 inches or more on the pump, the crude stage is reached, and the liquid now contains about 80 percent glycerine, which is typically[Pg 113] sold by soap manufacturers. A higher concentration needs more complex equipment. After settling for a day in the crude tank, it is drummed.

Crude glycerine (about 80 per cent. glycerol) free from salt is 33° B., or has a specific gravity of 1.3. A sample boiled in an open dish boils at a temperature of 155° C. or over.

Crude glycerin (about 80 percent glycerol) free from salt is 33° B., or has a specific gravity of 1.3. A sample boiled in an open dish boils at a temperature of 155° C. or higher.

TWITCHELL PROCESS.

The Twitchell process of saponification consists of causing an almost complete cleavage of fats and oils by the use of the Twitchell reagent or saponifier, a sulfo-aromatic compound. This is made by the action of concentrated sulfuric acid upon a solution of oleic acid or stearic acid in an aromatic hydrocarbon. From 0.5 per cent. to 3 per cent. of the reagent is added and saponification takes place from 12-48 hours by heating in a current of live steam. The reaction is usually accelerated by the presence of a few per cent. of free fatty acids as a starter. Recently the Twitchell double reagent has been introduced through which it is claimed that better colored fatty acids are obtained and the glycerine is free from ash.

The Twitchell process of saponification involves breaking down fats and oils almost completely using the Twitchell reagent or saponifier, which is a sulfo-aromatic compound. This is created by reacting concentrated sulfuric acid with a solution of oleic acid or stearic acid in an aromatic hydrocarbon. Between 0.5 percent and 3 percent of the reagent is added, and saponification occurs over 12 to 48 hours by heating with live steam. The reaction is generally sped up by adding a small percentage of free fatty acids as a starter. Recently, the Twitchell double reagent has been introduced, which is said to produce better-colored fatty acids and ensures that the glycerine is free from ash.

The advantages claimed for the Twitchell process as outlined by Joslin[12] are as follows:

The benefits of the Twitchell process, as detailed by Joslin[12], are as follows:

1. All the glycerine is separated from the stock before entering the kettle, preventing loss of glycerine in the soap and removing glycerine from spent lye.

1. All the glycerin is removed from the stock before it goes into the kettle, preventing glycerin loss in the soap and eliminating glycerin from used lye.

2. The liquors contain 15-20 per cent. glycerine whereas spent lyes contain but 3-5 per cent. necessitating less evaporation and consequently being more economical in steam, labor and time.

2. The liquors have 15-20 percent glycerine, while spent lyes have only 3-5 percent, which means they require less evaporation and are therefore more cost-effective in terms of steam, labor, and time.

3. No salt is obtained in the liquors which makes the evaporation cheaper and removes the cause of corrosion of[Pg 114] the evaporator; also saves the glycerine retained by the salt.

3. No salt is collected in the liquids, which lowers the cost of evaporation and eliminates the cause of corrosion in[Pg 114] the evaporator; it also preserves the glycerine that would have been lost with the salt.

4. The glycerine liquors are purer and thus the treatment of the lyes is cheaper and simpler and the evaporation less difficult.

4. The glycerin solutions are purer, making the treatment of the lyes cheaper and easier, and the evaporation less complicated.

5. The glycerine can readily be evaporated to 90 per cent. crude rather than 80 per cent. crude, thus saving drums, labor in handling and freight. The glycerine furthermore receives a higher rating and price, being known as saponification crude which develops no glycols in refining it.

5. The glycerin can easily be evaporated to 90 percent crude instead of 80 percent crude, which saves on drums, labor for handling, and shipping costs. Additionally, the glycerin gets a higher rating and price, as it's known as saponification crude that doesn't produce any glycols during the refining process.

6. The fatty acids obtained by the Twitchell saponifier may be converted into soap by carbonates, thus saving cost in alkali.

6. The fatty acids obtained by the Twitchell saponifier can be turned into soap using carbonates, which helps reduce the cost of alkali.

7. There is a decrease in the odor of many strong smelling stocks.

7. The smell of many strong-scented stocks is fading.

8. The glycerine may be obtained from half boiled and cold made soaps as well as soft (potash) soaps.

8. Glycerin can be obtained from half-boiled and cold-processed soaps, as well as from soft (potash) soaps.

While the advantages thus outlined are of decided value in the employment of the Twitchell process, the one great disadvantage is that the fatty acids obtained are rather dark in color and are not satisfactorily employed for the making of a soap where whiteness of color is desired.

While the benefits mentioned are definitely valuable when using the Twitchell process, the main drawback is that the fatty acids produced tend to be quite dark in color, which isn't ideal for making soap that requires a white color.

To carry out the process the previously heated oil or fat to be saponified is run into a lead lined tank. As greases and tallow often contain impurities a preliminary treatment with sulfuric acid is necessary. For a grease 1.25 per cent. of half water and half 66° B. sulfuric acid is the approximate amount. The undiluted 66° B. acid should never be added directly, as the grease would be charred by this. The grease should be agitated by steam after the required percentage of acid, calculated on the weight of the grease, has been added. The wash lye coming off should be 7°-10° B. on a good clean grease or 15°-22° B. on cotton oil or a poor grease. As has been[Pg 115] stated the grease is heated before the acid is added or the condensation of the steam necessitates the addition of more acid. After having boiled for 1-2 hours the grease is allowed to settle for 12 hours and run off through a swivel pipe.

To start the process, the previously heated oil or fat that needs to be turned into soap is poured into a lead-lined tank. Since grease and tallow often have impurities, it's essential to treat them first with sulfuric acid. For grease, about 1.25% of a mix of half water and half 66° B. sulfuric acid is the right amount. You should never add the concentrated 66° B. acid directly, as it would scorch the grease. After adding the right percentage of acid—calculated based on the weight of the grease—the mixture should be stirred by steam. The wash lye coming off should measure 7°-10° B. for clean grease or 15°-22° B. for cotton oil or poor-quality grease. As mentioned, the grease is heated before adding the acid; otherwise, the steam condensation will require adding more acid. After boiling for 1-2 hours, let the grease settle for 12 hours and drain it off through a swivel pipe.

After the grease has been washed, as just explained, and settled, it is pumped into a covered wooden tank containing an open brass coil. Some of the second lye from a previous run is usually left in this tank and the grease pumped into this. The amount of this lye should be about one-third to one-half the weight of the grease so that there is about 60 per cent. by weight of grease in the tank after 24 hours boiling. Where occasions arise when there is no second lye about 50 per cent. by weight of distilled water to the amount of grease is run into the tank to replace the lye. The saponifier is then added through a glass or granite ware funnel after the contents of the tank have been brought to a boil. If the boiling is to be continued 48 hours, 1 per cent. of saponifier is added. For 24 hours boiling add 1.5 per cent. The boiling is continued for 24-48 hours allowing 18 inches for boiling room or the grease will boil over.

After the grease has been washed and settled, as just explained, it is pumped into a covered wooden tank that has an open brass coil. Some of the second lye from a previous run is usually left in this tank, and the grease is pumped into it. The amount of this lye should be about one-third to one-half the weight of the grease, so that there is about 60 percent by weight of grease in the tank after boiling for 24 hours. When there is no second lye available, about 50 percent by weight of distilled water is added to the grease to replace the lye. The saponifier is then added through a glass or granite funnel after the contents of the tank have been brought to a boil. If boiling is to continue for 48 hours, 1 percent of saponifier is added. For 24 hours of boiling, add 1.5 percent. The boiling should continue for 24 to 48 hours, allowing 18 inches of space for boiling to prevent the grease from boiling over.

After boiling has continued the required length of time the mass is settled and the glycerine water is drawn off to the treatment tank. Should a permanent emulsion have formed, due to adding too great an amount of saponifier, a little sulfuric acid (0.1 per cent.-0.3 per cent.) will readily break this. During the time this is being done the space between the grease and the cover on the tank is kept filled with steam as contact with the air darkens the fatty acids.

After boiling for the necessary amount of time, the mixture is allowed to settle, and the glycerine water is drawn off to the treatment tank. If a permanent emulsion has formed because too much saponifier was added, a small amount of sulfuric acid (0.1 percent to 0.3 percent) will easily break it down. While this process is happening, the space between the grease and the cover on the tank is kept filled with steam, as contact with air darkens the fatty acids.

To the grease remaining in the tank distilled water (condensed water from steam coils) to one-half its volume is added and the boiling continued 12-24 hours. The grease[Pg 116] is then settled and the clear grease run off through a swivel pipe. A layer of emulsion usually forms between the clear grease and lye so that it may easily be determined when the grease has all been run off. To prevent discoloration of the fatty acids it is necessary to neutralize the lye with barium carbonate. The amount of this to be added depends upon the percentage of saponifier used. About 1/10 the weight of saponifier is the right amount. The barium carbonate is added through the funnel at the top of the tank mixed with a little water and the lye tested until it is neutral to methyl orange indicator. When the fatty acids are thus treated they will not darken upon exposure to the air when run off.

To the grease left in the tank, add distilled water (condensed water from steam coils) until it reaches half its volume, and keep boiling for 12-24 hours. The grease[Pg 116] will then settle, and the clear grease can be drained off through a swivel pipe. An emulsion layer usually forms between the clear grease and lye, making it easy to tell when all the grease has been drained. To avoid discoloration of the fatty acids, it’s essential to neutralize the lye with barium carbonate. The amount to add depends on the percentage of saponifier used—about one-tenth the weight of the saponifier is sufficient. Add the barium carbonate through the funnel at the top of the tank, mixed with a bit of water, and test the lye until it’s neutral to a methyl orange indicator. When treated this way, the fatty acids will not darken when exposed to air after being drained.

Fresh grease is now pumped into the lye or water remaining in the tank and the process repeated.

Fresh grease is now added to the lye or water left in the tank, and the process is repeated.

The glycerine water or first lye is run to the treatment tank, the fat skimmed off and neutralized with lime until it shows pink with phenolphthalein, after having been thoroughly boiled with steam. About 0.25 per cent. lime is the proper amount to add. The mixture is then allowed to settle and the supernatant mixture drawn off and run to the glycerine evaporator feed tank. The lime which holds considerable glycerine is filtered and the liquor added to the other. The evaporation is carried out in two stages. The glycerine water is first evaporated to about 60 per cent. glycerol, then dropped into a settling tank to settle out the calcium sulfate. The clear liquor is then evaporated to crude (about 90 per cent. glycerine) and the sediment filtered and also evaporated to crude.

The glycerin water or first lye is sent to the treatment tank, where the fat is skimmed off and neutralized with lime until it turns pink with phenolphthalein, after being thoroughly boiled with steam. About 0.25 percent lime is the right amount to add. The mixture is then allowed to settle, and the clear liquid on top is drawn off and transferred to the glycerin evaporator feed tank. The lime that retains a lot of glycerin is filtered out, and the liquid is added to the other. The evaporation takes place in two stages. The glycerin water is first evaporated to about 60 percent glycerol, then moved to a settling tank to let the calcium sulfate settle out. The clear liquid is then evaporated to crude (about 90 percent glycerin), and the sediment is filtered and also evaporated to crude.

As to the amount of saponifier to use on various stocks, this is best determined by experiment as to how high a percentage gives dark colored fatty acids. For good stock such as clean tallow, prime cottonseed oil, corn oil, cocoanut oil and stock of this kind 0.75 per cent. saponifier[Pg 117] is sufficient. For poorer grades of tallow, house grease, poor cottonseed oil, etc., 1 per cent. saponifier is required and for poorer grade greases higher percentages. The percentage of fatty acids developed varies in various stocks, and also varies with the care that the operation is carried out, but is usually between 85 per cent.-95 per cent. Due to the water taken up in the saponification process there is a yield of about 103 pounds of fatty acids and glycerine for 100 pounds of fat.

Regarding the amount of saponifier to use on different stocks, it’s best to figure out through experimentation what percentage yields darker colored fatty acids. For high-quality stocks like clean tallow, prime cottonseed oil, corn oil, and coconut oil, 0.75 percent saponifier[Pg 117] is enough. For lower grades of tallow, house grease, poor cottonseed oil, etc., 1 percent saponifier is necessary, and for even lower-grade greases, higher percentages are needed. The percentage of fatty acids produced varies across different stocks and depends on how carefully the process is executed, but it’s usually between 85 percent and 95 percent. Because of the water absorbed during the saponification process, you typically get about 103 pounds of fatty acids and glycerine for every 100 pounds of fat.

The Twitchell reagent has undoubtedly caused a decided advance in the saponification of fats and oils and has been of great value to the soap manufacturer, because with a small expenditure it is possible to compete with the much more expensive equipment necessary for autoclave saponification. The drawback, however, has been that the reagent imparted a dark color to the fatty acids obtained, due to decomposition products forming when the reagent is made, and hence is not suitable for use in soaps where whiteness of color is desired.

The Twitchell reagent has clearly represented a significant improvement in the saponification of fats and oils and has been very useful for soap manufacturers. With a relatively low cost, it allows for competition against the much pricier equipment needed for autoclave saponification. However, the downside has been that the reagent gives a dark color to the fatty acids produced, due to decomposition products that form during the reagent’s preparation, making it unsuitable for soaps where a white color is preferred.

There have recently been two new reagents introduced which act as catalyzers in splitting fats, just as the Twitchell reagent acts, but the fatty acids produced by the cleavage are of good color. The saponification, furthermore, takes place more rapidly. These are the Pfeilring reagent and Kontact reagent.

There have recently been two new reagents introduced that act as catalysts in breaking down fats, similar to how the Twitchell reagent works, but the fatty acids produced by the breakdown have a good color. Additionally, the saponification happens more quickly. These are the Pfeilring reagent and the Kontact reagent.

The Pfeilring reagent is very similar to the Twitchell reagent, being made from hydrogenated castor oil and naphthalene by sulfonation with concentrated sulfuric acid. It is manufactured in Germany and is being extensively used in that country with good success.

The Pfeilring reagent is quite similar to the Twitchell reagent, made from hydrogenated castor oil and naphthalene through sulfonation with concentrated sulfuric acid. It's produced in Germany and is being widely used there with great success.

The Kontact or Petroff reagent, discovered by Petroff in Russia, is made from sulfonated mineral oils. Until very recently it has only been manufactured in Europe, but now that it has been found possible to obtain the proper mineral[Pg 118] constituent from American petroleum, it is being manufactured in this country, and it is very probable that it will replace the Twitchell reagent because of the advantages derived by using it, as compared to the old Twitchell reagent.

The Kontact, or Petroff reagent, which was discovered by Petroff in Russia, is made from sulfonated mineral oils. Until recently, it was only produced in Europe, but now that it's possible to source the right mineral[Pg 118] component from American petroleum, it's being manufactured in the U.S. It's likely that it will replace the Twitchell reagent due to the benefits of using it over the older Twitchell reagent.

The method and equipment necessary for employing either the Pfeilring or Kontact reagents is exactly the same as in using the Twitchell process.

The method and equipment needed to use either the Pfeilring or Kontact reagents is the same as when using the Twitchell process.

AUTOCLAVE SAPONIFICATION.

While the introduction of the Twitchell process to a great extent replaced the autoclave method of saponification for obtaining fatty acids for soap making, the autoclave method is also used. This process consists in heating the previously purified fat or oil in the presence of lime and water, or water only, for several hours, which causes a splitting of the glycerides into fatty acids and glycerine. The advantage of autoclave saponification over the Twitchell process is that a greater cleavage of the fats and oils results in less time and at a slightly less expense. The glycerine thus obtained is also purer and of better color than that obtained by Twitchelling the fats.

While the introduction of the Twitchell process largely replaced the autoclave method of saponification for producing fatty acids for soap making, the autoclave method is still in use. This process involves heating the previously purified fat or oil with lime and water, or just water, for several hours, which breaks down the glycerides into fatty acids and glycerine. The benefit of autoclave saponification over the Twitchell process is that it achieves a greater breakdown of fats and oils in less time and at a slightly lower cost. The glycerine produced is also purer and has a better color than that obtained through Twitchelling the fats.

An autoclave or digestor consists of a strongly constructed, closed cylindrical tank, usually made of copper, and is so built as to resist internal pressure. The digestor is usually 3 to 5 feet in diameter and from 18 to 25 feet high. It may be set up horizontally or vertically and is covered with an asbestos jacket to retain the heat. Various inlets and outlets for the fats, steam, etc., as well as a pressure gauge and safety valve are also a necessary part of the equipment.

An autoclave or digester is a sturdy, sealed cylindrical tank, typically made of copper, designed to withstand internal pressure. The digester usually measures 3 to 5 feet in diameter and is between 18 to 25 feet tall. It can be installed either horizontally or vertically and is wrapped in an asbestos jacket to keep the heat in. Several inlets and outlets for fats, steam, and other materials, along with a pressure gauge and safety valve, are also essential components of the equipment.

LIME SAPONIFICATION.

The saponification in an autoclave is usually carried out by introducing the fats into the autoclave with a percentage[Pg 119] of lime, magnesia or zinc oxide, together with water. If the fats contain any great amount of impurities, it is first necessary to purify them either by a treatment with weak sulfuric acid, as described under the Twitchell process, or by boiling them up with brine and settling out the impurities from the hot fat.

The saponification process in an autoclave typically involves adding fats into the autoclave along with a certain percentage[Pg 119] of lime, magnesia, or zinc oxide, along with water. If the fats have a significant amount of impurities, they must be purified first, either by treating them with weak sulfuric acid, as explained in the Twitchell process, or by boiling them with brine and then separating the impurities from the hot fat.

To charge the autoclave a partial vacuum is created therein by condensation of steam just before running the purified oil in from an elevated tank. The required quantity of unslaked lime, 2 to 4 per cent. of the weight of the fat, is run in with the molten fat, together with 30 per cent. to 50 per cent. of water. While 8.7 per cent. lime is theoretically required, practice has shown that 2 per cent. to 4 per cent. is sufficient. The digestor, having been charged and adjusted, steam is turned on and a pressure of 8 to 10 atmospheres maintained thereon for a period of six to ten hours. Samples of the fat are taken at various intervals and the percentage of free fatty acids determined. When the saponification is completed the contents of the autoclave are removed, usually by blowing out the digestor into a wooden settling tank, or by first running off the glycerine water and then blowing out the lime, soap and fatty acids. The mass discharged from the digestor separates into two layers, the upper consisting of a mixture of lime soap or "rock" and fatty acids, and the lower layer contains the glycerine or "sweet" water. The glycerine water is first run off through a clearing tank or oil separator, if this has not been done directly from the autoclave, and the mass remaining washed once or twice more with water to remove any glycerine still retained by the lime soap. The calculated amount of sulfuric acid to decompose the lime "rock" is then added, and the mass agitated until the fatty acids contained therein are entirely set free. Another small wash is then given and the wash[Pg 120] water added to the glycerine water already run off. The glycerine water is neutralized with lime, filtered and concentrated as in the Twitchell process.

To charge the autoclave, a partial vacuum is created inside by condensing steam just before transferring the purified oil from an elevated tank. The necessary amount of unslaked lime, between 2 to 4 percent of the fat's weight, is added along with 30 to 50 percent of water. Although 8.7 percent lime is theoretically needed, experience has shown that 2 to 4 percent is enough. Once the digestor is charged and adjusted, steam is turned on, maintaining a pressure of 8 to 10 atmospheres for six to ten hours. Samples of the fat are taken at various intervals to check the percentage of free fatty acids. After saponification is complete, the contents of the autoclave are removed, typically by blowing out the digestor into a wooden settling tank or by first draining the glycerine water and then blowing out the lime, soap, and fatty acids. The mass that comes out of the digestor separates into two layers: the top layer is a mix of lime soap, or "rock," and fatty acids, while the bottom layer contains glycerine, or "sweet" water. The glycerine water is drained first through a clearing tank or oil separator if it hasn't been done directly from the autoclave, and the remaining mass is washed one or two more times with water to eliminate any glycerine still trapped in the lime soap. The calculated amount of sulfuric acid needed to break down the lime "rock" is then added, and the mass is agitated until all the fatty acids are fully released. A final small wash is conducted, and the wash[Pg 120] water is added to the glycerine water that has already been collected. The glycerine water is neutralized with lime, filtered, and concentrated following the Twitchell process.

Due to the difficulties of working the autoclave saponification with lime, decomposing the large amount of lime soap obtained and dealing with much gypsum formed thereby which collects as a sediment and necessitates cleaning the tanks, other substances are used to replace lime. Magnesia, about 2 per cent. of the weight of the fat, is used and gives better results than lime. One-half to 1 per cent. of zinc oxide of the weight of the fat is even better adapted and is now being extensively employed for this purpose. In using zinc oxide it is possible to recover the zinc salts and use them over again in the digestor, which makes the process as cheap to work as with lime, with far more satisfactory results.

Due to the challenges of using lime in the autoclave saponification process, including the breakdown of the large amounts of lime soap produced and the significant gypsum that forms and settles as sediment—requiring tank cleaning—alternative substances are now employed. Magnesia, about 2 percent of the weight of the fat, is effective and produces better results than lime. Zinc oxide, at about 0.5 to 1 percent of the fat's weight, is even more suitable and is currently widely used for this purpose. When using zinc oxide, it's possible to recover the zinc salts and reuse them in the digester, making the process as cost-effective as using lime but yielding much more satisfying results.

ACID SAPONIFICATION.

While it is possible to saponify fats and oils in an autoclave with the addition of acid to the fat, unless a specially-constructed digestor is built, the action of the acid on the metal from which the autoclave is constructed prohibits its use. The acid saponification is therefore carried out by another method.

While you can saponify fats and oils in an autoclave by adding acid to the fat, using a standard autoclave isn't practical because the acid reacts with the metal it's made from. So, acid saponification is done using a different method.

The method of procedure for acid saponification, therefore, is to first purify the fats with dilute acid as already described. The purified, hot or warm, dry fat is then run to a specially-built acidifier or a lead-lined tank and from 4 per cent. to 6 per cent. of concentrated sulfuric acid added to the fat, depending upon its character, the degree of saponification required, temperature and time of saponification. A temperature of 110 degrees C. is maintained and the mass mixed from four to six hours. The tank is then allowed to settle out the tar formed during the saponification,[Pg 121] and the fatty acids run off to another tank and boiled up about three times with one-third the amount of water. The water thus obtained contains the glycerine, and after neutralization is concentrated.

The procedure for acid saponification starts with purifying the fats using a dilute acid as previously described. The purified, hot or warm, dry fat is then transferred to a specially designed acidifier or a lead-lined tank, where 4 to 6 percent of concentrated sulfuric acid is added, depending on the fat's type, the level of saponification needed, the temperature, and the duration of saponification. The temperature is kept at 110 degrees C, and the mixture is stirred for four to six hours. After this, the tank is allowed to let the tar produced during saponification settle out, and the fatty acids are drained into another tank and boiled approximately three times with one-third of the water's volume. The resulting water contains glycerine, which is then neutralized and concentrated.

AQUEOUS SAPONIFICATION.

While lime or a similar substance is ordinarily used to aid in splitting fats in an autoclave, the old water process is still used. This is a convenient, though slower and more dangerous method, of producing the hydrolysis of the glyceride, as well as the simplest in that fatty acids and glycerine in a water solution are obtained. The method consists in merely charging the autoclave with fats and adding about 30 per cent. to 40 per cent. of their weight of water, depending on the amount of free fatty acid and subjecting the charge to a pressure of 150 to 300 pounds, until the splitting has taken place. This is a much higher pressure than when lime is used and therefore a very strong autoclave is required. Since fatty acids and pure glycerine water are obtained no subsequent treatment of the finished charge is necessary except separating the glycerine water and giving the fatty acids a wash with water to remove all the glycerine from them.

While lime or a similar substance is typically used to help break down fats in an autoclave, the older water process is still in use. This method is convenient, though slower and more hazardous, for producing the hydrolysis of glycerides, and it's the simplest way to obtain fatty acids and glycerin in a water solution. The process involves loading the autoclave with fats and adding about 30 to 40 percent of their weight in water, depending on the amount of free fatty acid, then subjecting the mixture to a pressure of 150 to 300 pounds until the fats are broken down. This pressure is much higher than what is used when lime is involved, so a very strong autoclave is necessary. Since fatty acids and pure glycerin water are produced, no further treatment of the finished product is needed apart from separating the glycerin water and rinsing the fatty acids with water to remove any remaining glycerin.

SPLITTING FATS WITH FERMENTS.

In discussing the causes of rancidity of oils and fats it was pointed out that the initial splitting of these is due to enzymes, organized ferments. In the seeds of the castor oil plant, especially in the protoplasm of the seed, the enzyme which has the property of causing hydrolysis of the glycerides is found. The ferment from the seeds of the castor oil plant is now extracted and used upon a commercial basis for splitting fats.

In discussing the causes of rancidity in oils and fats, it was noted that the initial breakdown is caused by enzymes, which are organized ferments. In the seeds of the castor oil plant, particularly in the seed's protoplasm, there is an enzyme that can hydrolyze glycerides. The ferment from the seeds of the castor oil plant is now extracted and used commercially to split fats.

The equipment necessary to carry out this method of[Pg 122] saponification is a round, iron, lead-lined tank with a conical bottom, preferably about twice as long as it is wide. Open and closed steam coils are also necessary in the tank.

The equipment needed to perform this method of[Pg 122] saponification includes a round, iron, lead-lined tank with a conical bottom, ideally about twice as long as it is wide. The tank should also have both open and closed steam coils.

The oils are first heated and run into this tank. The right temperature to heat these to is about 1 degree to 2 degrees above their solidification point. For liquid oils 23 degrees C. is the proper heat as under 20 degrees C. the cleavage takes place slowly. Fats titering 44 degrees C. or above must be brought down in titer by mixing with them oils of a lower titer as the ferment or enzyme is killed at about 45 degrees C. and thus loses its power of splitting. It is also necessary to have the fat in the liquid state or the ferment does not act. The proper temperature must be maintained with dry steam.

The oils are first heated and poured into this tank. The ideal temperature to heat them is about 1 to 2 degrees above their solidification point. For liquid oils, 23 degrees C is the right temperature because below 20 degrees C, the cleavage happens slowly. Fats that melt at 44 degrees C or higher need to be lowered in titer by mixing in oils with a lower titer, as the ferment or enzyme is killed at around 45 degrees C, losing its ability to split. It's also important to keep the fat in liquid form, or the ferment won't work. The optimal temperature must be maintained with dry steam.

It is, of course, necessary to add water, which may be any kind desired, condensed, water from steam coils, well, city, etc. From 30 per cent. to 40 per cent., on the average 35 per cent. of water is added, as the amount necessary is regulated so as to not dilute the glycerine water unnecessarily. To increase the hydrolysis a catalyzer, some neutral salt, usually manganese sulfate is added in the proportion of 0.15 per cent. appears to vary directly as the saponification number of the fat or oil. The approximate percentages of fermentive substance to be added to various oils and fats follow:

It’s essential to add water, which can be any type you like—condensed, water from steam coils, well water, city water, etc. On average, about 30 to 40 percent, typically around 35 percent, of water is added, as the amount needed is adjusted to avoid unnecessarily diluting the glycerine water. To enhance hydrolysis, a catalyst, usually a neutral salt like manganese sulfate, is added at a rate of 0.15 percent, which seems to directly correspond with the saponification number of the fat or oil. Here are the approximate percentages of fermentative substances to add to various oils and fats:

Cocoanut oil8%
Palm Kernel oil8%
Cottonseed oil6-7%
Linseed oil4-5%
Tallow oil8-10%

The oil, water, manganese sulfate and ferment having been placed in the tank in the order named, the mixture is agitated with air for about a quarter of an hour to form[Pg 123] an even emulsion, in which state the mass is kept by stirring occasionally with air while the saponification is taking place. A temperature is maintained a degree or two above the titer point of the fat with closed steam which may be aided by covering the tank for a period of 24 to 48 hours. The splitting takes place rapidly at first, then proceeds more slowly. In 24 hours 80 per cent. of the fats are split and in 48 hours 85 per cent. to 90 per cent.

The oil, water, manganese sulfate, and ferment are placed in the tank in that order, and the mixture is aerated for about 15 minutes to create[Pg 123] a smooth emulsion. This mixture is kept stirred occasionally with air while saponification occurs. The temperature is maintained at a degree or two above the fat's titer point using closed steam, which can be enhanced by covering the tank for 24 to 48 hours. The splitting happens quickly at first, then slows down. After 24 hours, 80 percent of the fats are split, and by 48 hours, that increases to 85 to 90 percent.

When the cleavage has reached the desired point the mass is heated to 80 degrees-85 degrees C. with live or indirect steam while stirring with air. Then 0.1 per cent.-0.15 per cent of concentrated sulfuric acid diluted with water is added to break the emulsion. When the emulsion is broken the glycerine water is allowed to settle out and drawn off. The glycerine water contains 12 per cent. to 25 per cent. glycerine and contains manganese sulfate, sulfuric acid and albuminous matter. Through neutralization with lime at boiling temperature and filtration the impurities can almost all be removed after which the glycerine water may be fed to the evaporator. Should it be desired to overcome the trouble due to the gypsum formed in the glycerine, the lime treatment may be combined with a previous treatment of the glycerine water with barium hydrate to remove the sulfuric acid, then later oxalic acid to precipitate the lime.

When the cleavage has reached the desired point, the mixture is heated to 80-85 degrees C with live or indirect steam while being stirred with air. Then, 0.1% to 0.15% of concentrated sulfuric acid diluted with water is added to break the emulsion. Once the emulsion is broken, the glycerin water is allowed to settle out and removed. The glycerin water contains 12% to 25% glycerin and includes manganese sulfate, sulfuric acid, and organic matter. By neutralizing with lime at boiling temperature and filtering, most of the impurities can be removed, after which the glycerin water can be sent to the evaporator. If there's a need to address the issues caused by the gypsum formed in the glycerin, the lime treatment can be combined with an initial treatment of the glycerin water using barium hydrate to eliminate the sulfuric acid, followed by oxalic acid to precipitate the lime.

The fatty acids obtained by splitting with ferments are of very good color and adaptable for soap making.

The fatty acids obtained by fermentation are very well-colored and suitable for soap making.

KREBITZ PROCESS.

The Krebitz process which has been used to some extent in Europe is based upon the conversion of the fat or oil into lime soap which is transformed into the soda soap by the addition of sodium carbonate. To carry out the process a convenient batch of, say, 10,000 pounds of fat or oil, is run into a shallow kettle containing 1,200 to 1,400 pounds of lime[Pg 124] previously slaked with 3,700 to 4,500 pounds of water. The mass is slowly heated with live steam to almost boiling until an emulsion is obtained. The tank is then covered and allowed to stand about 12 hours. The lime soap thus formed is dropped from the tank into the hopper of a mill, finely ground and conveyed to a leeching tank. The glycerine is washed out and the glycerine water run to a tank for evaporation. The soap is then further washed and these washings are run to other tanks to be used over again to wash a fresh batch of soap. About 150,000 pounds of water will wash the soap made from 10,000 pounds of fat which makes between 15,000 and 16,000 pounds of soap. The first wash contains approximately 10 per cent. glycerine and under ordinary circumstances this only need be evaporated for glycerine recovery.

The Krebitz process, which is somewhat used in Europe, involves converting fat or oil into lime soap, which is then transformed into soda soap by adding sodium carbonate. To execute the process, around 10,000 pounds of fat or oil is added to a shallow kettle containing 1,200 to 1,400 pounds of lime[Pg 124] that has been slaked with 3,700 to 4,500 pounds of water. The mixture is gradually heated with live steam until it nearly reaches boiling point, creating an emulsion. The tank is then covered and left to sit for about 12 hours. The lime soap formed is then transferred from the tank into a mill, finely ground, and sent to a leeching tank. The glycerine is extracted, and the glycerine water is directed to a tank for evaporation. The soap is then washed again, and these washings are collected in other tanks to be reused for washing a new batch of soap. About 150,000 pounds of water is required to wash the soap made from 10,000 pounds of fat, yielding between 15,000 and 16,000 pounds of soap. The first wash contains roughly 10 percent glycerine, which can typically be evaporated for glycerine recovery under normal circumstances.

After extracting the glycerine the soap is slowly introduced into a boiling solution of sodium carbonate or soda ash and boiled until the soda has replaced the lime. This is indicated by the disappearance of the small lumps of lime soap. Caustic soda is then added to saponify the fat not converted by the lime saponification. The soap is then salted out and allowed to settle out the calcium carbonate. This drops to the bottom of the kettle as a heavy sludge entangling about 10 per cent. of the soap. A portion of this soap may be recovered by agitating the sludge with heat and water, pumping the soap off the top and filtering the remaining sludge.

After extracting the glycerin, the soap is gradually added to a boiling solution of sodium carbonate or soda ash and boiled until the soda has replaced the lime. This is shown by the disappearance of the small lumps of lime soap. Caustic soda is then added to saponify the fat that wasn’t converted by the lime saponification. The soap is then salted out and allowed to settle the calcium carbonate. This settles at the bottom of the kettle as a heavy sludge that entangles about 10 percent of the soap. Some of this soap can be recovered by stirring the sludge with heat and water, pumping the soap off the top and filtering the remaining sludge.

While the soap thus obtained is very good, the percentage of glycerine recovered is greatly increased and the cost of alkali as carbonate is less. The disadvantages are many. Large quantities of lime are required; it is difficult to recover the soap from the lime sludge; the operations are numerous prior to the soap making proper and rather complicated apparatus is required.[Pg 125]

While the soap produced is quite good, the amount of glycerine recovered is significantly higher and the cost of alkali as carbonate is lower. However, there are several drawbacks. Large amounts of lime are needed; it’s hard to separate the soap from the lime sludge; there are many steps before the actual soap-making process, and rather complex equipment is necessary.[Pg 125]

DISTILLATION OF FATTY ACIDS.

The fatty acids obtained by various methods of saponification may be further improved by distillation.

The fatty acids obtained from different saponification methods can be further enhanced through distillation.

In order to carry out this distillation, two methods may be pursued, first, the continuous method, whereby the fatty acids are continually distilled for five to six days, and, second, the two phase method, whereby the distillation continues for 16 to 20 hours, after which the residue is drawn off, treated with acid, and its distillate added to a fresh charge of fatty acids. The latter method is by far the best, since the advantages derived by thus proceeding more than compensate the necessity of cleaning the still. Better colored fatty acids are obtained; less unsaponifiable matter is contained therein; there is no accumulation of impurities; the amount of neutral fat is lessened because the treatment of the tar with acid causes a cleavage of the neutral fat and the candle tar or pitch obtained is harder and better and thus more valuable.

To perform this distillation, there are two approaches you can take. First, there's the continuous method, where the fatty acids are distilled non-stop for five to six days. Second, there's the two-phase method, which involves distilling for 16 to 20 hours, then drawing off the residue, treating it with acid, and adding its distillate to a new batch of fatty acids. The second method is definitely the better option, as the benefits gained from this approach far outweigh the need to clean the still. This method yields higher quality colored fatty acids, contains less unsaponifiable matter, prevents the buildup of impurities, reduces the amount of neutral fat because treating the tar with acid breaks it down, and results in harder, better-quality candle tar or pitch, making it more valuable.

The stills are usually built of copper, which are heated by both direct fire and superheated steam. Distillation under vacuum is advisable. To begin the distilling operation, the still is first filled with dry hot fatty acids to the proper level. Superheated steam is then admitted and the condenser is first heated to prevent the freezing of the fatty acids, passing over into same. When the temperature reaches 230 deg. C. the distillation begins. At the beginning, the fatty acids flow from the condenser, an intense green color, due to the formation of copper soaps produced by the action of the fatty acids on the copper still. This color may easily be removed by treating with dilute acid to decompose the copper soaps.

The stills are typically made of copper and are heated using both direct fire and superheated steam. It's recommended to distill under vacuum. To start the distillation process, the still is filled with dry hot fatty acids to the right level. Then, superheated steam is introduced, and the condenser is heated first to avoid the fatty acids freezing and clogging it. Once the temperature hits 230 °C, distillation begins. Initially, the fatty acids come out of the condenser a bright green color, caused by the copper soaps formed when the fatty acids interact with the copper still. This color can be easily removed by treating it with a dilute acid to break down the copper soaps.

In vacuum distillation, the operation is begun without[Pg 126] the use of vacuum. Vacuum is introduced only when the distillation has proceeded for a time and the introduction of this must be carefully regulated, else the rapid influence of vacuum will cause the contents of the still to overflow. When distillation has begun a constant level of fatty acids is retained therein by opening the feeding valve to same, and the heat is so regulated as to produce the desired rate of distillation. As soon as the distillate flows darker and slower, the feeding valve to the still is shut off and the distillation continued until most of the contents of the still are distilled off, which is indicated by a rise in the temperature. Distillation is then discontinued, the still shut down, and in about an hour the contents are sufficiently cool to be emptied. The residue is run off into a proper receiving vessel, treated with dilute acid and used in the distillation of tar.

In vacuum distillation, the process starts without [Pg 126] using a vacuum. The vacuum is introduced only after the distillation has been going for a while, and it needs to be carefully controlled; otherwise, the quick effect of the vacuum can cause the still to overflow. When distillation starts, a constant level of fatty acids is maintained by opening the feeding valve, and the heat is adjusted to achieve the desired distillation rate. When the distillate starts to flow darker and slower, the feeding valve to the still is closed, and the distillation continues until most of the still's contents have been distilled off, which is shown by a rise in temperature. At that point, distillation is stopped, the still is shut down, and after about an hour, the contents are cool enough to be emptied. The residue is then poured into a suitable receiving vessel, treated with dilute acid, and used in the distillation of tar.

In the distillation of tar the same method as the above is followed, only distillation proceeds at a higher temperature. The first portion and last portion of the distillate from tar are so dark that it is necessary to add them to a fresh charge of fatty acids. By a well conducted distillation of tar about 50 per cent. of the fatty acids from the tar can be used to mix with the distilled fatty acids. The residue of this operation called stearine pitch or candle tar consists of a hard, brittle, dark substance. Elastic pitch only results where distillation has been kept constant for several days without interrupting the process, and re-distilling the tar. In a good distillation the distillation loss is 0.5 to 1.5% and loss in pitch 1.5%. Fatty acids which are not acidified deliver about 3% of pitch. Very impure fats yield even a higher percentage in spite of acidifying. For a long time it was found impossible to find any use for stearine pitch, but in recent years a use has been found for same in the electrical installation of cables.

In the process of distilling tar, the same method as mentioned before is used, except that the distillation occurs at a higher temperature. The first and last parts of the distillate from the tar are so dark that they need to be added to a new batch of fatty acids. With a properly conducted distillation of tar, about 50% of the fatty acids from the tar can be blended with the distilled fatty acids. The leftover material from this process, called stearine pitch or candle tar, is a hard, brittle, dark substance. Elastic pitch only happens if the distillation is maintained consistently for several days without stopping the process and re-distilling the tar. In an effective distillation, the loss is between 0.5% to 1.5%, and the loss in pitch is 1.5%. Fatty acids that are not acidified produce about 3% pitch. Very impure fats can yield even higher percentages, despite the acidifying. For a long time, it was difficult to find a use for stearine pitch, but recently, a use has been discovered for it in the electrical installation of cables.

FOOTNOTES:

[12] Journ. Ind. Eng. Chem. (1909), I, p. 654.

[12] Journ. Ind. Eng. Chem. (1909), I, p. 654.


CHAPTER VI

Analytical Methods.

While it is possible to attain a certain amount of efficiency in determining the worth of the raw material entering into the manufacture of soap through organoleptic methods, these are by no means accurate. It is, therefore, necessary to revert to chemical methods to correctly determine the selection of fats, oil or other substances used in soap making, as well as standardizing a particular soap manufactured and to properly regulate the glycerine recovered.

While you can achieve some level of efficiency in assessing the value of raw materials used in soap production through sensory methods, these methods aren't very accurate. Therefore, it's essential to go back to chemical methods to accurately choose the fats, oils, or other ingredients for soap making, as well as to standardize a specific soap being produced and properly regulate the glycerin that's recovered.

It is not our purpose to cover in detail the numerous analytical processes which may be employed in the examination of fats and oils, alkalis, soap and glycerine, as these are fully and accurately covered in various texts, but rather to give briefly the necessary tests which ought to be carried out in factories where large amounts of soap are made. Occasion often arises where it is impossible to employ a chemist, yet it is possible to have this work done by a competent person or to have someone instruct himself as just how to carry out the more simple analyses, which is not a very difficult matter. The various standard solutions necessary to carrying out the simpler titrations can readily be purchased from dealers in chemical apparatus and it does not take extraordinary intelligence for anyone to operate a burette, yet in many soap plants in this country absolutely no attention is paid to the examining of raw material, though many thousand pounds are handled annually, which, if they were more carefully examined would result in the saving of much more money than[Pg 128] it costs to examine them or have them at least occasionally analyzed.

It’s not our goal to go into detail about the various analytical processes used to examine fats and oils, alkalis, soap, and glycerine, since these are thoroughly covered in numerous texts. Instead, we’ll briefly outline the necessary tests that should be conducted in factories producing large quantities of soap. There are times when hiring a chemist is not feasible, but it is possible to have a qualified person conduct these analyses or to have someone teach themselves how to carry out the simpler tests, which is not very complicated. The standard solutions needed for basic titrations can easily be bought from suppliers of laboratory equipment, and it doesn’t require extraordinary intelligence to use a burette. However, in many soap factories in this country, there is often no attention given to the examination of raw materials, despite handling thousands of pounds each year. If these materials were examined more closely, it would save significantly more money than[Pg 128] it costs to analyze or at least occasionally test them.

ANALYSIS OF FATS AND OILS.

In order to arrive at proper results in the analysis of a fat or oil, it is necessary to have a proper sample. To obtain this a sample of several of the packages of oil or fat is taken and these mixed or molten together into a composite sample which is used in making the tests. If the oil or fat is solid, a tester is used in taking the sample from the package and if they are liquid, it is a simple matter to draw off a uniform sample from each package and from these to form a composite sample.

To get accurate results when analyzing fat or oil, it's important to have a suitable sample. To do this, a sample is taken from several packages of oil or fat and mixed or melted together to create a composite sample for testing. If the fat or oil is solid, a tester is used to take the sample from the package, and if it’s liquid, it's easy to draw a consistent sample from each package to form a composite sample.

In purchasing an oil or fat for soap making, the manufacturer is usually interested in the amount of free fatty acid contained therein, of moisture, the titer, the percentage of unsaponifiable matter and to previously determine the color of soap which will be obtained where color is an object.

In buying an oil or fat for soap making, the manufacturer usually wants to know the amount of free fatty acid it contains, the moisture content, the titer, the percentage of unsaponifiable matter, and to figure out the color of the soap that will be produced if color is a concern.

DETERMINATION OF FREE FATTY ACIDS.

Since the free fatty acid content of a fat or oil represents a loss of glycerine, the greater the percentage of free fatty acid, the less glycerine is contained in the fat or oil, it is advisable to purchase a fat or oil with the lower free acid, other properties and the price being the same.

Since the free fatty acid content of a fat or oil indicates a loss of glycerin, a higher percentage of free fatty acid means there's less glycerin in the fat or oil. Therefore, it’s better to buy a fat or oil with lower free acid, assuming other properties and the price are the same.

While the mean molecular weight of the mixed free fatty acids varies with the same and different oils or fats and should be determined for any particular analysis for accuracy, the free fatty acid is usually expressed as oleic acid, which has a molecular weight of 282.

While the average molecular weight of the mixed free fatty acids varies between the same and different oils or fats and should be determined for each specific analysis for accuracy, free fatty acid is usually represented as oleic acid, which has a molecular weight of 282.

To carry out the analysis 5 to 20 grams of the fat are[Pg 129] weighed out into an Erlenmeyer flask and 50 cubic centimeters of carefully neutralized alcohol are added. In order to neutralize the alcohol add a few drops of phenolphthalein solution to same and add a weak caustic soda solution drop by drop until a very faint pink color is obtained upon shaking or stirring the alcohol thoroughly. The mixture of fat and neutralized alcohol is then heated to boiling and titrated with tenth normal alkali solution, using phenolphthalein as an indicator. As only the free fatty acids are readily soluble in the alcohol and the fat itself only slightly mixes with it, the flask should be well agitated toward the end of the titration. When a faint pink color remains after thoroughly agitating the flask the end point is reached. In order to calculate the percentage of free fatty acid as oleic acid, multiply the number of cubic centimeters of tenth normal alkali used as read on the burette by 0.0282 and divide by the number of grams of fat taken for the determination and multiply by 100.

To perform the analysis, weigh out 5 to 20 grams of fat into an Erlenmeyer flask and add 50 cubic centimeters of carefully neutralized alcohol. To neutralize the alcohol, add a few drops of phenolphthalein solution and then add a weak caustic soda solution drop by drop until a very faint pink color appears upon shaking or stirring the alcohol well. Heat the mixture of fat and neutralized alcohol to boiling and titrate with a tenth normal alkali solution, using phenolphthalein as an indicator. Since only the free fatty acids dissolve easily in the alcohol and the fat itself mixes only slightly, the flask should be well shaken toward the end of the titration. When a faint pink color remains after thoroughly agitating the flask, the endpoint is reached. To calculate the percentage of free fatty acid as oleic acid, multiply the number of cubic centimeters of tenth normal alkali used, as read on the burette, by 0.0282, then divide by the number of grams of fat used for the measurement and multiply by 100.

When dark colored oils or fats are being titrated it is often difficult to obtain a good end point with phenolphthalein. In such cases about 2 cubic centimeters of a 2 per cent. alcoholic solution of Alkali Blue 6 B is recommended.

When dark-colored oils or fats are being titrated, it can be challenging to get a clear end point with phenolphthalein. In these situations, it's recommended to use about 2 cubic centimeters of a 2% alcoholic solution of Alkali Blue 6 B.

Another method of directly determining the free fatty acid content of tallow or grease upon which this determination is most often made is to weigh out into an Erlenmeyer flask exactly 5.645 grams of a sample of tallow or grease. Add about 75 cubic centimeters of neutralized alcohol. Heat until it boils, then titrate with tenth normal alkali and divide the reading by 2, which gives the percentage of free fatty acid as oleic. If a fifth normal caustic solution is used, the reading on the burette gives the percentage of free fatty acid directly.[Pg 130] This method, while it eliminates the necessity of calculation, is troublesome in that it is difficult to obtain the exact weight of fat.

Another way to directly determine the free fatty acid content of tallow or grease, which is commonly used for this measurement, is to weigh out exactly 5.645 grams of a sample of tallow or grease into an Erlenmeyer flask. Add about 75 cubic centimeters of neutralized alcohol. Heat it until it boils, then titrate with a tenth normal alkali and divide the reading by 2 to get the percentage of free fatty acid as oleic. If a fifth normal caustic solution is used, the burette reading gives the percentage of free fatty acid directly.[Pg 130] While this method removes the need for calculations, it can be tricky because it's hard to obtain the exact weight of the fat.

MOISTURE.

To calculate the amount of moisture contained in a fat or oil 5 to 10 grams are weighed into a flat bottom dish, together with a known amount of clean, dry sand, if it is so desired. The dish is then heated over a water bath, or at a temperature of 100-110 degs. C., until it no longer loses weight upon drying and reweighing the dish. One hour should elapse between the time the dish is put on the water bath and the time it is taken off to reweigh. The difference between the weight of the dish is put on the water bath and the time it is taken off when it reaches a constant weight is moisture. This difference divided by the original weight of the fat or oil × 100 gives the percentage of moisture.

To measure the moisture content in a fat or oil, weigh 5 to 10 grams into a flat-bottom dish, along with a known amount of clean, dry sand if desired. Heat the dish over a water bath or at a temperature of 100-110 degrees Celsius until it stops losing weight when dried and weighed again. Allow one hour to pass between when the dish is placed on the water bath and when it is taken off for reweighing. The difference in weight from when the dish is placed on the water bath to when it reaches a constant weight indicates the moisture content. Divide this difference by the original weight of the fat or oil and multiply by 100 to find the percentage of moisture.

When highly unsaturated fats or oils are being analyzed for moisture, an error may be introduced either by the absorption of oxygen, which is accelerated at higher temperature, or by the formation of volatile fatty acids. The former causes an increase in weight, the latter causes a decrease. To obviate this, the above operation of drying should be carried out in the presence of some inert gas like hydrogen, carbon dioxide, or nitrogen.

When analyzing highly unsaturated fats or oils for moisture, errors can occur due to oxygen absorption, which speeds up at higher temperatures, or due to the formation of volatile fatty acids. The first one increases weight, while the second decreases it. To avoid this, the drying process should be done in the presence of an inert gas like hydrogen, carbon dioxide, or nitrogen.

TITER.

The titer of a fat or oil is really an indication of the amount of stearic acid contained therein. The titer, expressed in degrees Centigrade, is the solidification point of the fatty acids of an oil or fat. In order to carry out the operation a Centigrade thermometer graduated in one or two-tenths of a degree is necessary. A thermometer graduated[Pg 131] between 10 degs. centigrade to 60 degs. centigrade is best adapted and the graduations should be clear cut and distinct.

The titer of a fat or oil indicates how much stearic acid is in it. The titer, measured in degrees Celsius, is the solidification point of the fatty acids within the oil or fat. To perform this measurement, you'll need a Celsius thermometer that is marked in one or two-tenths of a degree. A thermometer that ranges from 10 degrees Celsius to 60 degrees Celsius is ideal, and the markings should be clear and easy to read.

To make the determination about 30 grams of fat are roughly weighed in a metal dish and 30-40 cubic centimeters of a 30 per cent. (36 degs. Baumé) solution of sodium hydroxide, together with 30-40 cubic centimeters of alcohol, denatured alcohol will do, are added and the mass heated until saponified. Heat over a low flame or over an asbestos plate until the soap thus formed is dry, constantly stirring the contents of the dish to prevent burning. The dried soap is then dissolved in about 1000 cubic centimeters of water, being certain that all the alcohol has been expelled by boiling the soap solution for about half an hour. When the soap is in solution add sufficient sulphuric acid to decompose the soap, approximately 100 cubic centimeters of 25 degs. Baumé sulphuric acid, and boil until the fatty acids form a clear layer on top of the liquid. A few pieces of pumice stone put into the mixture will prevent the bumping caused by boiling. Siphon off the water from the bottom of the dish and wash the fatty acids with boiling water until free from sulphuric acid. Collect the fatty acids in a small casserole or beaker and dry them over a steam bath or drying oven at 110 degs. Centigrade. When the fatty acids are dry, cool them to about 10 degs. above the titer expected and transfer them to a titer tube or short test tube which is firmly supported by a cork in the opening of a salt mouth bottle. Hang the thermometer by a cord from above the supported tube so it reaches close to the bottom when in the titer tube containing the fatty acids and so that it may be used as a stirrer. Stir the mass rather slowly, closely noting the temperature. The temperature will gradually[Pg 132] fall during the stirring operation and finally remain stationary for half a minute or so then rise from 0.1 to 0.5 degs. The highest point to which the mercury rises after having been stationary is taken as the reading of the titer.

To determine 30 grams of fat, weigh it out in a metal dish and add 30-40 cubic centimeters of a 30 percent (36 degrees Baumé) sodium hydroxide solution, along with 30-40 cubic centimeters of denatured alcohol. Heat the mixture until it saponifies. Use a low flame or an asbestos plate and stir constantly to prevent burning until the soap formed is dry. Then, dissolve the dried soap in about 1000 cubic centimeters of water, making sure to boil the solution for about half an hour to expel all the alcohol. Once the soap is dissolved, add enough sulfuric acid to decompose the soap—about 100 cubic centimeters of 25 degrees Baumé sulfuric acid—and boil until the fatty acids form a clear layer on top. Adding a few pieces of pumice stone to the mixture will help prevent bumping during boiling. Siphon off the water from the bottom of the dish and wash the fatty acids with boiling water until they're free from sulfuric acid. Collect the fatty acids in a small casserole or beaker and dry them over a steam bath or drying oven at 110 degrees Celsius. Once the fatty acids are dry, cool them to about 10 degrees above the expected titer and transfer them to a titer tube or short test tube, which should be securely supported by a cork in the opening of a salt mouth bottle. Suspend the thermometer by a cord from above the supported tube so that it reaches close to the bottom of the titer tube with the fatty acids, and use it to stir. Stir the mixture slowly while closely monitoring the temperature. The temperature will gradually fall during stirring and will eventually stabilize for about half a minute before rising between 0.1 to 0.5 degrees. The highest point the mercury reaches after stabilization is recorded as the titer reading.

DETERMINATION OF UNSAPONIFIABLE MATTER.

In order to determine the unsaponifiable matter in fats and oils they are first saponified, then the unsaponifiable, which consists mainly of hydrocarbons and the higher alcohols cholesterol or phytosterol, is extracted with ether or petroleum ether, the ether evaporated and the residue weighed as unsaponifiable.

To find the unsaponifiable matter in fats and oils, they are first saponified. Then, the unsaponifiable substances, which mainly include hydrocarbons and higher alcohols like cholesterol or phytosterol, are extracted using ether or petroleum ether. After evaporating the ether, the remaining residue is weighed as unsaponifiable.

To carry out the process first saponify about 5 grams of fat or oil with an excess of alcoholic potassium hydrate, 20-30 cubic centimeters of a 1 to 10 solution of potassium hydroxide in alcohol until the alcohol is evaporated over a steam bath. Wash the soap thus formed into a separatory funnel of 200 cubic centimeters capacity with 80-100 cubic centimeters water. Then add about 60 cubic centimeters of ether, petroleum ether or 86 degs. gasoline and thoroughly shake the funnel to extract the unsaponifiable. Should the two layers not separate readily, add a few cubic centimeters of alcohol, which will readily cause them to separate. Draw off the watery solution from beneath and wash the ether with water containing a few drops of sodium hydrate and run to another dish. Pour the watery solution into the funnel again and repeat the extraction once or twice more or until the ether shows no discoloration. Combine the ether extractions into the funnel and wash with water until no alkaline reaction is obtained from the wash water. Run the ether extract to a weighed dish, evaporate and dry rapidly in a drying[Pg 133] oven. As some of the hydrocarbons are readily volatile at 100 degs. Centigrade, the drying should not be carried on any longer than necessary. The residue is then weighed and the original weight of fat taken divided into the weight of the residue × 100 gives the percentage unsaponifiable.

To start the process, first saponify about 5 grams of fat or oil using an excess of alcoholic potassium hydrate, specifically 20-30 cubic centimeters of a 1 to 10 solution of potassium hydroxide in alcohol, until the alcohol evaporates over a steam bath. Wash the soap formed into a 200 cubic centimeter separatory funnel with 80-100 cubic centimeters of water. Next, add about 60 cubic centimeters of ether, petroleum ether, or 86-degree gasoline, and shake the funnel thoroughly to extract the unsaponifiable. If the two layers don’t separate easily, add a few cubic centimeters of alcohol to help them separate. Draw off the watery solution from below and wash the ether with water that contains a few drops of sodium hydrate, then transfer it to another dish. Pour the watery solution back into the funnel and repeat the extraction one or two more times, or until the ether shows no discoloration. Combine the ether extractions into the funnel and wash with water until the wash water shows no alkaline reaction. Transfer the ether extract to a weighed dish, evaporate, and dry quickly in a drying oven. Since some hydrocarbons are easily volatile at 100 degrees Celsius, don’t dry for longer than necessary. Weigh the residue, and then divide the original weight of the fat by the weight of the residue and multiply by 100 to find the percentage of unsaponifiable.

TEST FOR COLOR OF SOAP.

It is often desirable to determine the color of the finished soap by a rapid determination before it is made into soap. It often happens, especially with the tallows, that a dark colored sample produces a light colored soap, whereas a bleached light colored tallow produces a soap off shade.

It’s often helpful to figure out the color of the finished soap quickly before actually making it. This is especially true with tallows, where a dark-colored sample can produce a light-colored soap, while a bleached light-colored tallow can result in a soap that’s off in shade.

To rapidly determine whether the color easily washes out of the tallow with lye, 100 cubic centimeters of tallow are saponified in an enameled or iron dish with 100 cubic centimeters of 21 degs. Baumé soda lye and 100 cubic centimeters of denatured alcohol. Continue heating over a wire gauze until all the alcohol is expelled and then add 50 cubic centimeters of the 21 degs. Baumé lye to grain the soap. Allow the lyes to settle and with an inverted pipette draw off the lyes into a test tube or bottle. Close the soap with 100 cubic centimeters of hot water and when closed again grain with 50 cubic centimeters of the lye by just bringing to a boil over an open flame. Again allow the lyes to settle and put aside a sample of the lye for comparison. Repeat the process of closing, graining and settling and take a sample of lye. If the lye is still discolored repeat the above operations again or until the lye is colorless. Ordinarily all the color will come out with the third lye. The soap thus obtained contains considerable water which makes it appear white. The soap is, therefore, dried to about 15 per cent. moisture and examined[Pg 134] for color. The color thus obtained is a very good criterion as to what may be expected in the soap kettle.

To quickly find out if the color washes out of the tallow with lye, take 100 cubic centimeters of tallow and saponify it in an enameled or iron dish with 100 cubic centimeters of 21 degs. Baumé soda lye and 100 cubic centimeters of denatured alcohol. Keep heating it over wire gauze until all the alcohol evaporates, then add 50 cubic centimeters of the 21 degs. Baumé lye to grain the soap. Let the lyes settle, and using an inverted pipette, draw off the lyes into a test tube or bottle. Close the soap with 100 cubic centimeters of hot water, and after sealing it again, grain it with 50 cubic centimeters of the lye by bringing it to a boil over an open flame. Allow the lyes to settle again and set aside a sample of the lye for comparison. Repeat the process of closing, graining, and settling, then take another sample of lye. If the lye is still discolored, repeat the previous steps until the lye is colorless. Usually, all the color will be removed by the third lye. The resulting soap contains a good amount of water, which makes it look white. Therefore, the soap should be dried to about 15 percent moisture and examined[Pg 134] for color. The color obtained serves as a reliable indicator of what to expect in the soap kettle.

By making the above analyses of fats or oils the main properties as to their adaptability for being made into soap are determined. In some cases, especially where adulteration or mixtures of oils are suspected, it is necessary to further analyze same. The methods of carrying out these analyses are fully covered by various texts on fats and oils and we will not go into details regarding the method of procedure in carrying these out.

By analyzing fats or oils, we can determine their key properties for soap-making. In some situations, especially when there are concerns about adulteration or mixed oils, further analysis is required. The methods for conducting these analyses are thoroughly explained in various texts on fats and oils, so we won't delve into the details of the procedures here.

TESTING OF ALKALIS USED IN SOAP MAKING.

The alkalis entering into the manufacture of soap such as caustic soda or sodium hydroxide, caustic potash or potassium hydrate, carbonate of soda or sodium carbonate, carbonate of potash or potassium carbonate usually contain impurities which do not enter into combination with the fats or fatty acids to form soap. It is out of the question to use chemically pure alkalis in soap making, hence it is often necessary to determine the alkalinity of an alkali. It may again be pointed out that in saponifying a neutral fat or oil only caustic soda or potash are efficient and the carbonate contained in these only combines to a more or less extent with any free fatty acids contained in the oils or fats. Caustic soda or potash or lyes made from these alkalis upon exposure to the air are gradually converted into sodium or potassium carbonate by the action of the carbon dioxide contained in the air. While the amount of carbonate thus formed is not very great and is greatest upon the surface, all lyes as well as caustic alkalis contain some carbonate. This carbonate introduces an error in the analysis of caustic alkalis when accuracy is required and thus in the analysis of caustic soda or potash it is necessary to remove the carbonate[Pg 135] when the true alkalinity as sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide is desired. This may be done by titration in alcohol which has been neutralized.

The alkalis used in soap making, like caustic soda (sodium hydroxide), caustic potash (potassium hydrate), sodium carbonate, and potassium carbonate, often contain impurities that don’t react with fats or fatty acids to produce soap. It’s impractical to use completely pure alkalis in soap production, so it’s usually necessary to check the alkalinity of an alkali. It’s also important to note that when saponifying a neutral fat or oil, only caustic soda or potash work effectively, while the carbonate in these alkalis only partially reacts with any free fatty acids present in the oils or fats. When exposed to air, caustic soda or potash, as well as the lyes made from these alkalis, slowly convert into sodium or potassium carbonate due to the action of carbon dioxide in the air. Although the amount of carbonate formed isn’t very significant and is highest at the surface, all lyes and caustic alkalis contain some carbonate. This carbonate can lead to inaccuracies in the analysis of caustic alkalis when precise results are necessary, so in the analysis of caustic soda or potash, it’s essential to remove the carbonate[Pg 135] if the true alkalinity as sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide is wanted. This can be accomplished by titrating with neutralized alcohol.

In order to determine the alkalinity of any of the above mentioned alkalis, it is first necessary to obtain a representative sample of the substance to be analyzed. To do this take small samples from various portions of the package and combine them into a composite sample. Caustic potash and soda are hygroscopic and samples should be weighed at once or kept in a well stoppered bottle. Sodium or potassium carbonate can be weighed more easily as they do not rapidly absorb moisture from the air.

To determine the alkalinity of any of the alkalis mentioned above, you first need to get a representative sample of the substance for analysis. To do this, take small samples from different parts of the package and combine them into a composite sample. Caustic potash and soda are hygroscopic, so samples should be weighed immediately or kept in a tightly sealed bottle. Sodium or potassium carbonate can be weighed more easily since they don't absorb moisture from the air quickly.

To weigh the caustic soda or potash place about five grams on a watch glass on a balance and weigh as rapidly as possible. Wash into a 500 cubic centimeter volumetric flask and bring to the mark with distilled water. Pipette off 50 cubic centimeters into a 200 cubic centimeter beaker, dilute slightly with distilled water, add a few drops of methyl orange indicator and titrate with normal acid. For the carbonates about 1 gram may be weighed, washed into a 400 cubic centimeter beaker, diluted with distilled water, methyl orange indicator added and titrated with normal acid. It is advisable to use methyl orange indicator in these titrations as phenolphthalein is affected by the carbon dioxide generated when an acid reacts with a carbonate and does not give the proper end point, unless the solution is boiled to expel the carbon dioxide. Litmus may also be used as the indicator, but here again it is necessary to boil as carbon dioxide also affects this substance. As an aid to the action of these common indicators the following table may be helpful:[Pg 136]

To measure the caustic soda or potash, place about five grams on a watch glass on a balance and weigh it as quickly as possible. Transfer it into a 500 cubic centimeter volumetric flask and fill it to the mark with distilled water. Pipette off 50 cubic centimeters into a 200 cubic centimeter beaker, dilute it slightly with distilled water, add a few drops of methyl orange indicator, and titrate with normal acid. For the carbonates, weigh about 1 gram, transfer it into a 400 cubic centimeter beaker, dilute with distilled water, add methyl orange indicator, and titrate with normal acid. It’s recommended to use methyl orange indicator in these titrations because phenolphthalein is influenced by the carbon dioxide produced when an acid reacts with a carbonate, which can lead to an inaccurate endpoint unless the solution is boiled to remove the carbon dioxide. Litmus can also be used as the indicator, but similarly, it is necessary to boil the solution since carbon dioxide affects it as well. The following table may be helpful as a reference for these common indicators:[Pg 136]

Indicator.Color in Acid Solution.Color in Alkaline Solution.Action of CO2.
Methyl orangeRedYellowVery slightly acid
PhenolphthaleinColorlessRedAcid
LitmusRedBlueAcid

It may be further stated that methyl orange at the neutral point is orange in color.

It can also be said that methyl orange is orange in color at the neutral point.

To calculate the percentage of effective alkali from the above titrations, it must be first pointed out that in the case of caustic potash or soda aliquot portions are taken. This is done to reduce the error necessarily involved by weighing, as the absorption of water is decided. Thus we had, say, exactly 5 grams which weighed 5.05 grams by the time it was balanced. This was dissolved in 500 cubic centimeters of water and 50 cubic centimeters or one tenth of the amount of the solution was taken, or in each 50 cubic centimeters there were 0.505 grams of the sample. We thus reduced the error of weighing by one tenth provided other conditions introduce no error. In the case of the carbonates the weight is taken directly.

To calculate the percentage of effective alkali from the titrations mentioned above, it's important to note that for caustic potash or soda, aliquot portions are used. This helps minimize the weighing error since there’s a significant amount of water absorption. For example, we might have precisely 5 grams that weighed 5.05 grams once balanced. This was dissolved in 500 cubic centimeters of water, and then 50 cubic centimeters, which is one-tenth of the total solution, was taken. Therefore, in each 50 cubic centimeters, there were 0.505 grams of the sample. By doing this, we reduced the weighing error by one-tenth, assuming there are no other errors introduced by different conditions. In the case of carbonates, the weight is taken directly.

One cubic centimeter of a normal acid solution is the equivalent of:

One cubic centimeter of a standard acid solution is equal to:

Grams.
Sodium Carbonate, Na2CO30.05305
Sodium Hydroxide, NaOH0.04006
Sodium Oxide, Na2O0.02905
Carbonate K2CO30.06908
Potassium Hydroxide, KOH0.05616
Potassium Oxide, K2O0.04715

Hence to arrive at the alkalinity we multiply the number of cubic centimeters, read on the burette, by the factor opposite the terms in which we desire to express the alkalinity, divide the weight in grams thus obtained by the original weight taken, and multiply the result by 100,[Pg 137] which gives the percentage of alkali in the proper terms. For example, say, we took the 0.505 grams of caustic potash as explained above and required 8.7 cubic centimeter normal acid to neutralize the solution, then

To find the alkalinity, we multiply the number of cubic centimeters read on the burette by the factor corresponding to the units we want to use for alkalinity. We then divide the weight in grams we've calculated by the original weight taken and multiply that result by 100,[Pg 137] which gives us the percentage of alkali in the correct units. For example, if we took 0.505 grams of caustic potash as explained above and needed 8.7 cubic centimeters of normal acid to neutralize the solution, then

          8.7 × .05616 = .4886 grams KOH in sample

8.7 × 0.05616 = 0.4886 grams of KOH in the sample

          .4886
          ----- × 100 = 96.73% KOH in sample.
          .505

.4886
          ----- × 100 = 96.73% KOH in the sample.
          .505

Caustic potash often contains some caustic soda, and while it is possible to express the results in terms of KOH, regardless of any trouble that may be caused by this mixture in soap making, an error is introduced in the results, not all the alkali being caustic potash. In such cases it is advisable to consult a book on analysis as the analysis is far more complicated than those given we will not consider it. The presence of carbonates, as already stated, also causes an error. To overcome this the alkali is titrated in absolute alcohol, filtering off the insoluble carbonate. The soluble portion is caustic hydrate and may be titrated as such. The carbonate remaining on the filter paper is dissolved in water and titrated as carbonate.

Caustic potash often contains some caustic soda, and while it's possible to report the results in terms of KOH, regardless of the issues this mixture may cause in soap making, an error is introduced because not all the alkali is caustic potash. In these cases, it's best to consult a book on analysis since the process is much more complicated than what we will cover here. As previously mentioned, the presence of carbonates also leads to errors. To address this, the alkali is titrated in pure alcohol, with the insoluble carbonate filtered out. The soluble portion is caustic hydrate and can be titrated as such. The carbonate that remains on the filter paper is dissolved in water and titrated as carbonate.

SOAP ANALYSIS.

To obtain a sample of a cake of soap for analysis is a rather difficult matter as the moisture content of the outer and inner layer varies considerably. To overcome this difficulty a borer or sampler may be run right through the cake of soap, or slices may be cut from various parts of the cake, or the cake may be cut and run through a meat chopper several times and mixed. A sufficient amount of a homogeneous sample obtained by any of these methods is preserved for the entire analysis by keeping the soap in a securely stoppered bottle.

To get a sample of a bar of soap for analysis can be quite challenging since the moisture levels in the outer and inner layers differ significantly. To address this issue, you can use a borer or sampler to go all the way through the bar, cut slices from different parts of the bar, or chop the bar up in a meat grinder several times and mix it. A sufficient amount of a uniform sample collected by any of these methods is stored for the entire analysis by keeping the soap in a securely sealed bottle.

The more important determinations of soap are moisture, free alkali, or fatty acid, combined alkali and total[Pg 138] fatty matter. Besides these it is often necessary to determine insoluble matter, glycerine, unsaponifiable matter, rosin and sugar.

The key factors in soap are moisture, free alkali or fatty acid, combined alkali, and total fatty matter. Additionally, it's often necessary to check for insoluble matter, glycerine, unsaponifiable matter, rosin, and sugar.

MOISTURE.

The analysis of soap for moisture, at its best, is most unsatisfactory, for by heating it is impossible to drive off all the water, and on the other hand volatile oils driven off by heat are a part of the loss represented as moisture.

The analysis of soap for moisture, at its best, is very unsatisfactory, because by heating it, it’s impossible to remove all the water. On the flip side, volatile oils that evaporate due to heat contribute to the loss that is counted as moisture.

The usual method of determining moisture is to weigh 2 to 3 grams of finely shaved soap on a watch glass and heat in an oven at 105 degrees C. for 2 to 3 hours. The loss in weight is represented as water, although it is really impossible to drive off all the water in this way.

The typical way to find out moisture content is to weigh 2 to 3 grams of finely shaved soap on a watch glass and heat it in an oven at 105 degrees Celsius for 2 to 3 hours. The weight loss is considered as water, even though it's actually not possible to remove all the water this way.

To overcome the difficulties just mentioned either the Smith or Fahrion method may be used. Allen recommends Smith's method which is said to be truthful to within 0.25 per cent. Fahrion's method, according to the author, gives reliable results to within 0.5 per cent. Both are more rapid than the above manipulation. To carry out the method of Smith, 5 to 10 grams of finely ground soap are heated over a sand bath with a small Bunsen flame beneath it, in a large porcelain crucible. The heating takes 20 to 30 minutes, or until no further evidence is present of water being driven off. This may be tested by the fogging of a cold piece of glass held over the crucible immediately upon removing the burner. When no fog appears the soap is considered dry. Any lumps of soap may be broken up by a small glass rod, weighed with the crucible, and with a roughened end to more easily separate the lumps. Should the soap burn, this can readily be detected by the odor, which, of course, renders the analysis useless. The loss in weight is moisture.[Pg 139]

To overcome the challenges mentioned, you can use either the Smith or Fahrion method. Allen recommends Smith's method, which is said to be accurate within 0.25 percent. According to the author, Fahrion's method provides reliable results within 0.5 percent. Both methods are quicker than the previous technique. To perform Smith's method, heat 5 to 10 grams of finely ground soap over a sand bath using a small Bunsen flame underneath it, in a large porcelain crucible. The heating process takes 20 to 30 minutes or until there's no visible evidence of water being removed. You can check this by holding a cold piece of glass over the crucible right after taking away the burner. When no fog appears, the soap is considered dry. Any lumps of soap can be broken up using a small glass rod, which should be weighed with the crucible, making sure it has a roughened end to easily separate the lumps. If the soap burns, you'll easily notice the smell, which will obviously make the analysis unusable. The loss in weight is due to moisture.[Pg 139]

By Fahrion's method[13], 2 to 4 grams of soap are weighed in a platinum crucible and about three times its weight of oleic acid, which has been heated at 120 degrees C. until all the water is driven off and preserved from moisture, is added and reweighed. The dish is then cautiously heated with a small flame until all the water is driven off and all the soap is dissolved. Care must be exercised not to heat too highly or the oleic acid will decompose. The moment the water is all driven off a clear solution is formed, provided no fillers are present in the soap. The dish is then cooled in a dessicator and reweighed. The loss in weight of acid plus soap is moisture and is calculated on the weight of soap taken. This determination takes about fifteen minutes.

By Fahrion's method[13], 2 to 4 grams of soap are weighed in a platinum crucible, and then about three times that weight of oleic acid, which has been heated to 120 degrees C to remove all the water and kept dry, is added and reweighed. The dish is then carefully heated with a small flame until all the water evaporates and the soap dissolves. It's important not to overheat because the oleic acid will break down. Once all the water is gone, a clear solution forms, assuming there are no fillers in the soap. The dish is then cooled in a desiccator and reweighed. The weight loss of the acid and soap indicates the moisture content and is calculated based on the weight of soap used. This process takes about fifteen minutes.

FREE ALKALI OR ACID.

(a) Alcoholic Method.

Test a freshly cut surface of the soap with a few drops of an alcoholic phenolphthalein solution. If it does not turn red it may be assumed free fat is present; should a red color appear, free alkali is present. In any case dissolve 2 to 5 grams of soap in 100 cubic centimeters of neutralized alcohol and heat to boiling until in solution. Filter off the undissolved portion containing carbonate, etc., and wash with alcohol. Add phenolphthalein to the filtrate and titrate with N/10 acid and calculate the per cent. of free alkali as sodium or potassium hydroxide. Should the filtrate be acid instead of alkaline, titrate with N/10 alkali and calculate the percentage of free fatty acid as oleic acid.

Test a freshly cut surface of the soap with a few drops of an alcoholic phenolphthalein solution. If it doesn't turn red, it’s likely that free fat is present; if a red color appears, free alkali is present. In any case, dissolve 2 to 5 grams of soap in 100 cubic centimeters of neutralized alcohol and heat it to boiling until it dissolves. Filter out the undissolved portion containing carbonate, etc., and wash it with alcohol. Add phenolphthalein to the filtered solution and titrate with N/10 acid, then calculate the percentage of free alkali as sodium or potassium hydroxide. If the filtered solution is acidic instead of alkaline, titrate with N/10 alkali and calculate the percentage of free fatty acid as oleic acid.

The insoluble portion remaining on the filter paper is washed with water until all the carbonate is dissolved. The washings are then titrated with N/10 sulfuric acid[Pg 140] and expressed as sodium or potassium carbonate. Should borates or silicates be present it is possible to express in terms of these. If borax is present the carbon dioxide is boiled off after neutralizing exactly to methyl orange; cool, add mannite and phenolphthalein and titrate the boric acid with standard alkali.

The solid residue left on the filter paper is rinsed with water until all the carbonate dissolves. The wash water is then titrated with N/10 sulfuric acid[Pg 140] and reported as sodium or potassium carbonate. If borates or silicates are present, it’s possible to report those instead. If borax is present, the carbon dioxide is boiled off after carefully neutralizing to methyl orange; then cool it down, add mannite and phenolphthalein, and titrate the boric acid with standard alkali.

(b) Bosshard and Huggenberg Method.[14]

In using the alcoholic method for the determination of the free alkali or fat in soap there is a possibility of both free fat and free alkali being present. Upon boiling in an alcoholic solution the fat will be saponified, thus introducing an error in the analysis. The method of Bosshard and Huggenberg overcomes this objection. Their method is briefly as follows:

In using the alcoholic method to determine the free alkali or fat in soap, there’s a chance that both free fat and free alkali could be present. When boiled in an alcoholic solution, the fat will be saponified, which can lead to an error in the analysis. The method developed by Bosshard and Huggenberg addresses this issue. Their method is briefly as follows:

Reagents.

1. N/10 hydrochloric acid to standardize N/10 alcoholic sodium hydroxide.

1. N/10 hydrochloric acid to standardize N/10 alcoholic sodium hydroxide.

2. Approximately N/10 alcoholic sodium hydroxide to fix and control the N/40 stearic acid.

2. About N/10 sodium hydroxide solution to stabilize and manage the N/40 stearic acid.

3. N/40 stearic acid. Preparation: About 7.1 grams of stearic acid are dissolved in one liter of absolute alcohol, the solution filtered, the strength determined by titration against N/10 NaOH and then protected in a well stoppered bottle, or better still connected directly to the burette.

3. N/40 stearic acid. Preparation: Dissolve about 7.1 grams of stearic acid in one liter of absolute alcohol, filter the solution, determine the strength by titration against N/10 NaOH, and then store it in a well-stopped bottle, or even better, connect it directly to the burette.

4. A 10 per cent. solution of barium chloride. Preparation: 100 grams of barium chloride are dissolved in one liter of distilled water and filtered. The neutrality of the solution should be proven as it must be neutral.

4. A 10 percent solution of barium chloride. Preparation: Dissolve 100 grams of barium chloride in one liter of distilled water and filter it. The neutrality of the solution should be tested to ensure it is neutral.

5. α naphtholphthalein indicator according to Sorenson. Preparation: 0.1 gram of α naphtholphthalein is dissolved in 150 cubic centimeters of alcohol and 100 cubic[Pg 141] centimeters of water. For every 10 cubic centimeters of liquid use at least 12 drops of indicator.

5. α naphtholphthalein indicator according to Sorenson. Preparation: Dissolve 0.1 gram of α naphtholphthalein in 150 cubic centimeters of alcohol and 100 cubic[Pg 141] centimeters of water. For every 10 cubic centimeters of liquid, use at least 12 drops of the indicator.

6. Phenolphthalein solution 1 gram to 100 cubic centimeter 96 per cent. alcohol.

6. Phenolphthalein solution: 1 gram in 100 cubic centimeters of 96% alcohol.

7. Solvent, 50 per cent. alcohol neutralized.

7. Solvent, 50% alcohol deactivated.

MANIPULATION.

First—Determine the strength of the N/10 alcoholic sodium hydroxide in terms of N/10 hydrochloric acid and calculate the factor, e. g.:

First—Determine the strength of the N/10 alcoholic sodium hydroxide in terms of N/10 hydrochloric acid and calculate the factor, e. g.:

10 c.c. N/10 alcoholic NaOH= 9.95 N/10 HCl}9.96
10 c.c. N/10 alcoholic NaOH= 9.96 N/10 HCl}

The alcoholic N/10 NaOH has a factor of 0.996.

The alcoholic N/10 NaOH has a factor of 0.996.

Second—Control the N/40 stearic acid with the above alkali to obtain its factor, e. g.:

Second—Control the N/40 stearic acid with the alkali mentioned above to determine its factor, e.g.:

40 c.c. N/40 alcoholic stearic acid =10.18 c.c. N/10 NaOH }} 10.2
40 c.c. N/40 alcoholic stearic acid =10.22 c.c. N/10 NaOH }

10.2 × F N/10 NaOH (0.996) = Factor N/40 stearic acid

10.2 × F N/10 NaOH (0.996) = Factor N/40 stearic acid

∴Factor N/40 stearic acid = 1.016.

∴Factor N/40 stearic acid = 1.016.

Third—About 5 grams of soap are weighed and dissolved in 100 cubic centimeters of 50 per cent. neutralized alcohol in a 250 cubic centimeter Erlenmeyer flask over a water bath and connected with a reflux condensor. When completely dissolved, which takes but a few moments, it is cooled by allowing a stream of running water to run over the outside of the flask.

Third—About 5 grams of soap are weighed and dissolved in 100 cubic centimeters of 50 percent neutralized alcohol in a 250 cubic centimeter Erlenmeyer flask over a water bath and connected with a reflux condenser. When completely dissolved, which takes just a few moments, it is cooled by letting a stream of running water flow over the outside of the flask.

Fourth—The soap is precipitated with 15 to 20 cubic centimeters of the 10 per cent. barium chloride solution.

Fourth—The soap is settled with 15 to 20 cubic centimeters of the 10 percent barium chloride solution.

Fifth—After the addition of 2 to 5 cubic centimeters of α naphtholphthalein solution the solution is titrated with N/40 alcoholic stearic acid. α naphtholphthalein is red with an excess of stearic acid. To mark the color changes[Pg 142] it is advisable to first run a few blanks until the eye has become accustomed to the change in the indicator in the same way. The change from green to red can then be carefully observed.

Fifth—After adding 2 to 5 cubic centimeters of α naphtholphthalein solution, the solution is titrated with N/40 alcoholic stearic acid. α naphtholphthalein turns red with an excess of stearic acid. To note the color changes[Pg 142], it's a good idea to first run a few blanks until your eyes get used to the change in the indicator. The transition from green to red can then be carefully observed.

Let us presume 5 grams of soap were taken for the analysis and 20 cubic centimeters of N/40 stearic acid were required for the titration then to calculate the amount of NaOH since the stearic factor is 1.016.

Let’s assume 5 grams of soap were used for the analysis, and 20 cubic centimeters of N/40 stearic acid were needed for the titration. Now, to calculate the amount of NaOH, we use the stearic factor of 1.016.

20 × 1.016 = 20.32 N/40 stearic acid really required.

20 × 1.016 = 20.32 N/40 stearic acid actually needed.

1 cubic centimeter N/40 stearic acid = 0.02 per cent. NaOH for 5 grams soap.

1 cubic centimeter N/40 stearic acid = 0.02 percent NaOH for 5 grams of soap.

Δ 20.32 cubic centimeters N/40 stearic acid = 0.02 × 20.32 per cent. NaOH for 5 grams soap.

Δ 20.32 cubic centimeters N/40 stearic acid = 0.02 × 20.32 percent NaOH for 5 grams of soap.

Hence the soap contains 0.4064 per cent. NaOH.

Hence the soap contains 0.4064 percent NaOH.

It is necessary, however, to make a correction by this method. When the free alkali amounts to over 0.1 per cent. the correction is + 0.01, and when the free alkali exceeds 0.4 per cent. the correction is + 0.04, hence in the above case we multiply 0.004064 by 0.04, add this amount to 0.004064 and multiply by 100 to obtain the true percentage. Should the alkalinity have been near 0.1 per cent. we would have multiplied by 0.01 and added this.

It is important to make a correction using this method. When the free alkali is over 0.1 percent, the correction is + 0.01, and when the free alkali exceeds 0.4 percent, the correction is + 0.04. So, in the earlier case, we multiply 0.004064 by 0.04, add this amount to 0.004064, and multiply by 100 to get the true percentage. If the alkalinity had been close to 0.1 percent, we would have multiplied by 0.01 and added that amount.

If carbonate is also present in the soap, another 5 grams of soap is dissolved in 100 cubic centimeters of 50 per cent. alcohol and the solution titrated directly after cooling with N/40 stearic acid, using α naphtholphthalein or phenolphthalein as an indicator, without the addition of barium chloride. From the difference of the two titrations the alkali present as carbonate is determined.

If there's carbonate in the soap, another 5 grams of soap is dissolved in 100 cubic centimeters of 50 percent alcohol, and the solution is titrated directly after cooling with N/40 stearic acid, using α naphtholphthalein or phenolphthalein as an indicator, without adding barium chloride. The amount of alkali present as carbonate is determined from the difference between the two titrations.

If the decomposed soap solution is colorless with phenolphthalein, free fatty acids are present, which may be quickly determined with alcoholic N/10 sodium hydroxide.[Pg 143]

If the broken-down soap solution is clear with phenolphthalein, it means free fatty acids are there, which can be quickly tested with alcoholic N/10 sodium hydroxide.[Pg 143]

INSOLUBLE MATTER.

The insoluble matter in soap may consist of organic or inorganic substances. Among the organic substances which are usually present in soap are oat meal, bran, sawdust, etc., while among the common inorganic or mineral compounds are pumice, silex, clay, talc, zinc oxide, infusorial earth, sand or other material used as fillers.

The insoluble material in soap can include both organic and inorganic substances. Common organic substances typically found in soap are oatmeal, bran, sawdust, and so on, while the usual inorganic or mineral compounds include pumice, silica, clay, talc, zinc oxide, diatomaceous earth, sand, or other materials used as fillers.

To determine insoluble matter, 5 grams of soap are dissolved in 75 cubic centimeters of hot water. The solution is filtered through a weighed gooch crucible or filter paper. The residue remaining on the filter is washed with hot water until all the soap is removed, is then dried to constant weight at 105 degrees C. and weighed. From the difference in weight of the gooch or filter paper and the dried residue remaining thereon after filtering and drying, the total percentage of insoluble matter may easily be calculated. By igniting the residue and reweighing the amount of insoluble mineral matter can be readily determined.

To find out the amount of insoluble material, dissolve 5 grams of soap in 75 cubic centimeters of hot water. Filter the solution using a weighed gooch crucible or filter paper. Wash the residue left on the filter with hot water until all the soap is gone, then dry it to a constant weight at 105 degrees C and weigh it. You can easily calculate the total percentage of insoluble matter by subtracting the weight of the gooch or filter paper from the weight of the dried residue after filtering and drying. By igniting the residue and weighing it again, you can easily determine the amount of insoluble mineral matter.

STARCH AND GELATINE.

Should starch or gelatine be present in soap it is necessary to extract 5 grams of the soap with 100 cubic centimeters of 95 per cent. neutralized alcohol in a Soxhlet extractor until the residue on the extraction thimble is in a powder form. If necessary the apparatus should be disconnected and any lumps crushed, as these may contain soap. The residue remaining on the thimble consists of all substances present in soap, insoluble in alcohol. This is dried and weighed so that any percentage of impurities not actually determined can be found by difference. Starch and gelatine are separated from carbonate, sulfate and borate by dissolving the latter out through a filter with cold water. The starch and gelatine thus remaining can be determined by[Pg 144] known methods, starch by the method of direct hydrolysis[15] and gelatine by Kjeldahling and calculating the corresponding amount of gelatine from the percentage of nitrogen (17.9%) therein.[16]

If starch or gelatin is present in soap, you need to extract 5 grams of the soap using 100 cubic centimeters of 95 percent neutralized alcohol in a Soxhlet extractor until the residue on the extraction thimble turns into a powder. If needed, disconnect the apparatus and crush any lumps, as these may contain soap. The residue left on the thimble is made up of all the substances in the soap that don't dissolve in alcohol. This residue is dried and weighed to find out the percentage of impurities that weren’t directly measured. Starch and gelatin are separated from carbonate, sulfate, and borate by filtering the latter out with cold water. The remaining starch and gelatin can then be determined using known methods, with starch assessed by direct hydrolysis and gelatin through Kjeldahl analysis, calculating the corresponding amount of gelatin from the nitrogen percentage (17.9%) present.

TOTAL FATTY AND RESIN ACIDS.

To the filtrate from the insoluble matter add 40 cubic centimeters of half normal sulfuric acid, all the acid being added at once. Boil, stir thoroughly for some minutes and keep warm on a water bath until the fatty acids have collected as a clear layer on the surface. Cool by placing the beaker in ice and syphon off the acid water through a filter. Should the fatty acids not readily congeal a weighed amount of dried bleached bees-wax or stearic acid may be added to the hot mixture. This fuses with the hot mass and forms a firm cake of fatty acids upon cooling. Without removing the fatty acids from the beaker, add about 300 cubic centimeters of hot water, cool, syphon off the water through the same filter used before and wash again. Repeat washing, cooling and syphoning processes until the wash water is no longer acid. When this stage is reached, dissolve any fatty acid which may have remained on the filter with hot 95 per cent. alcohol into the beaker containing the fatty acids. Evaporate the alcohol and dry the beaker to constant weight over a water bath. The fatty acids thus obtained represent the combined fatty acids, uncombined fat and hydrocarbons.

To the liquid from the insoluble matter, add 40 milliliters of half-normal sulfuric acid, adding all the acid at once. Boil, stir thoroughly for a few minutes, and keep warm in a water bath until the fatty acids have formed a clear layer on the surface. Cool by placing the beaker in ice and siphon off the acid water through a filter. If the fatty acids don't congeal easily, you can add a measured amount of dried bleached beeswax or stearic acid to the hot mixture. This will melt with the hot mass and create a solid cake of fatty acids as it cools. Without taking the fatty acids out of the beaker, add about 300 milliliters of hot water, cool down, siphon off the water through the same filter used earlier, and wash again. Repeat the washing, cooling, and siphoning until the wash water is no longer acidic. Once this step is done, dissolve any fatty acid that may have remained on the filter with hot 95% alcohol into the beaker containing the fatty acids. Evaporate the alcohol and dry the beaker to a constant weight over a water bath. The fatty acids obtained will represent the combined fatty acids, uncombined fat, and hydrocarbons.

DETERMINATION OF ROSIN.

If resin acids are present, this may be determined by the Liebermann-Storch reaction. To carry out this test shake 2 cubic centimeters of the fatty acids with 5 cubic[Pg 145] centimeters of acetic anhydride; warm slightly; cool; draw off the anhydride and add 1:1 sulfuric acid. A violet color, which is not permanent, indicates the presence of rosin in the soap. The cholesterol in linseed or fish oil, which of course may be present in the soap, also give this reaction.

If resin acids are present, you can check for them using the Liebermann-Storch reaction. To perform this test, shake 2 cubic centimeters of the fatty acids with 5 cubic[Pg 145] centimeters of acetic anhydride; warm it slightly; let it cool; then draw off the anhydride and add an equal amount of sulfuric acid. A violet color, which is not permanent, suggests that rosin is in the soap. Cholesterol from linseed or fish oil, which can also be in the soap, will produce this reaction as well.

Should resin acids be present, these may be separated by the Twitchell method, which depends upon the difference in the behavior of the fatty and resin acids when converted into their ethyl esters through the action of hydrochloric acid. This may be carried out as follows:

Should resin acids be present, these can be separated using the Twitchell method, which relies on the different behaviors of fatty and resin acids when they are converted into their ethyl esters by hydrochloric acid. This can be done as follows:

Three grams of the dried mixed acids are dissolved in 25 cubic centimeters of absolute alcohol in a 100 cubic centimeter stoppered flask; the flask placed in cold water and shaken. To this cooled solution 25 cubic centimeters of absolute alcohol saturated with dry hydrochloric acid is added. The flask is shaken occasionally and the action allowed to continue for twenty minutes, then 10 grams of dry granular zinc chloride are added, the flask shaken and again allowed to stand for twenty minutes. The contents of the flask are then poured into 200 cubic centimeters of water in a 500 cubic centimeter beaker and the flask rinsed out with alcohol. A small strip of zinc is placed in the beaker and the alcohol evaporated. The beaker is then cooled and transferred to a separatory funnel, washing out the beaker with 50 cubic centimeters of gasoline (boiling below 80 degrees C.) and extracting by shaking the funnel well. Draw off the acid solution after allowing to separate and wash the gasoline with water until free from hydrochloric acid. Draw off the gasoline solution and evaporate the gasoline. Dissolve the residue in neutral alcohol and titrate with standard alkali using phenolphthalein as an indicator. One cubic centimeter of normal alkali equals 0.346 grams of rosin. The rosin may[Pg 146] be gravimetrically determined by washing the gasoline extract with water, it not being necessary to wash absolutely free from acid, then adding 0.5 gram of potassium hydroxide and 5 cubic centimeters of alcohol in 50 cubic centimeters of water. Upon shaking the resin acids are rapidly saponified and extracted by the dilute alkaline solution as rosin soaps, while the ethyl esters remain in solution in the gasoline. Draw off the soap solution, wash the gasoline solution again with dilute alkali and unite the alkaline solutions. Decompose the alkaline soap solution with an excess of hydrochloric acid and weigh the resin acids liberated as in the determination of total fatty acids.

Dissolve three grams of the dried mixed acids in 25 milliliters of absolute alcohol in a 100 milliliter stoppered flask; place the flask in cold water and shake it. Add 25 milliliters of absolute alcohol that’s saturated with dry hydrochloric acid to this cooled solution. Shake the flask occasionally and let the reaction continue for twenty minutes, then add 10 grams of dry granular zinc chloride, shake the flask again, and let it sit for another twenty minutes. Pour the contents of the flask into 200 milliliters of water in a 500 milliliter beaker and rinse the flask with alcohol. Place a small strip of zinc in the beaker and let the alcohol evaporate. Cool the beaker and transfer it to a separatory funnel, rinsing the beaker with 50 milliliters of gasoline (boiling below 80 degrees C.) and shaking the funnel well to extract. After letting it separate, draw off the acid solution and wash the gasoline with water until it’s free from hydrochloric acid. Draw off the gasoline solution and evaporate the gasoline. Dissolve the residue in neutral alcohol and titrate with standard alkali using phenolphthalein as an indicator. One milliliter of normal alkali equals 0.346 grams of rosin. The rosin may[Pg 146] be determined by weight by washing the gasoline extract with water; it does not need to be completely free from acid. Then, add 0.5 gram of potassium hydroxide and 5 milliliters of alcohol in 50 milliliters of water. When shaken, the resin acids are quickly saponified and extracted by the dilute alkaline solution as rosin soaps, while the ethyl esters stay in solution in the gasoline. Draw off the soap solution, wash the gasoline solution again with dilute alkali, and combine the alkaline solutions. Break down the alkaline soap solution with an excess of hydrochloric acid and weigh the liberated resin acids as you would for determining total fatty acids.

According to Lewkowitsch, the results obtained by the volumetric method which assumes a combining weight of 346 for resin acids, are very likely to be high. On the other hand those obtained by the gravimetric method are too low.

According to Lewkowitsch, the results from the volumetric method, which assumes a combining weight of 346 for resin acids, are likely too high. On the other hand, those obtained from the gravimetric method are too low.

Leiste and Stiepel[17] have devised a simpler method for the determination of rosin. They make use of the fact that the resin acids as sodium soaps are soluble in acetone and particularly acetone containing two per cent. water, while the fatty acid soaps are soluble in this solvent to the extent of only about 2 per cent. First of all it is necessary to show that the sample to be analyzed contains a mixture of resin and fatty acids. This may be done by the Liebermann-Storch reaction already described. Glycerine interferes with the method. Two grams of fatty acids or 3 grams of soap are weighed in a nickel crucible and dissolved in 15-20 cubic centimeters of alcohol. The solution is then neutralized with alcoholic sodium hydroxide, using phenolphthalein as an indicator. The mass is concentrated by heat over an asbestos plate until a slight film[Pg 147] forms over it. Then about 10 grams of sharp, granular, ignited sand are stirred in by means of a spatula, the alcohol further evaporated, the mixture being constantly stirred and then thoroughly dried in a drying oven. The solvent for the cooled mass is acetone containing 2 per cent. water. It is obtained from acetone dried by ignited sodium sulfate and adding 2 per cent. water by volume. One hundred cubic centimeters of this solvent are sufficient for extracting the above. The extraction of the rosin soap is conducted by adding 10 cubic centimeters of acetone eight times, rubbing the mass thoroughly with a spatula and decanting. The decanted portions are combined in a beaker and the suspended fatty soaps allowed to separate. The mixture is then filtered into a previously weighed flask and washed several times with the acetone remaining. The solution of rosin soap should show no separation of solid matter after having evaporated to half the volume and allowing to cool. If a separation should occur another filtration and the slightest possible washing is necessary. To complete the analysis, the acetone is completely evaporated and the mass dried to constant weight in a drying oven. The weight found gives the weight of the rosin soap. In conducting the determination, it is important to dry the mixture of soap and sand thoroughly. In dealing with potash soaps it is necessary to separate the fatty acids from these and use them as acetone dissolves too great a quantity of a potash soap.

Leiste and Stiepel[17] have developed an easier method for determining rosin. They utilize the fact that resin acids, as sodium soaps, dissolve in acetone, especially in acetone mixed with two percent water, while fatty acid soaps only dissolve in this solvent to about two percent. First, it’s essential to confirm that the sample being analyzed contains a mix of resin and fatty acids. This can be done using the Liebermann-Storch reaction, which has already been described. Glycerine interferes with the process. Two grams of fatty acids or three grams of soap are weighed in a nickel crucible and dissolved in 15-20 cubic centimeters of alcohol. The solution is then neutralized with alcoholic sodium hydroxide, using phenolphthalein as an indicator. The mixture is concentrated by heating it over an asbestos plate until a thin film forms on its surface. Then, about ten grams of sharp, granular, ignited sand are stirred in with a spatula, the alcohol is evaporated further while constantly stirring, and then thoroughly dried in a drying oven. The solvent for the cooled mixture is acetone containing two percent water. This is prepared from acetone dried with ignited sodium sulfate and adding two percent water by volume. One hundred cubic centimeters of this solvent are enough for the extraction. The extraction of the rosin soap is done by adding ten cubic centimeters of acetone eight times, thoroughly rubbing the mass with a spatula, and decanting. The decanted portions are combined in a beaker, and the suspended fatty soaps are allowed to separate. The mixture is then filtered into a previously weighed flask and washed several times with the remaining acetone. The solution of rosin soap should show no solid matter separation after evaporating to half its volume and allowing it to cool. If separation occurs, another filtration and minimal washing are needed. To complete the analysis, the acetone is fully evaporated, and the mass is dried to a constant weight in a drying oven. The weight obtained indicates the weight of the rosin soap. When performing the determination, it is crucial to dry the mixture of soap and sand thoroughly. When dealing with potash soaps, it is necessary to separate the fatty acids from them, as acetone dissolves too much of a potash soap.

TOTAL ALKALI.

In the filtrate remaining after having washed the fatty acids in the determination of total fatty and resin acids all the alkali present as soap, as carbonate and as hydroxide remains in solution as sulfate. Upon titrating this solution with half normal alkali the difference between the[Pg 148] half normal acid used in decomposing the soap and alkali used in titrating the excess of acid gives the amount of total alkali in the soap. By deducting the amount of free alkali present as carbonate or hydroxide previously found the amount of combined alkali in the soap may be calculated.

In the solution left after washing out the fatty acids while measuring total fatty and resin acids, all the alkali present as soap, carbonate, and hydroxide stays dissolved as sulfate. When you titrate this solution with half normal alkali, the difference between the[Pg 148] half normal acid used to break down the soap and the alkali used to titrate the extra acid indicates the total amount of alkali in the soap. By subtracting the amount of free alkali found as carbonate or hydroxide, you can calculate the quantity of combined alkali in the soap.

To quickly determine total alkali in soap a weighed portion of the soap may be ignited to a white ash and the ash titrated for alkalinity using methyl orange as an indicator.

To quickly find the total alkali in soap, you can burn a measured amount of the soap to produce white ash and then titrate the ash for alkalinity using methyl orange as an indicator.

UNSAPONIFIED MATTER.

Dissolve 5 grams of soap in 50 cubic centimeters of 50 per cent. alcohol. Should any free fatty acids be present neutralize them with standard alkali. Wash into a separatory funnel with 50 per cent. alcohol and extract with 100 cubic centimeters of gasoline, boiling at 50 degrees to 60 degrees C. Wash the gasoline with water, draw off the watery layer. Run the gasoline into a weighed dish, evaporate the alcohol, dry and weigh the residue as unsaponified matter. The residue contains any hydrocarbon oils or fats not converted into soap.

Dissolve 5 grams of soap in 50 milliliters of 50 percent alcohol. If there are any free fatty acids, neutralize them with standard alkali. Rinse into a separatory funnel with 50 percent alcohol and extract with 100 milliliters of gasoline, boiling at 50 to 60 degrees Celsius. Wash the gasoline with water and separate the watery layer. Pour the gasoline into a weighed dish, evaporate the alcohol, dry, and weigh the residue as unsaponified matter. The residue includes any hydrocarbon oils or fats that weren't turned into soap.

SILICA AND SILICATES.

The insoluble silicates, sand, etc., are present in the ignited residue in the determination of insoluble matter. Sodium silicate, extensively used as a filler, however, will only show itself in forming a pasty liquid. Where it is desired to determine sodium silicate, 10 grams of soap are ashed by ignition, hydrochloric acid added to the ash in excess and evaporated to dryness. More hydrochloric acid is then added and the mass is again evaporated until dry; then cooled; moistened with hydrochloric acid; dissolved in water; filtered; washed; the filtrate evaporated to dryness and again taken up with hydrochloric acid and water;[Pg 149] filtered and washed. The precipitates are then combined and ignited. Silicon dioxide (SiO2) is thus formed, which can be calculated to sodium silicate (Na2Si4O9). Should other metals than alkali metals be suspected present the filtrate from the silica determinations should be examined.

The insoluble silicates, sand, etc., are present in the ignited residue when determining insoluble matter. Sodium silicate, which is widely used as a filler, will only appear as a pasty liquid. If you want to determine sodium silicate, ash 10 grams of soap by igniting it, then add an excess of hydrochloric acid to the ash and evaporate it to dryness. Add more hydrochloric acid and evaporate the mixture again until dry; then cool it, moisten it with hydrochloric acid, dissolve it in water, filter it, and wash it. The filtrate should be evaporated to dryness and then redissolved in hydrochloric acid and water; [Pg 149] filter and wash again. Combine the precipitates and ignite them. Silicon dioxide (SiO2) is formed, which can be calculated to sodium silicate (Na2Si4O9). If there are concerns about the presence of other metals besides alkali metals, the filtrate from the silica determinations should be examined.

GLYCERINE IN SOAP.

To determine the amount of glycerine contained in soap dissolve 25 grams in hot water, add a slight excess of sulfuric acid and keep hot until the fatty acids form as a clear layer on top. Cool the mass and remove the fatty acids. Filter the acid solution into a 25 cubic centimeter graduated flask; bring to the mark with water and determine the glycerine by the bichromate method as described under glycerine analysis.

To find out how much glycerine is in soap, dissolve 25 grams of it in hot water, then add a little extra sulfuric acid and keep it warm until the fatty acids separate and form a clear layer on top. Let it cool and take out the fatty acids. Pour the acidic solution into a 25 cubic centimeter graduated flask; add water until it reaches the mark, and measure the glycerine using the bichromate method as explained in the glycerine analysis section.

When sugar is present the bichromate would be reduced by the sugar, hence this method is not applicable. In this case remove the fatty acids as before, neutralize an aliquot portion with milk of lime, evaporate to 10 cubic centimeters, add 2 grams of sand and milk of lime containing about 2 grams of calcium hydroxide and evaporate almost to dryness. Treat the moist residue with 5 cubic centimeters of 96 per cent. alcohol, rub the whole mass into a paste, then constantly stirring, heat on a water bath and decant into a 250 cubic centimeter graduated flask. Repeat the washing with 5 cubic centimeters of alcohol five or six times, each time pouring the washings into the flask; cool the flask to room temperature and fill to the mark with 96 per cent. alcohol, agitate the flask until well mixed and filter through a dry filter paper. Take 200 cubic centimeters of the nitrate and evaporate to a syrupy consistency over a safety water bath. Wash the liquor into a stoppered flask with 20 cubic centimeters of absolute alcohol, add 30 cubic centimeters of absolute ether 10[Pg 150] cubic centimeters at a time, shaking well after each addition and let stand until clear. Pour off the solution through a filter into a weighed dish and wash out the flask with a mixture of three parts absolute ether and two parts absolute alcohol. Evaporate to a syrup, dry for one hour at the temperature of boiling water, weigh, ignite and weigh again. The loss is glycerine. This multiplied by 5/4 gives the total loss for the aliquot portion taken. The glycerine may also be determined by the acetin or bichromate methods after driving off the alcohol and ether if so desired.

When sugar is present, the bichromate would be reduced by the sugar, making this method unsuitable. In this case, remove the fatty acids as before, neutralize an aliquot portion with milk of lime, evaporate it down to 10 cubic centimeters, add 2 grams of sand and milk of lime containing about 2 grams of calcium hydroxide, and evaporate almost to dryness. Treat the moist residue with 5 cubic centimeters of 96% alcohol, mash the whole mixture into a paste, then, while continuously stirring, heat it in a water bath and pour it into a 250 cubic centimeter graduated flask. Repeat the washing process with 5 cubic centimeters of alcohol five or six times, pouring each wash into the flask; cool the flask to room temperature and fill it to the mark with 96% alcohol, shaking the flask until well mixed and then filter through a dry filter paper. Take 200 cubic centimeters of the nitrate and evaporate it to a syrupy consistency over a safety water bath. Wash the liquid into a stoppered flask with 20 cubic centimeters of absolute alcohol, then add 30 cubic centimeters of absolute ether 10 cubic centimeters at a time, shaking well after each addition and letting it stand until clear. Pour the solution through a filter into a weighed dish and wash out the flask with a mixture of three parts absolute ether and two parts absolute alcohol. Evaporate to a syrup, dry for one hour at the temperature of boiling water, weigh it, ignite it, and weigh it again. The loss indicates the amount of glycerin. Multiply this by 5/4 to get the total loss for the aliquot portion taken. The glycerin can also be determined by the acetin or bichromate methods after removing the alcohol and ether, if desired.

SUGAR IN SOAP.

To determine sugar in soap, usually present in transparent soaps, decompose a soap solution of 5 grams of soap dissolved in 100 cubic centimeters of hot water with an excess of hydrochloric acid and separate the fatty acids as usual. Filter the acid solution into a graduated flask and make up to the mark. Take an aliquot containing approximately 1 per cent. of reducing sugar and determine the amount of sugar by the Soxhlet method.[18]

To find sugar in soap, which is typically found in clear soaps, dissolve 5 grams of soap in 100 cubic centimeters of hot water with extra hydrochloric acid, and separate the fatty acids like you normally would. Filter the acidic solution into a graduated flask and bring it up to the line. Take a sample that has about 1 percent reducing sugar and measure the sugar content using the Soxhlet method.[18]

GLYCERINE ANALYSIS.

The methods of analyzing glycerine varied so greatly due to the fact that glycerine contained impurities which acted so much like glycerine as to introduce serious errors in the determinations of crude glycerine. This led to the appointment of committees in the United States and Europe to investigate the methods of glycerine analysis. An international committee met after their investigations and decided the acetin method should control the buying and selling of glycerine, but the more convenient bichromate method in a standardized form might be used[Pg 151] in factory control and other technical purposes. The following are the methods of analysis and sampling as suggested by the international committee:

The ways to analyze glycerine varied a lot because it contained impurities that resembled glycerine enough to cause major errors in determining the quality of crude glycerine. This prompted the formation of committees in the United States and Europe to look into glycerine analysis methods. After their investigations, an international committee met and decided that the acetin method should be the standard for buying and selling glycerine, but the more convenient bichromate method in a standardized form could be used[Pg 151] for factory control and other technical purposes. Here are the analysis and sampling methods suggested by the international committee:

SAMPLING.

The most satisfactory method available for sampling crude glycerine liable to contain suspended matter, or which is liable to deposit salt on settling, is to have the glycerine sampled by a mutually approved sampler as soon as possible after it is filled into drums, but in any case before any separation of salt has taken place. In such cases he shall sample with a sectional sampler (see appendix) then seal the drums, brand them with a number for identification, and keep a record of the brand number. The presence of any visible salt or other suspended matter is to be noted by the sampler, and a report of the same made in his certificate, together with the temperature of the glycerine. Each drum must be sampled. Glycerine which has deposited salt or other solid matter cannot be accurately sampled from the drums, but an approximate sample can be obtained by means of the sectional sampler, which will allow a complete vertical section of the glycerine to be taken including any deposit.

The best way to sample crude glycerine that might have suspended particles or could leave behind salt when it settles is to have a mutually agreed-upon sampler collect the glycerine as soon as it’s filled into drums, and definitely before any salt separation occurs. In these cases, the sampler should use a sectional sampler (see appendix), seal the drums, label them with a unique number for identification, and keep a record of that number. The sampler should note any visible salt or other suspended material and include that information in their certificate, along with the glycerine's temperature. Every drum needs to be sampled. Glycerine that has settled salt or other solid materials cannot be accurately sampled from the drums, but a rough sample can be obtained using the sectional sampler, which allows for capturing a full vertical section of the glycerine, including any deposits.

ANALYSIS.

1. Determination of Free Caustic Alkali.—Put 20 grams of the sample into a 100 cc. flask, dilute with approximately 50 cc. of freshly boiled distilled water, add an excess of neutral barium chloride solution, 1 cc. of phenolphthalein solution, make up to the mark and mix. Allow the precipitate to settle, draw off 50 cc. of the clear liquid and titrate with normal acid (N/1). Calculate the percentage of Na2O existing as caustic alkali.

1. Determination of Free Caustic Alkali.—Take 20 grams of the sample and place it in a 100 cc flask. Dilute it with about 50 cc of freshly boiled distilled water. Add an excess of neutral barium chloride solution and 1 cc of phenolphthalein solution. Bring it up to the mark and mix well. Let the precipitate settle, then draw off 50 cc of the clear liquid and titrate it with normal acid (N/1). Calculate the percentage of Na2O present as caustic alkali.

2. Determination of Ash and Total Alkalinity.—Weigh[Pg 152] 2 to 5 grams of the sample in a platinum dish, burn off the glycerine over a luminous Argand burner or other source of heat,[19] giving a low temperature, to avoid volatilization and the formation of sulphides. When the mass is charred to the point that water will not be colored by soluble organic matter, lixiviate with hot distilled water, filter, wash and ignite the residue in the platinum dish. Return the filtrate and washings to the dish, evaporate the water, and carefully ignite without fusion. Weigh the ash.

2. Determination of Ash and Total Alkalinity.—Weigh[Pg 152] 2 to 5 grams of the sample in a platinum dish, burn off the glycerine over a bright Argand burner or another heat source,[19] keeping the temperature low to prevent volatilization and the creation of sulfides. Once the mass is charred enough that water won’t be colored by soluble organic matter, leach it with hot distilled water, filter, wash, and ignite the residue in the platinum dish. Return the filtrate and washings to the dish, evaporate the water, and carefully ignite without causing fusion. Weigh the ash.

Dissolve the ash in distilled water and titrate total alkalinity, using as indicator methyl orange cold or litmus boiling.

Dissolve the ash in distilled water and titrate total alkalinity, using methyl orange as an indicator for cold solutions or litmus for boiling solutions.

3. Determination of Alkali Present as Carbonate.—Take 10 grams of the sample, dilute with 50 cc. distilled water, add sufficient N/1 acid to neutralize the total alkali found at (2), boil under a reflux condenser for 15 to 20 minutes, wash down the condenser tube with distilled water, free from carbon dioxide, and then titrate back with N/1 NaOH, using phenolphthalein as indicator. Calculate the percentage of Na2O. Deduct the Na2O found in (1). The difference is the percentage of Na2O existing as carbonate.

3. Determination of Alkali Present as Carbonate.—Take 10 grams of the sample, dilute it with 50 cc of distilled water, add enough N/1 acid to neutralize the total alkali found in (2), and boil under a reflux condenser for 15 to 20 minutes. Wash down the condenser tube with distilled water that is free from carbon dioxide, and then titrate back with N/1 NaOH, using phenolphthalein as the indicator. Calculate the percentage of Na2O. Subtract the Na2O found in (1). The difference is the percentage of Na2O present as carbonate.

4. Alkali Combined with Organic Acids.—The sum of the percentages of Na2O found at (1) and (3) deducted from the percentage found at (2) is a measure of the Na2O or other alkali combined with organic acids.

4. Alkali Combined with Organic Acids.—The total percentage of Na2O found at (1) and (3) subtracted from the percentage found at (2) indicates the amount of Na2O or other alkali that is combined with organic acids.

5. Determination of Acidity.—Take 10 grams of the sample, dilute with 50 cc. distilled water free from carbon dioxide, and titrate with N/1 NaOH and phenolphthalein. Express in terms of Na2O required to neutralize 100 grams.

5. Determination of Acidity.—Take 10 grams of the sample, dilute it with 50 cc of distilled water that's free from carbon dioxide, and titrate using N/1 NaOH and phenolphthalein. Express the results in terms of Na2O needed to neutralize 100 grams.

6. Determination of Total Residue at 160° C.—For this determination the crude glycerine should be slightly alkaline with Na2CO3 not [Pg 153]exceeding 0.2 per cent. Na2O, in order to prevent loss of organic acids. To avoid the formation of polyglycerols this alkalinity must not be exceeded.

6. Determination of Total Residue at 160° C.—For this determination, the crude glycerine should be slightly alkaline with Na2CO3 not exceeding 0.2 percent Na2O, to prevent the loss of organic acids. To avoid forming polyglycerols, this level of alkalinity must not be exceeded.

Ten grams of the sample are put into a 100 cc. flask, diluted with water and the calculated quantity of N/1 HCl or Na2CO3 added to give the required degree of alkalinity. The flask is filled to 100 cc., the contents mixed, and 10 cc. measured into a weighed Petrie or similar dish 2.5 in. in diameter and 0.5 in. deep, which should have a flat bottom. In the case of crude glycerine abnormally high in organic residue a smaller amount should be taken, so that the weight of the organic residue does not materially exceed 30 to 40 milligrams.

Ten grams of the sample are placed into a 100 cc flask, diluted with water, and the calculated amount of N/1 HCl or Na2CO3 is added to achieve the desired level of alkalinity. The flask is filled to 100 cc, the contents are mixed, and 10 cc is measured into a weighed Petrie dish or a similar dish that is 2.5 inches in diameter and 0.5 inches deep, which should have a flat bottom. If the crude glycerine has an unusually high organic residue, a smaller amount should be taken to ensure that the weight of the organic residue does not significantly exceed 30 to 40 milligrams.

The dish is placed on a water bath (the top of the 160° oven acts equally well) until most of the water has evaporated. From this point the evaporation is effected in the oven. Satisfactory results are obtained in an oven[20] measuring 12 ins. cube, having an iron plate 0.75 in. thick lying on the bottom to distribute the heat. Strips of asbestos millboard are placed on a shelf half way up the oven. On these strips the dish containing the glycerine is placed.

The dish is put in a water bath (the top of a 160° oven works just as well) until most of the water has evaporated. After this, the evaporation continues in the oven. Good results are achieved in an oven[20] that measures 12 inches on each side, with a 0.75-inch thick iron plate at the bottom to evenly distribute the heat. Strips of asbestos millboard are placed on a shelf halfway up the oven. The dish with the glycerin is placed on these strips.

If the temperature of the oven has been adjusted to 160° C. with the door closed, a temperature of 130° to 140° can be readily maintained with the door partially open, and the glycerine, or most of it, should be evaporated off at this temperature. When only a slight vapor is seen to come off, the dish is removed and allowed to cool.

If the oven temperature is set to 160°C with the door closed, a temperature of 130° to 140° can easily be maintained with the door slightly open, and most of the glycerin should evaporate at this temperature. When you see just a small amount of vapor, take the dish out and let it cool.

An addition of 0.5 to 1.0 cc. of water is made, and by[Pg 154] a rotary motion the residue brought wholly or nearly into solution. The dish is then allowed to remain on a water bath or top of the oven until the excess water has evaporated and the residue is in such a condition that on returning to the oven at 160° C. it will not spurt. The time taken up to this point cannot be given definitely, nor is it important. Usually two or three hours are required. From this point, however, the schedule of time must be strictly adhered to. The dish is allowed to remain in the oven, the temperature of which is carefully maintained at 160° C. for one hour, when it is removed, cooled, the residue treated with water, and the water evaporated as before. The residue is then subjected to a second baking of one hour, after which the dish is allowed to cool in a desiccator over sulphuric acid and weighed. The treatment with water, etc., is repeated until a constant loss of 1 to 1.5 mg. per hour is obtained.

Add 0.5 to 1.0 cc. of water, and using[Pg 154] a rotary motion, mix until the residue is completely or nearly dissolved. Then, let the dish sit on a water bath or on top of the oven until the excess water evaporates and the residue is in a state where it won't spurt when returned to the oven at 160° C. The exact time for this step isn't definitive, nor is it critical. Typically, it takes two to three hours. However, from this point onward, you need to strictly follow the timing schedule. Keep the dish in the oven, maintaining the temperature at 160° C. for one hour, then remove it, let it cool, treat the residue with water, and evaporate the water as before. Next, subject the residue to a second baking for one hour, after which let the dish cool in a desiccator over sulfuric acid and weigh it. Repeat the treatment with water, etc., until you achieve a consistent loss of 1 to 1.5 mg per hour.

In the case of acid glycerine a correction must be made for the alkali added 1 cc. N/1 alkali represents an addition of 0.03 gram. In the case of alkaline crudes a correction should be made for the acid added. Deduct the increase in weight due to the conversion of the NaOH and Na2CO3 to NaCl. The corrected weight multiplied by 100 gives the percentage of total residue at 160° C.

In the case of acid glycerine, you need to adjust for the added alkali: 1 cc. N/1 alkali equals an addition of 0.03 gram. For alkaline crudes, you should adjust for the added acid. Subtract the weight increase from converting the NaOH and Na2CO3 to NaCl. Multiply the corrected weight by 100 to get the percentage of total residue at 160° C.

This residue is taken for the determination of the non-volatile acetylizable impurities (see acetin method).

This leftover is used to determine the non-volatile acetylizable impurities (see acetin method).

7. Organic residue.—Subtract the ash from the total residue at 160° C. Report as organic residue at 160° C. (it should be noted that alkaline salts of fatty acids are converted to carbonates on ignition and that the CO3 thus derived is not included in the organic residue).[Pg 155]

7. Organic residue.—Subtract the ash from the total residue at 160°C. Report this as organic residue at 160°C. (It's important to note that alkaline salts of fatty acids turn into carbonates when burned, and the CO3 produced is not counted as part of the organic residue).[Pg 155]

ACETIN PROCESS FOR THE DETERMINATION OF GLYCEROL.

This process is the one agreed upon at a conference of delegates from the British, French, German and American committees, and has been confirmed by each of the above committees as giving results nearer to the truth than the bichromate method on crudes in general. It is the process to be used (if applicable) whenever only one method is employed. On pure glycerines the results are identical with those obtained by the bichromate process. For the application of this method the crude glycerine should not contain over 60 per cent. water.

This process was agreed upon at a conference of delegates from the British, French, German, and American committees, and has been confirmed by each committee as producing results that are closer to the truth than the bichromate method for most crudes. It is the method to use (if applicable) whenever only one method is applied. For pure glycerines, the results are the same as those obtained by the bichromate process. When using this method, the crude glycerine should not have more than 60 percent water.

REAGENTS REQUIRED.

(A) Best Acetic Anhydride.—This should be carefully selected. A good sample must not require more than 0.1 cc. normal NaOH for saponification of the impurities when a blank is run on 7.5 cc. Only a slight color should develop during digestion of the blank.

(A) Best Acetic Anhydride.—This should be chosen with care. A good sample should not need more than 0.1 cc. of normal NaOH to saponify the impurities when running a blank on 7.5 cc. Only a slight color should appear during the digestion of the blank.

The anhydride may be tested for strength by the following method: Into a weighed stoppered vessel, containing 10 to 20 cc. of water, run about 2 cc. of the anhydride, replace the stopper and weigh. Let stand with occasional shaking, for several hours, to permit the hydrolysis of all the anhydride; then dilute to about 200 cc., add phenolphthalein and titrate with N/1 NaOH. This gives the total acidity due to free acetic acid and acid formed from the anhydride. It is worthy of note that in the presence of much free anhydride a compound is formed with phenolphthalein, soluble in alkali and acetic acid, but insoluble in neutral solutions. If a turbidity is noticed toward the end of the neutralization it is an indication that the anhydride is incompletely hydrolyzed and inasmuch as the indicator is withdrawn from the solution, results may be incorrect.[Pg 156]

The anhydride can be tested for strength using the following method: In a weighed stoppered container with 10 to 20 cc. of water, add about 2 cc. of the anhydride, replace the stopper, and weigh it. Let it sit while occasionally shaking for several hours to allow all the anhydride to hydrolyze; then dilute to about 200 cc., add phenolphthalein, and titrate with N/1 NaOH. This will indicate the total acidity from free acetic acid and the acid formed from the anhydride. It's important to note that in the presence of excess free anhydride, a compound forms with phenolphthalein that is soluble in alkali and acetic acid but insoluble in neutral solutions. If turbidity is observed towards the end of the neutralization, it suggests that the anhydride hasn't fully hydrolyzed, and since the indicator is removed from the solution, the results could be inaccurate.[Pg 156]

Into a stoppered weighing bottle containing a known weight of recently distilled aniline (from 10 to 20 cc.) measure about 2 cc. of the sample, stopper, mix, cool and weigh. Wash the contents into about 200 cc. of cold water, and titrate the acidity as before. This yields the acidity due to the original, preformed, acetic acid plus one-half the acid due to anhydride (the other half having formed acetanilide); subtract the second result from the first (both calculated to 100 grams) and double the result, obtaining the cc. N/1 NaOH per 100 grams of the sample. 1 cc. N/NaOH equals 0.0510 anhydride.

Into a stoppered weighing bottle containing a known weight of recently distilled aniline (10 to 20 cc), add about 2 cc of the sample, stopper it, mix, cool, and weigh. Wash the contents into about 200 cc of cold water and titrate the acidity as before. This gives you the acidity from the original preformed acetic acid plus half the acid from the anhydride (the other half has formed acetanilide); subtract the second result from the first (both calculated to 100 grams) and double the result, which gives you the cc. N/1 NaOH per 100 grams of the sample. 1 cc. N/NaOH equals 0.0510 anhydride.

(B) Pure Fused Sodium Acetate.—The purchased salt is again completely fused in a platinum, silica or nickel dish, avoiding charring, powdered quickly and kept in a stoppered bottle or desiccator. It is most important that the sodium acetate be anhydrous.

(B) Pure Fused Sodium Acetate.—The purchased salt is thoroughly fused again in a platinum, silica, or nickel dish, taking care to avoid charring, then quickly powdered and stored in a stoppered bottle or desiccator. It is essential that the sodium acetate remains anhydrous.

(C) A Solution of Caustic Soda for Neutralizing, of about N/1 Strength, Free from Carbonate.—This can be readily made by dissolving pure sodium hydroxide in its own weight of water (preferably water free from carbon dioxide) and allowing to settle until clear, or filtering through an asbestos or paper filter. The clear solution is diluted with water free from carbon dioxide to the strength required.

(C) A Solution of Caustic Soda for Neutralizing, of about N/1 Strength, Free from Carbonate.—You can easily make this by dissolving pure sodium hydroxide in an equal weight of water (ideally water that is free from carbon dioxide) and letting it settle until clear, or by filtering it using asbestos or paper filter. The clear solution is then diluted with water that is free from carbon dioxide to reach the desired strength.

(D) N/1 Caustic Soda Free from Carbonate.—Prepared as above and carefully standardized. Some caustic soda solutions show a marked diminution in strength after being boiled; such solutions should be rejected.

(D) N/1 Caustic Soda Free from Carbonate.—Prepared as above and carefully standardized. Some caustic soda solutions significantly lose strength after boiling; these solutions should be discarded.

(E) N/1 Acid.—Carefully standardized.

(E) N/1 Acid.—Precisely measured.

(F) Phenolphthalein Solution.—0.5 per cent. phenolphthalein in alcohol and neutralized.

(F) Phenolphthalein Solution.—0.5% phenolphthalein in alcohol, neutralized.

THE METHOD.

In a narrow-mouthed flask (preferably round-bottomed),[Pg 157] capacity about 120 cc., which has been thoroughly cleaned and dried, weigh accurately and as rapidly as possible 1.25 to 1.5 grams of the glycerine. A Grethan or Lunge pipette will be found convenient. Add about 3 grams of the anhydrous sodium acetate, then 7.5 cc. of the acetic anhydride, and connect the flask with an upright Liebig condenser. For convenience the inner tube of this condenser should not be over 50 cm. long and 9 to 10 mm. inside diameter. The flask is connected to the condenser by either a ground glass joint (preferably) or a rubber stopper. If a rubber stopper is used it should have had a preliminary treatment with hot acetic anhydride vapor.

In a narrow-mouthed flask (preferably round-bottomed),[Pg 157] with a capacity of about 120 cc, that has been thoroughly cleaned and dried, weigh out 1.25 to 1.5 grams of glycerine as accurately and quickly as possible. A Grethan or Lunge pipette will be useful for this. Add about 3 grams of anhydrous sodium acetate, then 7.5 cc of acetic anhydride, and connect the flask to an upright Liebig condenser. For convenience, the inner tube of this condenser should be no longer than 50 cm and have an inside diameter of 9 to 10 mm. Connect the flask to the condenser using either a ground glass joint (preferably) or a rubber stopper. If a rubber stopper is used, it should be treated beforehand with hot acetic anhydride vapor.

Heat the contents and keep just boiling for one hour, taking precautions to prevent the salts drying on the sides of the flask.

Heat the mixture and keep it at a steady boil for one hour, making sure to take precautions to prevent the salts from drying on the sides of the flask.

Allow the flask to cool somewhat, and through the condenser tube add 50 cc. of distilled water free from carbon dioxide at a temperature of about 80° C., taking care that the flask is not loosened from the condenser. The object of cooling is to avoid any sudden rush of vapors from the flask on adding water, and to avoid breaking the flask. Time is saved by adding the water before the contents of the flask solidify, but the contents may be allowed to solidify and the test proceeded with the next day without detriment, bearing in mind that the anhydride in excess is much more effectively hydrolyzed in hot than in cold water. The contents of the flask may be warmed to, but must not exceed, 80° C., until the solution is complete, except a few dark flocks representing organic impurities in the crude. By giving the flask a rotary motion, solution is more quickly effected.

Let the flask cool a bit, and then through the condenser tube add 50 cc. of distilled water that is free from carbon dioxide, at a temperature of about 80° C. Make sure that the flask stays securely connected to the condenser. The cooling helps prevent any sudden outpouring of vapors from the flask when you add the water and reduces the risk of breaking the flask. You save time by adding the water before the contents in the flask solidify, but it can also be left to solidify and you can continue the test the next day without any issues, keeping in mind that the excess anhydride is broken down more effectively in hot water than in cold. The contents of the flask can be heated to, but should not go over, 80° C. until the solution is complete, except for a few dark clumps indicating organic impurities in the mixture. Rotating the flask will help the solution form more quickly.

Cool the flask and contents without loosening from the condenser. When quite cold wash down the inside of the condenser tube, detach the flask, wash off the stopper or[Pg 158] ground glass connection into the flask, and filter the contents through an acid-washed filter into a Jena glass flask of about 1 litre capacity. Wash thoroughly with cold distilled water free from carbon dioxide. Add 2 cc. of phenolphthalein solution (F), then run in caustic soda solution (C) or (D) until a faint pinkish yellow color appears throughout the solution. This neutralization must be done most carefully; the alkali should be run down the sides of the flask, the contents of which are kept rapidly swirling with occasional agitation or change of motion until the solution is nearly neutralized, as indicated by the slower disappearance of the color developed locally by the alkali running into the mixture. When this point is reached the sides of the flask are washed down with carbon dioxide-free water and the alkali subsequently added drop by drop, mixing after each drop until the desired tint is obtained.

Cool the flask and its contents without disconnecting it from the condenser. Once it's completely cool, clean the inside of the condenser tube, remove the flask, and clean the stopper or[Pg 158] ground glass connection back into the flask. Filter the contents through an acid-washed filter into a Jena glass flask that's about 1 liter in capacity. Rinse thoroughly with cold distilled water that’s free from carbon dioxide. Add 2 cc of phenolphthalein solution (F), then gradually add caustic soda solution (C) or (D) until a faint pinkish-yellow color appears throughout the solution. This neutralization must be done very carefully; the alkali should be poured down the sides of the flask while keeping the contents swirling rapidly with occasional stirring or movement until the solution is nearly neutralized, which is indicated by the slower fading of the color created locally by the alkali mixing in. When this stage is reached, wash down the sides of the flask with carbon dioxide-free water and then add the alkali drop by drop, mixing after each drop until the desired color is achieved.

Now run in from a burette 50 cc. or a calculated excess of N/1 NaOH (D) and note carefully the exact amount. Boil gently for 15 minutes, the flask being fitted with a glass tube acting as a partial condenser. Cool as quickly as possible and titrate the excess of NaOH with N/1 acid (E) until the pinkish yellow or chosen end-point color just remains.[21] A further addition of the indicator at this point will cause an increase of the pink color; this must be neglected, and the first end-point taken.

Now run in 50 cc. or a calculated excess of N/1 NaOH from a burette and carefully note the exact amount. Gently boil for 15 minutes, keeping the flask fitted with a glass tube acting as a partial condenser. Cool it down as quickly as possible and titrate the excess NaOH with N/1 acid until the pinkish yellow or chosen end-point color just remains.[21] Adding more of the indicator at this point will intensify the pink color; this should be ignored, and the first end-point should be recorded.

From the N/1 NaOH consumed calculate the percentage of glycerol (including acetylizable impurities) after making the correction for the blank test described below.

From the N/1 NaOH used, calculate the percentage of glycerol (including acetylizable impurities) after adjusting for the blank test outlined below.

1 cc. N/1 NaOH = 0.03069 gram glycerol.

1 cc. N/1 NaOH = 0.03069 grams of glycerol.

The coefficient of expansion for normal solutions is[Pg 159] 0.00033 per cc. for each degree centigrade. A correction should be made on this account if necessary.

The expansion coefficient for regular solutions is[Pg 159] 0.00033 per cc for every degree Celsius. A correction should be applied if needed.

Blank Test.—As the acetic anhydride and sodium acetate may contain impurities which affect the result, it is necessary to make a blank test, using the same quantities of acetic anhydride, sodium acetate and water as in the analysis. It is not necessary to filter the solution of the melt in this case, but sufficient time must be allowed for the hydrolysis of the anhydride before proceeding with the neutralization. After neutralization it is not necessary to add more than 10 cc. of the N/1 alkali (D), as this represents the excess usually present after the saponification of the average soap lye crude. In determining the acid equivalent of the N/1 NaOH, however, the entire amount taken in the analysis, 50 cc., should be titrated after dilution with 300 cc. water free from carbon dioxide and without boiling.

Blank Test.—Since acetic anhydride and sodium acetate may have impurities that affect the results, it’s essential to conduct a blank test using the same amounts of acetic anhydride, sodium acetate, and water as in the analysis. There’s no need to filter the solution from the melt in this instance, but make sure to allow enough time for the anhydride to hydrolyze before moving on to the neutralization. After neutralization, it’s sufficient to add no more than 10 cc. of the N/1 alkali (D), as this usually reflects the excess present after the saponification of typical soap lye crude. When determining the acid equivalent of the N/1 NaOH, however, the total amount used in the analysis—50 cc.—should be titrated after being diluted with 300 cc. of carbon dioxide-free water and without boiling.

Determination of the Glycerol Value of the Acetylizable Impurities.—The total residue at 160° C. is dissolved in 1 or 2 cc. of water, washed into the acetylizing flask and evaporated to dryness. Then add anhydrous sodium acetate and acetic anhydride in the usual amounts and proceed as described in the regular analysis. After correcting for the blank, calculate the result to glycerol.

Determination of the Glycerol Value of the Acetylizable Impurities.—Dissolve the total residue at 160° C. in 1 or 2 cc. of water, transfer it into the acetylizing flask, and evaporate it to dryness. Next, add anhydrous sodium acetate and acetic anhydride in the usual amounts and follow the standard analysis procedures. After adjusting for the blank, calculate the result in terms of glycerol.

WAYS OF CALCULATING ACTUAL GLYCEROL CONTENT.

(1) Determine the apparent percentage of glycerol in the sample by the acetin process as described. The result will include acetylizable impurities if any are present.

(1) Find the apparent percentage of glycerol in the sample using the acetin process as explained. The result will also include any acetylizable impurities that are present.

(2) Determine the total residue at 160° C.

(2) Find the total residue at 160° C.

(3) Determine the acetin value of the residue at (2) in terms of glycerol.

(3) Find the acetin value of the residue at (2) in terms of glycerol.

(4) Deduct the result found at (3) from the percentage obtained at (1) and report this corrected figure as[Pg 160] glycerol. If volatile acetylizable impurities are present these are included in this figure.

(4) Subtract the result from (3) from the percentage you got in (1) and report this adjusted number as[Pg 160] glycerol. If there are any volatile acetylizable impurities, include them in this number.

Trimethyleneglycol is more volatile than glycerine and can therefore be concentrated by fractional distillation. An approximation to the quantity can be obtained from the spread between the acetin and bichromate results on such distillates. The spread multiplied by 1.736 will give the glycol.

Trimethyleneglycol is more volatile than glycerin and can therefore be concentrated by fractional distillation. You can get an approximate quantity from the difference between the acetin and bichromate results on these distillates. Multiply the difference by 1.736 to find the amount of glycol.

BICHROMATE PROCESS FOR GLYCEROL DETERMINATION. REAGENTS REQUIRED.

(A) Pure potassium bichromate powdered and dried in air free from dust or organic vapors, at 110° to 120° C. This is taken as the standard.

(A) Pure potassium bichromate should be powdered and dried in air that is free from dust or organic vapors, at a temperature of 110° to 120° C. This is considered the standard.

(B) Dilute Bichromate Solution.—7.4564 grams of the above bichromate are dissolved in distilled water and the solution made up to one liter at 15.5° C.

(B) Dilute Bichromate Solution.—7.4564 grams of the bichromate mentioned above are dissolved in distilled water and the solution is adjusted to one liter at 15.5° C.

(C) Ferrous Ammonium Sulphate.—It is never safe to assume this salt to be constant in composition and it must be standardized against the bichromate as follows: dissolve 3.7282 grams of bichromate (A) in 50 cc. of water. Add 50 cc. of 50 per cent. sulphuric acid (by volume), and to the cold undiluted solution add from a weighing bottle a moderate excess of the ferrous ammonium sulphate, and titrate back with the dilute bichromate (B). Calculate the value of the ferrous salt in terms of bichromate.

(C) Ferrous Ammonium Sulphate.—You can’t assume that this salt has a consistent composition, so it needs to be standardized against the bichromate like this: dissolve 3.7282 grams of bichromate (A) in 50 cc. of water. Add 50 cc. of 50 percent sulfuric acid (by volume), and to the cold, undiluted solution, add a moderate excess of the ferrous ammonium sulphate from a weighing bottle, then titrate back with the dilute bichromate (B). Calculate the value of the ferrous salt in terms of bichromate.

(D) Silver Carbonate.—This is prepared as required for each test from 140 cc. of 0.5 per cent. silver sulphate solution by precipitation, with about 4.9 cc. N/1 sodium carbonate solution (a little less than the calculated quantity of N/1 sodium carbonate should be used as an excess to prevent rapid settling). Settle, decant and wash one by decantation.

(D) Silver Carbonate.—This is prepared as needed for each test from 140 cc. of a 0.5 percent silver sulfate solution by precipitation with about 4.9 cc. N/1 sodium carbonate solution (use slightly less than the calculated amount of N/1 sodium carbonate to avoid rapid settling). Let it settle, decant, and wash by decantation.

(E) Subacetate of Lead.—Boil a 10 per cent. solution[Pg 161] of pure lead acetate with an excess of litharge for one hour, keeping the volume constant, and filter while hot. Disregard any precipitate which subsequently forms. Preserve out of contact with carbon dioxide.

(E) Subacetate of Lead.—Boil a 10 percent solution[Pg 161] of pure lead acetate with extra litharge for one hour, maintaining a constant volume, and filter while hot. Ignore any precipitate that forms later. Store away from carbon dioxide.

(F) Potassium Ferricyanide.—A very dilute, freshly prepared solution containing about 0.1 per cent.

(F) Potassium Ferricyanide.—A very diluted, freshly prepared solution containing about 0.1 percent.

THE METHOD.

Weigh 20 grams of the glycerine, dilute to 250 cc. and take 25 cc. Add the silver carbonate, allow to stand, with occasional agitation, for about 10 minutes, and add a slight excess (about 5 cc. in most cases) of the basic lead acetate (E), allow to stand a few minutes, dilute with distilled water to 100 cc., and then add 0.15 cc. to compensate for the volume of the precipitate, mix thoroughly, filter through an air-dry filter into a suitable narrow-mouthed vessel, rejecting the first 10 cc., and return the filtrate if not clear and bright. Test a portion of the filtrate with a little basic lead acetate, which should produce no further precipitate (in the great majority of cases 5 cc. are ample, but occasionally a crude will be found requiring more, and in this case another aliquot of 25 cc. of the dilute glycerine should be taken and purified with 6 cc. of the basic acetate). Care must be taken to avoid a marked excess of basic acetate.

Weigh out 20 grams of glycerine, dilute it to 250 cc, and take 25 cc. Add the silver carbonate, let it sit with occasional stirring for about 10 minutes, and then add a slight excess (about 5 cc in most cases) of basic lead acetate (E). Let it sit for a few minutes, dilute with distilled water to 100 cc, and then add 0.15 cc to account for the volume of the precipitate. Mix thoroughly, filter through an air-dry filter into a suitable narrow-mouthed vessel, discarding the first 10 cc, and return the filtrate if it’s not clear and bright. Test a portion of the filtrate with a little basic lead acetate, which should not produce any further precipitate (usually, 5 cc is sufficient, but occasionally a sample might require more; in this case, take another 25 cc aliquot of the dilute glycerine and purify it with 6 cc of the basic acetate). Be careful not to add too much basic acetate.

Measure off 25 cc. of the clear filtrate into a flask or beaker (previously cleaned with potassium bichromate and sulphuric acid). Add 12 drops of sulphuric acid (1: 4) to precipitate the small excess of lead as sulphate. Add 3.7282 grams of the powdered potassium bichromate (A). Rinse down the bichromate with 25 cc. of water and let stand with occasional shaking until all the bichromate is dissolved (no reduction will take place in the cold).

Measure 25 cc of the clear filtrate into a flask or beaker (previously cleaned with potassium bichromate and sulfuric acid). Add 12 drops of sulfuric acid (1:4) to precipitate the small excess of lead as sulfate. Then, add 3.7282 grams of the powdered potassium bichromate (A). Rinse down the bichromate with 25 cc of water and let it sit with occasional shaking until all the bichromate is dissolved (no reduction will happen in the cold).

Now add 50 cc. of 50 per cent. sulphuric acid (by volume)[Pg 162] and immerse the vessel in boiling water for two hours and keep protected from dust and organic vapors, such as alcohol, till the titration is completed. Add from a weighing bottle a slight excess of the ferrous ammonium sulphate (C), making spot tests on a porcelain plate with the potassium ferricyanide (F). Titrate back with the dilute bichromate. From the amount of bichromate reduced calculate the percentage of glycerol.

Now add 50 cc. of 50 percent sulfuric acid (by volume)[Pg 162] and place the container in boiling water for two hours, keeping it protected from dust and organic vapors, like alcohol, until the titration is done. From a weighing bottle, add a slight excess of the ferrous ammonium sulfate (C), making spot tests on a porcelain plate with potassium ferricyanide (F). Titrate back with the diluted bichromate. Use the amount of bichromate reduced to calculate the percentage of glycerol.

1 gram glycerol = 7.4564 grams bichromate.

1 gram of glycerol = 7.4564 grams of bichromate.

1 gram bichromate = 0.13411 gram glycerol.

1 gram of bichromate = 0.13411 gram of glycerol.

The percentage of glycerol obtained above includes any oxidizable impurities present after the purification. A correction for the non-volatile impurities may be made by running a bichromate test on the residue at 160° C.

The percentage of glycerol obtained above includes any oxidizable impurities that are left after purification. You can correct for the non-volatile impurities by performing a bichromate test on the residue at 160° C.

NOTES.

(1) It is important that the concentration of acid in the oxidation mixture and the time of oxidation should be strictly adhered to.

(1) It's essential to strictly follow the concentration of acid in the oxidation mixture and the duration of the oxidation process.

(2) Before the bichromate is added to the glycerine solution it is essential that the slight excess of lead be precipitated with sulphuric acid, as stipulated.

(2) Before adding the bichromate to the glycerin solution, it's important to precipitate the small excess of lead with sulfuric acid, as required.

(3) For crudes practically free from chlorides the quantity of silver carbonate may be reduced to one-fifth and the basic lead acetate to 0.5 cc.

(3) For crude oils that are almost free of chlorides, the amount of silver carbonate can be cut down to one-fifth, and the basic lead acetate to 0.5 cc.

(4) It is sometimes advisable to add a little potassium sulphate to insure a clear filtrate.

(4) It can be helpful to add a bit of potassium sulfate to ensure a clear filtrate.

SAMPLING CRUDE GLYCERINE.

The usual method of sampling crude glycerine hitherto has been by means of a glass tube, which is slowly lowered into the drum with the object of taking as nearly as possible a vertical section of the glycerine contained in the[Pg 163] drum. This method has been found unsatisfactory, owing to the fact that in cold climates glycerine runs into the tube very slowly, so that, owing to the time occupied, it is impossible to take a complete section of the crude. Another objection to the glass tube is that it fails to take anything approaching a correct proportion of any settled salt contained in the drum.

The typical way to sample crude glycerine has been using a glass tube, which is slowly lowered into the drum to get as close as possible to a vertical section of the glycerine inside the [Pg 163] drum. This method has proven ineffective because, in cold climates, glycerine flows into the tube very slowly, making it impossible to take a complete sample in a reasonable time. Another drawback of the glass tube is that it doesn't accurately capture the correct amount of any settled salt that may be present in the drum.

The sampler which is illustrated herewith has been devised with the object of overcoming the objections to the glass tube as far as possible. It consists of two brass tubes, one fitting closely inside the other. A number of ports are cut out in each tube in such a way that when the ports are opened a continuous slot is formed which enables a complete section to be taken throughout the entire length of the drum. By this arrangement the glycerine fills into the sampler almost instantaneously. There are a number of ports cut at the bottom of the sampler which render it possible to take a proportion of the salt at the bottom of the drum. The instrument is so constructed that all the ports, including the bottom ones, can be closed simultaneously by the simple action of turning the handle at the top; a pointer is arranged which indicates on a dial when the sampler is open or closed. In samplers of larger section (1 in.) it is possible to arrange a third motion whereby the bottom ports only are open for emptying, but in samplers of smaller dimensions (5/8 in.) this third motion must be dispensed with, otherwise the dimensions of the ports have to be so small that the sampler would not be efficient.

The sampler shown here has been designed to address the issues associated with glass tubes as much as possible. It consists of two brass tubes, one fitting snugly inside the other. Several ports are cut into each tube so that when the ports are opened, a continuous slot is created, allowing a full sample to be taken along the entire length of the drum. This setup enables the glycerin to fill the sampler almost instantly. There are also additional ports at the bottom of the sampler that allow for a sample of the salt at the bottom of the drum to be obtained. The instrument is designed so that all the ports, including the bottom ones, can be closed at the same time with a simple turn of the handle at the top; a pointer indicates on a dial whether the sampler is open or closed. In larger samplers (1 in.), it's possible to have a third motion that allows only the bottom ports to be opened for emptying. However, in smaller samplers (5/8 in.), this third motion must be left out, or else the ports would have to be so small that the sampler wouldn't work effectively.

In using the sampler it is introduced into the drum with the ports closed, and when it has touched the bottom, the ports are opened for a second or two, then closed and withdrawn, and the sample discharged into the receiving vessel by opening the ports. When the drum contains salt which[Pg 164] has deposited, the ports must be opened before the sampler is pushed through the salt, thus enabling a portion to be included in the sample. It is, however, almost impossible to obtain a correct proportion of salt after it has settled in the drum and it is therefore recommended that the drum be sampled before any salt has deposited. A sampler 1 in. in diameter withdraws approximately 10 oz. from a 110-gal. drum. A sampler 5/8 in. in diameter will withdraw about 5 oz.

When using the sampler, it is inserted into the drum with the ports closed. Once it touches the bottom, the ports are opened for a second or two, then closed and withdrawn, and the sample is released into the receiving vessel by opening the ports. If the drum contains salt that [Pg 164] has settled, the ports should be opened before pushing the sampler through the salt to include some in the sample. However, it’s nearly impossible to get an accurate amount of salt once it has settled in the drum, so it's recommended to sample the drum before any salt has settled. A sampler with a 1-inch diameter takes out approximately 10 oz. from a 110-gallon drum, while a 5/8-inch diameter sampler will withdraw around 5 oz.

FOOTNOTES:

[13] Zeit. Angew. Chem. 19, 385 (1906).

[13] Time. Applied Chemistry 19, 385 (1906).

[14] Zeit. Angew. Chem. 27, 11-20 (1914).

[14] Time. Applied Chemistry. 27, 11-20 (1914).

[15] Bull. 107, Bur. Chem. U. S. Dept. Agriculture.

[15] Bull. 107, Bur. Chem. U. S. Dept. Agriculture.

[16] Richards and Gies, Am. J. Physiol. (1902) 7, 129.

[16] Richards and Gies, Am. J. Physiol. (1902) 7, 129.

[17] Seifensieder Ztg. (1913) No. 46.

[17] Soap Manufacturers Association (1913) No. 46.

[18] Bull 107, Bur. Chem. U. S. Dept. Agriculture.

[18] Bull 107, Bur. Chem. U. S. Department of Agriculture.

[19] Carbon is readily burned off completely, without loss of chlorides, in a gas-heated muffle furnace adjusted to a dull red heat.

[19] Carbon can be completely burned off without losing any chlorides in a gas-heated muffle furnace set to a dull red heat.

[20] An electric oven suitable for this work, which is readily adjusted to 160 degs. C., has been made for Mr. Low and the chairman, by the Apparatus and Specialty Company, Lansing, Mich. Its size is 9-1/2 × 10 × 16 inches, and capacity 8 Petrie dishes. It gives a strong draft at constant temperature.

[20] An electric oven designed for this task, easily adjustable to 160 degrees Celsius, has been made for Mr. Low and the chairman by the Apparatus and Specialty Company in Lansing, Michigan. It measures 9.5 × 10 × 16 inches and can hold 8 Petrie dishes. It provides a strong airflow at a consistent temperature.

[21] A precipitate at this point is an indication of the presence of iron or alumina, and high results will be obtained unless a correction is made as described below.

[21] A precipitate at this point indicates the presence of iron or alumina, and high results will be obtained unless a correction is made as described below.


CHAPTER VII

Standard Methods for the Sampling and Analysis of Commercial Fats and Oils[22]

The following report of the Committee on Analysis of Commercial Fats and Oils of the Division of Industrial Chemists and Chemical Engineers of the American Chemical Society was adopted April 14, 1919, by unanimous vote:

The following report from the Committee on Analysis of Commercial Fats and Oils of the Division of Industrial Chemists and Chemical Engineers of the American Chemical Society was accepted on April 14, 1919, with unanimous approval:

W. D. Richardson, Chairman, Swift and Co., Chicago, Ill.

W.D. Richardson, Chairman, Swift and Co., Chicago, IL.

R. W. Bailey, Stillwell and Gladding, New York City.

R.W. Bailey, Stillwell and Gladding, New York City.

W. J. Gascoyne, W. J. Gascoyne and Co., Baltimore, Md.

W.J. Gascoyne, W. J. Gascoyne and Co., Baltimore, MD.

I. Katz,[A] Wilson and Co., Chicago, Ill.

I. Katz,[A] Wilson and Co., Chicago, IL

A. Lowenstein,[A] Morris and Co., Chicago, Ill.

A. Lowenstein,[A] Morris and Co., Chicago, IL

H. J. Morrison, Proctor and Gamble Co., Ivorydale, Ohio.

H.J. Morrison, Procter & Gamble Co., Ivorydale, Ohio.

J. R. Powell, Armour Soap Works, Chicago, Ill.

J.R. Powell, Armour Soap Works, Chicago, IL.

R. J. Quinn,[A] Midland Chemical Co., Argo, Ill.

R.J. Quinn,[A] Midland Chemical Company, Argo, Illinois.

Paul Rudnick, Armour and Co., Chicago, Ill.

Paul Rudnick, Armour and Co., Chicago, IL.

L. M. Tolman, Wilson and Co., Chicago, Ill.

L.M. Tolman, Wilson and Co., Chicago, IL.

E. Twitchell,[A] Emery Candle Co., Cincinnati, Ohio.

E. Twitchell,[A] Emery Candle Co., Cincinnati, Ohio.

J. J. Vollertsen, Morris and Co., Chicago, Ill.

J.J. Vollertsen, Morris and Co., Chicago, IL.

[Note A: Resigned.]

[Note A: Quit.]

Scope, Applicability and Limitations of the Methods.

SCOPE.

These methods are intended to aid in determining the commercial valuation of fats and fatty oils in their purchase and sale, based on the fundamental assumption commonly recognized in the trade, namely, that the product is true to name and is not adulterated. For methods for determining the identity of oils and fats, the absence of adulterants therein and for specific tests used in particular industries, the chemist is referred to standard works on the analysis of fats and oils.[Pg 166]

These methods are designed to help figure out the commercial value of fats and fatty oils when buying and selling them, based on the basic assumption that the product is what it claims to be and is free from adulteration. For techniques to identify oils and fats, check for impurities, and specific tests used in certain industries, chemists should consult standard reference materials on the analysis of fats and oils.[Pg 166]

APPLICABILITY.

The methods are applicable in commercial transactions involving fats and fatty oils used in the soap, candle and tanning industries, to edible fats and oils and to fats and fatty oils intended for lubricating and burning purposes. The methods are applicable to the raw oils used in the varnish and paint industry with the exceptions noted under limitations, but special methods have not been included.

The methods are useful in commercial transactions involving fats and fatty oils used in the soap, candle, and tanning industries, as well as edible fats and oils and fats and fatty oils meant for lubrication and burning. The methods also apply to the raw oils used in the varnish and paint industry, with the exceptions mentioned under limitations, but specific methods have not been included.

LIMITATIONS.

The methods have not been developed with special reference to waxes (beeswax, carnauba wax, wool wax, etc.) although some of them may be found applicable to these substances. The Committee considers the Wijs method superior to the Hanus method for the determination of iodine number of linseed oil as well as other oils, although the Hanus method has been considered standard for this work for some time and has been adopted by the American Society for Testing Materials and in various specifications. It has been customary to use the Hübl method for the determination of iodine value of tung oil (China wood oil) but the Committee's work indicates that the Wijs method is satisfactory for this determination.

The methods haven't been specifically developed for waxes (like beeswax, carnauba wax, wool wax, etc.), although some might work for these substances. The Committee believes the Wijs method is better than the Hanus method for determining the iodine number of linseed oil and other oils, even though the Hanus method has been the standard for this process for a while and is used by the American Society for Testing Materials and in various specifications. It's been common to use the Hübl method to determine the iodine value of tung oil (China wood oil), but the Committee's findings suggest that the Wijs method is suitable for this determination.

Sampling.

TANK CARS.

1. Sampling While Loading—Sample shall be taken at discharge of pipe where it enters tank car dome. The total sample taken shall be not less than 50 lbs. and shall be a composite of small samples of about 1 pound each, taken at regular intervals during the entire period of loading.

1. Sampling During Loading—Samples should be taken when the pipe discharges into the tank car dome. The total sample collected must be at least 50 lbs. and should consist of combined small samples of about 1 pound each, taken at regular intervals throughout the entire loading process.

The sample thus obtained is thoroughly mixed and uniform 3-lb. portions placed in air-tight 3-lb. metal containers. At least three such samples shall be put up, one for the buyer, one for the seller, and the third to be sent to a[Pg 167] referee chemist in case of dispute. All samples are to be promptly and correctly labeled and sealed.

The sample obtained is thoroughly mixed, and uniform 3-pound portions are placed in airtight 3-pound metal containers. At least three such samples should be prepared: one for the buyer, one for the seller, and the third to be sent to a[Pg 167] referee chemist in case of a dispute. All samples must be labeled and sealed correctly and promptly.

2. Sampling from Car on Track[23]—(a) When contents are solid.[24] In this case the sample is taken by means of a large tryer measuring about 2 in. across and about 1-1/2 times the depth of the car in length. Several tryerfuls are taken vertically and obliquely toward the ends of the car until 50 lbs. are accumulated, when the sample is softened, mixed and handled as under (1). In case the contents of the tank car have assumed a very hard condition, as in Winter weather, so that it is impossible to insert the tryer, and it becomes necessary to soften the contents of the car by means of the closed steam coil (in nearly all tank cars the closed steam coil leaks) or by means of open steam in order to draw a proper sample, suitable arrangements must be made between buyer and seller for the sampling of the car after it is sufficiently softened, due consideration being given to the possible presence of water in the material in the car as received and also to the possible addition of water during the steaming. The Committee knows of no direct method for sampling a hard-frozen tank car of tallow in a satisfactory manner.

2. Sampling from Car on Track[23]—(a) When contents are solid.[24] In this situation, the sample is collected using a large tryer that is about 2 inches wide and about 1.5 times the depth of the car in length. Several tryerfuls are taken both vertically and at an angle toward the ends of the car until 50 pounds are gathered, after which the sample is softened, mixed, and handled as described in (1). If the contents of the tank car have become extremely hard, such as during Winter weather, making it impossible to insert the tryer, it's necessary to soften the contents of the car using the closed steam coil (which leaks in nearly all tank cars) or open steam to gather a proper sample. Suitable arrangements must be made between the buyer and seller for sampling the car once it's sufficiently softened, taking into account the potential presence of water in the material when received and the possibility of adding water during the steaming process. The Committee is not aware of any direct method to satisfactorily sample a hard-frozen tank car of tallow.

(b) When contents are liquid. The sample taken is to be a 50-lb. composite made up of numerous small samples taken from the top, bottom and intermediate points by means of a bottle or metal container with removable stopper or top. This device attached to a suitable pole is lowered to the various desired depths, when the stopper or top is removed and the container allowed to fill. The 50-lb. sample thus obtained is handled as under (1).[Pg 168]

(b) When the contents are liquid. The sample collected should be a 50-lb composite consisting of several small samples taken from the top, bottom, and middle levels using a bottle or metal container with a removable stopper or lid. This device, attached to a suitable pole, is lowered to the various desired depths, where the stopper or lid is removed, allowing the container to fill. The 50-lb sample obtained is handled as described in (1).[Pg 168]

In place of the device described above, any sampler capable of taking a sample from the top, bottom, and center, or from a section through car, may be used.

Instead of the device mentioned above, any sampler that can take a sample from the top, bottom, and center, or from a section through the car, may be used.

(c) When contents are in semi-solid condition, or when stearine has separated from liquid portions. In this case, a combination of (a) and (b) may be used or by agreement of the parties the whole may be melted and procedure (b) followed.

(c) When the contents are in a semi-solid state, or when stearine has separated from the liquid parts. In this case, a combination of (a) and (b) may be used, or by mutual agreement, the whole can be melted and procedure (b) can be followed.

BARRELS, TIERCES, CASKS, DRUMS, AND OTHER PACKAGES.

All packages shall be sampled, unless by special agreement the parties arrange to sample a lesser number; but in any case not less than 10 per cent of the total number shall be sampled. The total sample taken shall be at least 20 lbs. in weight for each 100 barrels, or equivalent.

All packages will be sampled, unless the parties agree to sample fewer packages; however, at least 10 percent of the total must be sampled in any case. The total sample taken must weigh at least 20 lbs. for every 100 barrels, or the equivalent.

1. Barrels, Tierces and Casks—(a) When contents are solid. The small samples shall be taken by a tryer through the bunghole or through a special hole bored in the head or side for the purpose, with a 1-in. or larger auger. Care should be taken to avoid and eliminate all borings and chips from the sample. The tryer is inserted in such a way as to reach the head of the barrel, tierce, or cask. The large sample is softened, mixed and handled according to tank cars (1).

1. Barrels, Tubs, and Casks—(a) When contents are solid. Small samples should be taken by a tryer through the bunghole or through a special hole drilled in the head or side for this purpose, using a 1-inch or larger auger. It's important to avoid and remove all borings and chips from the sample. The tryer is inserted in a way that allows it to reach the head of the barrel, tierce, or cask. The large sample is softened, mixed, and handled according to tank cars (1).

(b) When contents are liquid. In this case use is made of a glass tube with constricted lower end. This is inserted slowly and allowed to fill with the liquid, when the upper end is closed and the tube withdrawn, the contents being allowed to drain into the sample container. After the entire sample is taken it is thoroughly mixed and handled according to tank cars (1).

(b) When the contents are liquid. In this case, a glass tube with a narrow lower end is used. This tube is inserted slowly and allowed to fill with the liquid. Once filled, the upper end is sealed, and the tube is removed, allowing the contents to drain into the sample container. After the entire sample is collected, it is mixed thoroughly and handled according to tank cars (1).

(c) When contents are semi-solid. In this case the tryer or a glass tube with larger outlet is used, depending on the degree of fluidity.[Pg 169]

(c) When the contents are semi-solid. In this situation, a tryer or a glass tube with a larger opening is used, depending on how fluid the substance is.[Pg 169]

(d) Very hard materials, such as natural and artificial stearines. By preference the barrels are stripped and samples obtained by breaking up contents of at least 10 per cent of the packages. This procedure is to be followed also in the case of cakes shipped in sacks. When shipped in the form of small pieces in sacks they can be sampled by grab sampling and quartering. In all cases the final procedure is as outlined under tank cars (1).

(d) Very hard materials, like natural and artificial stearines. The barrels should be emptied, and samples taken by breaking up at least 10 percent of the contents. This method should also be used for cakes that are shipped in sacks. When shipped in small pieces in sacks, they can be sampled using grab sampling and quartering. In all cases, the final procedure is outlined under tank cars (1).

2. Drums—Samples are to be taken as under (1), use being made of the bunghole. The tryer or tube should be sufficiently long to reach to the ends of the drum.

2. Percussion instruments—Samples should be taken as described in (1), utilizing the bunghole. The tryer or tube should be long enough to reach the ends of the drum.

3. Other Packages—Tubs, pails and other small packages not mentioned above are to be sampled by tryer or tube (depending on fluidity) as outlined above, the tryer or tube being inserted diagonally whenever possible.

3. Other Packages—Tubs, buckets, and other small packages not mentioned above are to be sampled using a tryer or tube (based on fluidity) as explained earlier, with the tryer or tube being inserted diagonally whenever possible.

4. Mixed Lots and Packages—When lots of tallow or other fats are received in packages of various shapes and sizes, and especially wherein the fat itself is of variable composition, such must be left to the judgment of the sampler. If variable, the contents of each package should be mixed as thoroughly as possible and the amount of the individual samples taken made proportional to the sizes of the packages.

4. Mixed Lots & Packages—When packages of tallow or other fats come in different shapes and sizes, especially when the fat itself varies in composition, it should be left to the sampler's discretion. If there's variation, the contents of each package should be mixed as thoroughly as possible, and the amount of individual samples taken should be proportional to the sizes of the packages.

Analysis.

SAMPLE.

The sample must be representative and at least three pounds in weight and taken in accordance with the standard methods for the sampling of commercial fats and oils. It must be kept in an air-tight container, in a dark, cool place.

The sample must be representative, weigh at least three pounds, and be collected according to the standard methods for sampling commercial fats and oils. It should be stored in an air-tight container in a dark, cool place.

Soften the sample if necessary by means of a gentle heat, taking care not to melt it. When sufficiently softened, mix the sample thoroughly by means of a mechanical egg beater or other equally effective mechanical mixer.[Pg 170]

Soften the sample if needed using gentle heat, making sure not to melt it. Once it's softened enough, mix the sample thoroughly with a mechanical egg beater or another effective mechanical mixer.[Pg 170]

MOISTURE AND VOLATILE MATTER.

Apparatus: Vacuum Oven—The Committee Standard Oven.

Equipment: Vacuum Oven—The Committee Standard Oven.

Description—The Standard F. A. C. Vacuum Oven has been designed with the idea of affording a simple and compact vacuum oven which will give as uniform temperatures as possible on the shelf. As the figure shows, it consists of an iron casting of rectangular sections with hinged front door made tight by means of a gasket and which can be lowered on opening the oven so as to form a shelf on which samples may be rested. The oven contains but one shelf which is heated from above as well as below by means of resistance coils. Several thermometer holes are provided in order to ascertain definitely the temperature at different points on the shelf. In a vacuum oven where the heating is done almost entirely by radiation it is difficult to maintain uniform temperatures at all points, but the F. A. C. oven accomplishes this rather better than most vacuum ovens. Larger ovens containing more than one shelf have been tried by the Committee, but have been found to be lacking in temperature uniformity and means of control. The entire oven is supported by means of a 4-in. standard pipe which screws into the base of the oven and which in turn is supported by being screwed into a blind flange of suitable diameter which rests on the floor or work table.

Description—The Standard F. A. C. Vacuum Oven is designed to be a simple and compact vacuum oven that provides as consistent temperatures as possible on the shelf. As illustrated, it consists of an iron casting with rectangular sections and a hinged front door that seals tightly with a gasket. When opened, the door lowers to create a shelf where samples can be placed. The oven has one shelf that is heated from both above and below using resistance coils. Several thermometer holes allow for accurate temperature readings at different points on the shelf. In a vacuum oven where heating relies mainly on radiation, it's challenging to maintain uniform temperatures across all areas. However, the F. A. C. oven performs this task better than most vacuum ovens. The Committee has experimented with larger ovens that have multiple shelves, but they were found to be inadequate in terms of temperature uniformity and control. The entire oven is supported by a 4-inch standard pipe that screws into the base of the oven and is then secured by being attached to a blind flange of appropriate diameter that rests on the floor or work table.

Moisture Dish—A shallow, glass dish, lipped, beaker form, approximately 6 to 7 cm. diameter and 4 cm. deep, shall be standard.

Moisture Dish—A shallow, glass dish with a rim, shaped like a beaker, about 6 to 7 cm in diameter and 4 cm deep, will be standard.

Determination—Weigh out 5 grams (= 0.2 g. of the prepared sample) into a moisture dish. Dry to constant weight in vacuo at a uniform temperature, not less than 15° C. nor more than 20° C. above the boiling point of water at the working pressure, which must not exceed 100 mm. of mercury.[25] Constant weight is attained when successive dryings for 1-hr. periods show an additional loss of not more that 0.05 per cent. Report loss in weight as moisture and volatile matter.[26][Pg 171]

Determination—Weigh out 5 grams (= 0.2 g of the prepared sample) into a moisture dish. Dry to a constant weight in vacuo at a consistent temperature, not less than 15° C and not more than 20° C above the boiling point of water at the working pressure, which must not exceed 100 mm of mercury.[25] Constant weight is achieved when successive dryings for 1-hour periods show an additional loss of no more than 0.05 percent. Report the loss in weight as moisture and volatile substances.[26][Pg 171]

Standard Vacuum Oven Standard Vacuum Oven

The vacuum-oven method cannot be considered accurate in the case of fats of the coconut oil group containing free acid and the Committee recommends that it be used only for oils of this group when they contain less than 1 per cent free acid. In the case of oils of this group containing more than 1 per cent free acid, recourse should be had temporarily to the routine control method for moisture and volatile matter[27] until the Committee develops a more satisfactory method.

The vacuum-oven method isn't reliable for fats in the coconut oil group that contain free acid. The Committee suggests using it only for oils in this group when they have less than 1 percent free acid. For oils with more than 1 percent free acid, a temporary switch to the standard control method for moisture and volatile matter[27] should be made until the Committee creates a better method.

The air-oven method cannot be considered even approximately accurate in the case of the drying and semi-drying oils and those of the coconut oil group. Therefore, in the case of such oils as cottonseed oil, maize oil (corn oil), soy bean oil, linseed oil, coconut oil, palm kernel oil, etc., the vacuum-oven method should always be used, except in the case of fats of the coconut group containing more than 1 per cent free acid, as noted above.

The air-oven method is not even somewhat reliable for drying and semi-drying oils, as well as oils from the coconut oil group. So, for oils like cottonseed oil, corn oil, soybean oil, linseed oil, coconut oil, palm kernel oil, and others, you should always use the vacuum-oven method, unless the fats from the coconut group contain more than 1 percent free acid, as mentioned earlier.

INSOLUBLE IMPURITIES.

Dissolve the residue from the moisture and volatile matter determination by heating it on a steam bath with 50 cc. of kerosene. Filter the solution through a Gooch crucible properly prepared with asbestos,[28] wash the insoluble matter five times with 10-cc. portions of hot kerosene, and finally wash the residual kerosene out thoroughly with petroleum ether. Dry the crucible and contents to constant weight, as in the determination of moisture and volatile matter and report results as insoluble impurities.[Pg 173]

Dissolve the leftover material from the moisture and volatile matter test by heating it on a steam bath with 50 cc of kerosene. Filter the solution using a properly prepared Gooch crucible with asbestos,[28] wash the insoluble material five times with 10-cc portions of hot kerosene, and finally rinse the remaining kerosene thoroughly with petroleum ether. Dry the crucible and its contents to a constant weight, just like in the determination of moisture and volatile matter, and report the results as insoluble contaminants.[Pg 173]

SOLUBLE MINERAL MATTER.

Place the combined kerosene filtrate and kerosene washings from the insoluble impurities determination in a platinum dish. Place in this an ashless filter paper folded in the form of a cone, apex up. Light the apex of the cone, whereupon the bulk of the kerosene burns quietly. Ash the residue in a muffle, to constant weight, taking care that the decomposition of alkaline earth carbonates is complete, and report the result as soluble mineral matter.[29] When the percentage of soluble mineral matter amounts to more than 0.1 per cent, multiply the percentage by 10 and add this amount to the percentage of free fatty acids as determined.[30][Pg 174]

Place the combined kerosene filtrate and kerosene washings from the insoluble impurities test in a platinum dish. Insert an ashless filter paper folded into a cone shape, with the point facing up. Light the tip of the cone, which will ignite most of the kerosene quietly. Burn the residue in a furnace until it reaches a constant weight, ensuring that all alkaline earth carbonates are completely decomposed, and report the result as soluble minerals.[29] If the percentage of soluble mineral matter exceeds 0.1 percent, multiply this percentage by 10 and add it to the percentage of free fatty acids obtained.[30][Pg 174]

FREE FATTY ACIDS.

The alcohol[31] used shall be approximately 95 per cent ethyl alcohol, freshly distilled from sodium hydroxide, which with phenolphthalein gives a definite and distinct end-point.

The alcohol[31] used should be about 95 percent ethyl alcohol, freshly distilled from sodium hydroxide, which, when combined with phenolphthalein, provides a clear and definite endpoint.

Determination—Weigh 1 to 15 g. of the prepared sample into an Erlenmeyer flask, using the smaller quantity in the case of dark-colored, high acid fats. Add 50 to 100 cc. hot, neutral alcohol, and titrate with N/2, N/4 or N/10 sodium hydroxide depending on the fatty acid content, using phenolphthalein as indicator. Calculate to oleic acid, except that in the case of palm oil the results may also be expressed in terms of palmitic acid, clearly indicating the two methods of calculation in the report. In the case of coconut and palm kernel oils, calculate to and report in terms of lauric acid in addition to oleic acid, clearly indicating the two methods of calculation in the report. In the case of fats or greases containing more than 0.1 per cent of soluble mineral matter, add to the percentages of free fatty acids as determined 10 times the percentage of bases in the soluble mineral matter as determined.[30] This addition gives the equivalent of fatty acids combined with the soluble mineral matter.[Pg 175]

Determination—Weigh 1 to 15 g of the prepared sample into an Erlenmeyer flask, using the smaller amount for dark-colored, high acid fats. Add 50 to 100 cc of hot, neutral alcohol, and titrate with N/2, N/4, or N/10 sodium hydroxide depending on the fatty acid content, using phenolphthalein as an indicator. Calculate to oleic acid; however, in the case of palm oil, the results can also be stated in terms of palmitic acid, clearly indicating the two calculation methods in the report. For coconut and palm kernel oils, calculate and report in terms of lauric acid along with oleic acid, clearly indicating the two calculation methods in the report. For fats or greases containing more than 0.1 percent of soluble mineral matter, add 10 times the percentage of bases in the soluble mineral matter to the percentages of free fatty acids as determined.[30] This addition gives the equivalent of fatty acids combined with the soluble mineral matter.[Pg 175]

TITER.

Standard Thermometer—The thermometer is graduated at zero and in tenth degrees from 10° C. to 65° C., with one auxiliary reservoir at the upper end and another between the zero mark and the 10° mark. The cavity in the capillary tube between the zero mark and the 10° mark is at least 1 cm. below the 10° mark, the 10° mark is about 3 or 4 cm. above the bulb, the length of the thermometer being about 37 cm. over all. The thermometer has been annealed for 75 hrs. at 450° C. and the bulb is of Jena normal 16''' glass, or its equivalent, moderately thin, so that the thermometer will be quick-acting. The bulb is about 3 cm. long and 6 mm. in diameter. The stem of the thermometer is 6 mm. in diameter and made of the best thermometer tubing, with scale etched on the stem, the graduation is clear-cut and distinct, but quite fine. The thermometer must be certified by the U. S. Bureau of Standards.

Digital Thermometer—The thermometer is marked at zero and in tenths of degrees from 10° C. to 65° C., featuring one auxiliary reservoir at the upper end and another between the zero mark and the 10° mark. The space in the capillary tube between the zero mark and the 10° mark is at least 1 cm below the 10° mark, while the 10° mark is approximately 3 to 4 cm above the bulb, with the overall length of the thermometer being about 37 cm. The thermometer has been heat-treated for 75 hours at 450° C., and the bulb is made of Jena normal 16''' glass, or an equivalent, which is moderately thin to ensure quick responsiveness. The bulb is about 3 cm long and 6 mm in diameter. The stem of the thermometer has a diameter of 6 mm and is constructed from the best thermometer tubing, with the scale etched onto the stem; the graduations are clear and distinct but fairly fine. The thermometer must be certified by the U.S. Bureau of Standards.

Glycerol Caustic Solution—Dissolve 250 g. potassium hydroxide in 1900 cc. dynamite glycerin with the aid of heat.

Glycerol Caustic Solution—Dissolve 250 g of potassium hydroxide in 1900 cc of dynamite glycerin using heat.

Determination—Heat 75 cc. of the glycerol-caustic solution to 150° C. and add 50 g. of the melted fat. Stir the mixture well and continue heating until the melt is homogeneous, at no time allowing the temperature to exceed 150° C. Allow to cool somewhat and carefully add 50 cc. 30 per cent sulfuric acid. Now add hot water and heat until the fatty acids separate out perfectly clear. Draw off the acid water and wash the fatty acids with hot water until free from mineral acid, then filter and heat to 130° C. as rapidly as possible while stirring. Transfer the fatty acids, when cooled somewhat, to a 1-in. by 4-in. titer tube, placed in a 16-oz. salt-mouth bottle of clear glass, fitted with a cork that is perforated so as to hold the tube rigidly when in position. Suspend the titer thermometer so that it can be[Pg 176] used as a stirrer and stir the fatty acids slowly (about 100 revolutions per minute) until the mercury remains stationary for 30 seconds. Allow the thermometer to hang quietly with the bulb in the center of the tube and report the highest point to which the mercury rises as the titer of the fatty acids. The titer should be made at about 20° C. for all fats having a titer above 30° C. and at 10° C. below the titer for all other fats. Any convenient means may be used for obtaining a temperature of 10° below the titer of the various fats. The committee recommends first of all a chill room for this purpose; second, an artificially chilled small chamber with glass window; third, immersion of the salt-mouth bottle in water or other liquid of the desired temperature.

Commitment—Heat 75 cc. of the glycerol-caustic solution to 150° C. and add 50 g. of the melted fat. Stir the mixture well and keep heating until the melt is completely smooth, making sure the temperature doesn’t go above 150° C. Let it cool slightly and carefully add 50 cc. of 30 percent sulfuric acid. Then, add hot water and heat until the fatty acids separate and look perfectly clear. Remove the acidic water and wash the fatty acids with hot water until they are free from mineral acid, then filter and heat to 130° C. as quickly as possible while stirring. Transfer the fatty acids, once they’re a bit cooler, to a 1-in. by 4-in. titer tube, which should be placed in a 16-oz. clear glass salt-mouth bottle, fitted with a cork that’s perforated to keep the tube steady in position. Hang the titer thermometer so it can be used as a stirrer, and stir the fatty acids gently (about 100 revolutions per minute) until the mercury remains still for 30 seconds. Let the thermometer hang quietly with the bulb in the center of the tube and note the highest point the mercury reaches as the titer of the fatty acids. The titer should be measured at about 20° C. for all fats with a titer above 30° C., and at 10° C. below the titer for all other fats. Any suitable method can be used to achieve a temperature of 10° below the titer of the different fats. The committee suggests, first, a chill room for this purpose; second, a small artificially chilled chamber with a glass window; and third, immersing the salt-mouth bottle in water or another liquid at the desired temperature.

UNSAPONIFIABLE MATTER.

Extraction Cylinder—The cylinder shall be glass-stoppered, graduated at 40 cc., 80 cc. and 130 cc., and of the following dimensions: diameter about 1-3/8 in., height about 12 in.

Extraction Cylinder—The cylinder should have a glass stopper, marked at 40 cc, 80 cc, and 130 cc, and the following dimensions: diameter approximately 1-3/8 inches, height about 12 inches.

Petroleum Ether—Redistilled petroleum ether, boiling under 75° C., shall be used. A blank must be made by evaporating 250 cc. with about 0.25 g. of stearine or other hard fat (previously brought to constant weight by heating) and drying as in the actual determination. The blank must not exceed a few milligrams.

Petroleum ether—Use redistilled petroleum ether with a boiling point under 75° C. Create a blank by evaporating 250 cc. with about 0.25 g. of stearine or another hard fat (that has been dried to a constant weight by heating) and drying it as done in the actual measurement. The blank should not exceed a few milligrams.

Determination—Weigh 5 g. (±0.20 g.) of the prepared sample into a 200-cc. Erlenmeyer flask, add 30 cc. of redistilled 95 per cent (approximately) ethyl alcohol and 5 cc. of 50 per cent aqueous potassium hydroxide, and boil the mixture for one hour under a reflux condenser. Transfer to the extraction cylinder and wash to the 40-cc. mark with redistilled 95 per cent ethyl alcohol. Complete the transfer, first with warm, then with cold water, till the total volume amounts to 80 cc. Cool the cylinder and contents to room[Pg 177] temperature and add 50 cc. of petroleum ether. Shake vigorously for one minute and allow to settle until both layers are clear, when the volume of the upper layer should be about 40 cc. Draw off the petroleum ether layer as closely as possible by means of a slender glass siphon into a separatory funnel of 500 cc. capacity. Repeat extraction at least four more times, using 50 cc. of petroleum ether each time. More extractions than five are necessary where the unsaponifiable matter runs high, say over 5 per cent, and also in some cases where it is lower than 5 per cent, but is extracted with difficulty. Wash the combined extracts in a separatory funnel three times with 25-cc. portions of 10 per cent alcohol, shaking vigorously each time. Transfer the petroleum ether extract to a wide-mouth tared flask or beaker, and evaporate the petroleum ether on a steam bath in an air current. Dry as in the method for moisture and volatile matter. Any blank must be deducted from the weight before calculating unsaponifiable matter. Test the final residue for solubility in 50 cc. petroleum ether at room temperature. Filter and wash free from the insoluble residue, if any, evaporate and dry in the same manner as before. The Committee wishes to emphasize the necessity of thorough and vigorous shaking in order to secure accurate results. The two phases must be brought into the most intimate contact possible, otherwise low and disagreeing results may be obtained.

Grit—Weigh 5 g (±0.20 g) of the prepared sample into a 200 ml Erlenmeyer flask. Add 30 ml of redistilled 95% (approximately) ethyl alcohol and 5 ml of 50% aqueous potassium hydroxide. Boil the mixture for one hour under a reflux condenser. Transfer it to the extraction cylinder and fill to the 40 ml mark with redistilled 95% ethyl alcohol. Complete the transfer first with warm water, then with cold water, until the total volume reaches 80 ml. Cool the cylinder and contents to room[Pg 177] temperature and add 50 ml of petroleum ether. Shake vigorously for one minute and allow it to settle until both layers are clear, with the upper layer volume being about 40 ml. Draw off the petroleum ether layer as closely as possible using a slender glass siphon into a 500 ml separatory funnel. Repeat the extraction at least four more times, using 50 ml of petroleum ether each time. More than five extractions may be necessary if the unsaponifiable matter is high, such as over 5%, and also in some cases where it is lower than 5% but is difficult to extract. Wash the combined extracts in a separatory funnel three times with 25 ml portions of 10% alcohol, shaking vigorously each time. Transfer the petroleum ether extract to a wide-mouth tared flask or beaker, and evaporate the petroleum ether on a steam bath with an air current. Dry as you would for moisture and volatile compounds. Subtract any blank from the weight before calculating unsaponifiable matter. Test the final residue for solubility in 50 ml of petroleum ether at room temperature. Filter and wash any insoluble residue, if present, then evaporate and dry in the same manner as before. The Committee emphasizes the importance of thorough and vigorous shaking to ensure accurate results. The two phases must be brought into close contact; otherwise, low and inconsistent results may occur.

IODINE NUMBER—WIJS METHOD.

Preparation of ReagentsWijs Iodine Solution—Dissolve 13.0 g. of resublimed iodine in one liter of C. P. glacial acetic acid and pass in washed and dried chlorine gas until the original thiosulfate titration of the solution is not quite doubled. The solution is then preserved in amber glass-stoppered bottles, sealed with paraffin until ready for use.

Reagent PreparationWijs Iodine Solution—Dissolve 13.0 g of resublimed iodine in one liter of C. P. glacial acetic acid and bubble in washed and dried chlorine gas until the initial thiosulfate titration of the solution is nearly doubled. Store the solution in amber glass bottles with stoppers, sealed with paraffin until ready for use.

Mark the date on which the solution is prepared on the[Pg 178] bottle or bottles and do not use Wijs solution which is more than 30 days old.

Mark the date when the solution is prepared on the[Pg 178] bottle(s) and do not use Wijs solution that is older than 30 days.

There should be no more than a slight excess of iodine, and no excess of chlorine. When the solution is made from iodine and chlorine, this point can be ascertained by not quite doubling the titration.[32]

There shouldn't be more than a little extra iodine, and no extra chlorine at all. When the solution is made with iodine and chlorine, you can determine this by not quite doubling the titration.[32]

The glacial acetic acid used for preparation of the Wijs solution should be of 99.0 to 99.5 per cent strength. In case of glacial acetic acids of somewhat lower strength, the Committee recommends freezing and centrifuging or draining as a means of purification.

The glacial acetic acid used to prepare the Wijs solution should have a strength of 99.0 to 99.5 percent. If you're using glacial acetic acid with slightly lower strength, the Committee suggests purifying it by freezing and then centrifuging or draining.

N/10 Sodium Thiosulfate Solution—Dissolve 24.8 g. of C. P. sodium thiosulfate in recently boiled distilled water and dilute with the same to one liter at the temperature at which the titrations are to be made.

N/10 Sodium Thiosulfate Solution—Dissolve 24.8 g of C.P. sodium thiosulfate in recently boiled distilled water and dilute it with the same to one liter at the temperature at which you will be conducting the titrations.

Starch Paste—Boil 1 g. of starch in 200 cc. of distilled water for 10 min. and cool to room temperature.

Starch Paste—Boil 1 g of starch in 200 cc of distilled water for 10 minutes and let it cool to room temperature.

An improved starch solution may be prepared by autoclaving 2 g. of starch and 6 g. of boric acid dissolved in 200 cc. water at 15 lbs. pressure for 15 min. This solution has good keeping qualities.[Pg 179]

An upgraded starch solution can be made by autoclaving 2 g of starch and 6 g of boric acid dissolved in 200 cc of water at 15 lbs of pressure for 15 minutes. This solution has excellent shelf life.[Pg 179]

Potassium Iodide Solution—Dissolve 150 g. of potassium iodide in water and make up to one liter.

Potassium Iodide Solution—Dissolve 150 g of potassium iodide in water and bring it up to one liter.

N/10 Potassium Bichromate—Dissolve 4.903 g. of C. P. potassium bichromate in water and make the volume up to one liter at the temperature at which titrations are to be made.

N/10 Potassium Bichromate—Dissolve 4.903 g of C. P. potassium bichromate in water, then fill the volume to one liter at the temperature where titrations will be performed.

The Committee calls attention to the fact that occasionally potassium bichromate is found containing sodium bichromate, although this is of rare occurrence. If the analyst suspects that he is dealing with an impure potassium bichromate, the purity can be ascertained by titration against re-sublimed iodine. However, this is unnecessary in the great majority of cases.

The Committee points out that sometimes potassium bichromate contains sodium bichromate, although this is pretty rare. If the analyst thinks they might be dealing with impure potassium bichromate, the purity can be checked by titrating it against re-sublimed iodine. However, this is usually not needed in most cases.

Standardization of the Sodium Thiosulfate Solution—Place 40 cc. of the potassium bichromate solution, to which has been added 10 cc. of the solution of potassium iodide, in a glass-stoppered flask. Add to this 5 cc. of strong hydro-chloric acid. Dilute with 100 cc. of water, and allow the N/10 sodium thiosulfate to flow slowly into the flask until the yellow color of the liquid has almost disappeared. Add a few drops of the starch paste, and with constant shaking continue to add the N/10 sodium thiosulfate solution until the blue color just disappears.

Standardization of the Sodium Thiosulfate Solution—Pour 40 cc. of the potassium bichromate solution, which has 10 cc. of potassium iodide solution added to it, into a glass-stoppered flask. Then, add 5 cc. of concentrated hydrochloric acid. Dilute with 100 cc. of water, and let the N/10 sodium thiosulfate flow slowly into the flask until the yellow color of the liquid has nearly vanished. Add a few drops of starch paste, and while shaking constantly, keep adding the N/10 sodium thiosulfate solution until the blue color just disappears.

Determination—Weigh accurately from 0.10 to 0.50 g. (depending on the iodine number) of the melted and filtered sample into a clean, dry, 16-oz. glass-stoppered bottle containing 15-20 cc. of carbon tetrachloride or chloroform. Add 25 cc. of iodine solution from a pipette, allowing to drain for a definite time. The excess of iodine should be from 50 per cent to 60 per cent of the amount added, that is, from 100 per cent to 150 per cent of the amount absorbed. Moisten the stopper with a 15 per cent potassium iodide solution to prevent loss of iodine or chlorine but guard against an amount sufficient to run down inside the bottle. Let[Pg 180] the bottle stand in a dark place for 1/2 hr. at a uniform temperature. At the end of that time add 20 cc. of 15 per cent potassium iodide solution and 100 cc. of distilled water. Titrate the iodine with N/10 sodium thiosulfate solution which is added gradually, with constant shaking, until the yellow color of the solution has almost disappeared. Add a few drops of starch paste and continue titration until the blue color has entirely disappeared. Toward the end of the reaction stopper the bottle and shake violently so that any iodine remaining in solution in the tetrachloride or chloroform may be taken up by the potassium iodide solution. Conduct two determinations on blanks which must be run in the same manner as the sample except that no fat is used in the blanks. Slight variations in temperature quite appreciably affect the titer of the iodine solution, as acetic acid has a high coefficient of expansion. It is, therefore, essential that the blanks and determinations on the sample be made at the same time. The number of cc. of standard thiosulfate solution required by the blank, less the amount used in the determination, gives the thiosulfate equivalent of the iodine absorbed by the amount of sample used in the determination. Calculate to centigrams of iodine absorbed by 1 g. of sample (= per cent iodine absorbed).

Determination—Accurately weigh between 0.10 to 0.50 g. (depending on the iodine number) of the melted and filtered sample into a clean, dry, 16-oz. glass-stoppered bottle that contains 15-20 cc. of carbon tetrachloride or chloroform. Add 25 cc. of iodine solution from a pipette, allowing it to drain for a specific amount of time. The excess iodine should be 50 to 60 percent of the amount added, which means it should be 100 to 150 percent of the amount absorbed. Moisten the stopper with a 15 percent potassium iodide solution to prevent loss of iodine or chlorine, but be careful not to use enough to let it run down inside the bottle. Let[Pg 180] the bottle sit in a dark place for 30 minutes at a consistent temperature. After that time, add 20 cc. of 15 percent potassium iodide solution and 100 cc. of distilled water. Titrate the iodine with N/10 sodium thiosulfate solution, adding it gradually while shaking constantly, until the yellow color nearly disappears. Add a few drops of starch paste and continue the titration until the blue color completely disappears. Toward the end of the reaction, cap the bottle and shake vigorously to ensure that any iodine left in the tetrachloride or chloroform is absorbed by the potassium iodide solution. Perform two determinations on blanks that should be run in the same way as the sample, except that no fat is used in the blanks. Slight changes in temperature can significantly affect the titer of the iodine solution since acetic acid expands considerably. Therefore, it's essential that the blanks and samples are measured at the same time. The volume of standard thiosulfate solution required for the blank, subtracted from the amount used in the sample determination, gives the thiosulfate equivalent of the iodine absorbed by the quantity of sample used. Calculate the centigrams of iodine absorbed per 1 g. of sample (= percent iodine absorbed).

Determination, Tung Oil—Tung oil shows an erratic behavior with most iodine reagents and this is particularly noticeable in the case of the Hanus reagent which is entirely unsuitable for determining the iodine number of this oil since extremely high and irregular results are obtained. The Hübl solution shows a progressive absorption up to 24 hrs. and probably for a longer time but the period required is entirely too long for a chemical determination. The Wijs solution gives good results if the following precautions are observed:

Determination, Tung Oil—Tung oil behaves unpredictably with most iodine reagents, especially with the Hanus reagent, which is not suitable for measuring the iodine number of this oil because it produces extremely high and inconsistent results. The Hübl solution shows consistent absorption up to 24 hours, and likely even longer, but the time needed is far too long for a chemical analysis. The Wijs solution provides reliable results if the following precautions are taken:

Weigh out 0.15 ± 0.05 g., use an excess of 55 ± 3 per[Pg 181] cent Wijs solution. Conduct the absorption at a temperature of 20-25° C. for 1 hr. In other respects follow the instructions detailed above.

Weigh out 0.15 ± 0.05 g, using an excess of 55 ± 3 percent Wijs solution. Carry out the absorption at a temperature of 20-25° C for 1 hour. In other respects, follow the instructions outlined above.

SAPONIFICATION NUMBER (KOETTSTORFER NUMBER).

Preparation of Reagents. N/2 Hydrochloric Acid—Carefully standardized.

Reagent Preparation. N/2 Hydrochloric Acid—Carefully calibrated.

Alcoholic Potassium Hydroxide Solution—Dissolve 40 g. of pure potassium hydroxide in one liter of 95 per cent redistilled alcohol (by volume). The alcohol should be redistilled from potassium hydroxide over which it has been standing for some time, or with which it has been boiled for some time, using a reflux condenser. The solution must be clear and the potassium hydroxide free from carbonates.

Alcoholic Potassium Hydroxide Solution—Dissolve 40 g of pure potassium hydroxide in one liter of 95 percent redistilled alcohol (by volume). The alcohol should be redistilled from potassium hydroxide that has been sitting for a while, or that has been boiled with potassium hydroxide for some time using a reflux condenser. The solution needs to be clear, and the potassium hydroxide should be free from carbonates.

Determination—Weigh accurate about 5 g. of the filtered sample into a 250 to 300 cc. Erlenmeyer flask. Pipette 50 cc. of the alcoholic potassium hydroxide solution into the flask, allowing the pipette to drain for a definite time. Connect the flask with an air condenser and boil until the fat is completely saponified (about 30 minutes). Cool and titrate with the N/2 hydrochloric acid, using phenolphthalein as an indicator. Calculate the Koettstorfer number (mg. of potassium hydroxide required to saponify 1 g. of fat). Conduct 2 or 3 blank determinations, using the same pipette and draining for the same length of time as above.

Persistence—Weigh out about 5 g. of the filtered sample into a 250 to 300 cc. Erlenmeyer flask. Use a pipette to add 50 cc. of the alcoholic potassium hydroxide solution to the flask, letting the pipette drain for a specific amount of time. Connect the flask to an air condenser and boil until the fat is completely saponified (about 30 minutes). Cool it down and titrate with the N/2 hydrochloric acid, using phenolphthalein as an indicator. Calculate the Koettstorfer number (mg. of potassium hydroxide needed to saponify 1 g. of fat). Perform 2 or 3 blank determinations, using the same pipette and draining for the same amount of time as mentioned above.

MELTING POINT.

ApparatusCapillary tubes made from 5 mm. inside diameter thin-walled glass tubing drawn out to 1 mm. inside diameter. Length of capillary part of tubes to be about 5 cm. Length of tube over all 8 cm.

EquipmentCapillary tubes made from thin-walled glass tubing with a 5 mm inside diameter drawn down to 1 mm inside diameter. The capillary part of the tubes should be about 5 cm long. The total length of the tube is 8 cm.

Standard thermometer graduated in tenths of a degree.

Standard thermometer marked in tenths of a degree.

600 cc. beaker.

600 ml beaker.

Determination—The sample should be clear when melted[Pg 182] and entirely free from moisture, or incorrect results will be obtained.

Determination—The sample should be clear when melted[Pg 182] and completely free from moisture; otherwise, you will get incorrect results.

Melt and thoroughly mix the sample. Dip three of the capillary tubes above described in the oil so that the fat in the tube stands about 1 cm. in height. Now fuse the capillary end carefully by means of a small blast flame and allow to cool. These tubes are placed in a refrigerator over night at a temperature of from 40 to 50° F. They are then fastened by means of a rubber band or other suitable means to the bulb of a thermometer graduated in tenths of a degree. The thermometer is suspended in a beaker of water (which is agitated by air or other suitable means) so that the bottom of the bulb of the thermometer is immersed to a depth of about 3 cm. The temperature of the water is increased gradually at the rate of about 1° per minute.

Melt and thoroughly mix the sample. Dip three of the capillary tubes mentioned earlier into the oil so that the fat in the tube is about 1 cm high. Now carefully fuse the capillary end using a small flame and let it cool. Place these tubes in a refrigerator overnight at a temperature between 40 and 50°F. Then, secure them with a rubber band or another suitable method to the bulb of a thermometer marked in tenths of a degree. Suspend the thermometer in a beaker of water (which should be stirred by air or another suitable method) so that the bottom of the thermometer's bulb is about 3 cm deep in the water. Gradually increase the water temperature at a rate of about 1°F per minute.

The point at which the sample becomes opalescent is first noted and the heating continued until the contents of the tube becomes uniformly transparent. The latter temperature is reported as the melting point.

The moment the sample starts to look opalescent is noted, and heating continues until the tube's contents turn completely transparent. This final temperature is recorded as the melting point.

Before finally melting to a perfectly clear fluid, the sample becomes opalescent and usually appears clear at the top, bottom, and sides before becoming clear at the center. The heating is continued until the contents of the tube become uniformly clear and transparent. This temperature is reported as the melting point.[33] It is usually only a fraction of a degree above the opalescent point noted. The thermometer should be read to the nearest 1/2° C., and in addition this temperature may be reported to the nearest degree Fahrenheit if desired.

Before it completely melts into a perfectly clear liquid, the sample turns opalescent and generally looks clear at the top, bottom, and sides before clearing up in the center. The heating continues until the contents of the tube are uniformly clear and transparent. This temperature is noted as the melting point.[33] It's usually just a fraction of a degree above the noted opalescent point. The thermometer should be read to the nearest 1/2° C., and this temperature can also be reported to the nearest degree Fahrenheit if needed.

CLOUD TEST.

Precautions—(1) The oil must be perfectly dry, because[Pg 183] the presence of moisture will produce a turbidity before the clouding point is reached.

Safety measures—(1) The oil must be completely dry, because[Pg 183] any moisture will cause it to become cloudy before reaching the clouding point.

(2) The oil must be heated to 150° C. over a free flame, immediately before making the test.

(2) Heat the oil to 150° C over an open flame immediately before conducting the test.

(3) There must not be too much discrepancy between the temperature of the bath and the clouding point of the oil. An oil that will cloud at the temperature of hydrant water should be tested in a bath of that temperature. An oil that will cloud in a mixture of ice and water should be tested in such a bath. An oil that will not cloud in a bath of ice and water must be tested in a bath of salt, ice, and water.

(3) The temperature of the bath shouldn’t differ too much from the oil's clouding point. If an oil clouds at the temperature of tap water, it should be tested in that temperature bath. If it clouds in a mix of ice and water, then it should be tested in that bath. If an oil doesn’t cloud in a bath of ice and water, it needs to be tested in a bath of salt, ice, and water.

Determination—The oil is heated in a porcelain casserole over a free flame to 150° C., stirring with the thermometer. As soon as it can be done with safety, the oil is transferred to a 4 oz. oil bottle, which must be perfectly dry. One and one-half ounces of the oil are sufficient for the test. A dry centigrade thermometer is placed in the oil, and the bottle is then cooled by immersion in a suitable bath. The oil is constantly stirred with the thermometer, taking care not to remove the thermometer from the oil at any time during the test, so as to avoid stirring air bubbles into the oil. The bottle is frequently removed from the bath for a few moments. The oil must not be allowed to chill on the sides and bottom of the bottle. This is effected by constant and vigorous stirring with the thermometer. As soon as the first permanent cloud shows in the body of the oil, the temperature at which this cloud occurs is noted.

Determination—The oil is heated in a ceramic dish over an open flame to 150° C., stirring with the thermometer. Once it’s safe to do so, the oil is poured into a 4 oz. oil bottle, which needs to be completely dry. One and a half ounces of the oil is enough for the test. A dry Celsius thermometer is placed in the oil, and the bottle is then cooled by immersing it in an appropriate bath. The oil is stirred constantly with the thermometer, taking care not to lift the thermometer out of the oil at any point during the test to prevent air bubbles from being stirred in. The bottle is frequently taken out of the bath for a few moments. The oil should not be allowed to cool on the sides and bottom of the bottle. This is achieved by vigorous and constant stirring with the thermometer. As soon as the first permanent cloud appears in the oil, the temperature at which this cloud occurs is recorded.

With care, results concordant to within 1/2° C. can be obtained by this method. A Fahrenheit thermometer is sometimes used because it has become customary to report results in degrees Fahrenheit.

With care, results that agree within 1/2° C. can be achieved using this method. A Fahrenheit thermometer is sometimes used because it's customary to report results in degrees Fahrenheit.

The oil must be tested within a short time after heating to 150° C. and a re-test must always be preceded by reheating to that temperature. The cloud point should be[Pg 184] approached as quickly as possible, yet not so fast that the oil is frozen on the sides or bottom of the bottle before the cloud test is reached.

The oil needs to be tested shortly after heating to 150° C, and any re-test must always start with reheating to that temperature. The cloud point should be[Pg 184] reached as quickly as possible, but not so fast that the oil freezes on the sides or bottom of the bottle before the cloud test is completed.

Notes on the Above Methods.

SAMPLING.

The standard size of sample adopted by the committee is at least 3 lbs. in weight. The committee realizes that this amount is larger than any samples usually furnished even when representing shipments of from 20,000 to 60,000 lbs. but it believes that the requirement of a larger sample is desirable and will work toward uniform and more concordant results in analysis. It will probably continue to be the custom of the trade to submit smaller buyers' samples than required by the committee, but these are to be considered only as samples for inspection and not for analysis. The standard analytical sample must consist of 3 lbs. or more.

The standard sample size set by the committee is at least 3 lbs. The committee understands that this amount is larger than what is usually provided, even for shipments ranging from 20,000 to 60,000 lbs., but it believes that having a larger sample is important and will lead to more consistent and reliable analysis results. The trade will likely still tend to submit smaller buyer samples than what the committee requires, but these should only be seen as samples for inspection, not for analysis. The standard analytical sample must be 3 lbs. or more.

The reasons for keeping samples in a dark, cool place are obvious. This is to prevent any increase in rancidity and any undue increase in free fatty acids. In the case of many fats the committee has found in its co-operative analytical work that free acid tends to increase very rapidly. This tendency is minimized by low temperatures.

The reasons for storing samples in a dark, cool place are clear. This helps prevent any increase in rancidity and keeps free fatty acids from rising too much. In many fats, the committee has discovered through its collaborative analysis that free acid levels tend to rise very quickly. This tendency is reduced by keeping temperatures low.

MOISTURE AND VOLATILE MATTER.

After careful consideration the committee has decided that moisture is best determined in a vacuum oven of the design which accompanies the above report. Numerous results on check samples have confirmed the committee's conclusions. The oven recommended by the committee is constructed on the basis of well-known principles and it is hoped that this type will be adopted generally by chemists who are called upon to analyze fats and oils. The experiments of the committee indicate that it is a most difficult matter to design a vacuum oven which will produce uniform temperatures[Pg 185] throughout; and one of the principal ideas in the design adopted is uniformity of temperature over the entire single shelf. This idea has not quite been realized in practice but, nevertheless, the present design approaches much closer to the ideal than other vacuum ovens commonly used. In the drawing the essential dimensions are those between the heating units and the shelf and the length and breadth of the outer casting. The standard Fat Analysis Committee Oven (F. A. C. Oven) can be furnished by Messrs. E. H. Sargent & Company, 125 West Lake street, Chicago.

After careful consideration, the committee has decided that moisture is best measured in a vacuum oven of the design included in the report mentioned above. Many results from check samples have backed up the committee's conclusions. The oven recommended by the committee is designed based on well-established principles, and it is hoped that this type will be widely adopted by chemists analyzing fats and oils. The committee's experiments show that designing a vacuum oven that produces uniform temperatures throughout is quite challenging, and one of the key concepts in the adopted design is uniform temperature across the entire single shelf. This goal has not been fully achieved in practice, but nonetheless, the current design comes much closer to the ideal compared to other commonly used vacuum ovens. In the drawing, the essential dimensions are those between the heating units and the shelf, as well as the length and width of the outer casing. The standard Fat Analysis Committee Oven (F. A. C. Oven) can be provided by Messrs. E. H. Sargent & Company, 125 West Lake Street, Chicago.

The committee realizes that for routine work a quicker method is desirable and has added one such method and has also stated the conditions under which comparable results can be obtained by means of the ordinary well-ventilated air oven held at 105 to 110° C. However, in accordance with a fundamental principle adopted by the committee at its first meeting, only one standard method is adopted and declared official for each determination.

The committee understands that a faster method is needed for routine work and has introduced one such method. They have also outlined the conditions under which comparable results can be achieved using a standard well-ventilated air oven maintained at 105 to 110° C. However, following a key principle established by the committee at its first meeting, only one standard method is approved and recognized as official for each determination.

The committee realizes that in the case of all methods for determining moisture by means of loss on heating there may be a loss due to volatile matter (especially fatty acids) other than water. The title of the determination moisture and volatile matter indicates this idea, but any considerable error from this source may occur only in the case of high acid fats and oils and particularly those containing lower fatty acids such as coconut and palm kernel oil. In the case of extracted greases which have not been properly purified, some of the solvent may also be included in the moisture and volatile matter determination, but inasmuch as the solvent, usually a petroleum product, can only be considered as foreign matter, for commercial purposes, it is entirely proper to include it with the moisture.

The committee acknowledges that with all methods for measuring moisture through loss on heating, there can be a loss from volatile substances (especially fatty acids) in addition to water. The term moisture and volatile compounds reflects this concept, but significant errors from this cause are likely to arise only in high acid fats and oils, particularly those with lower fatty acids such as coconut and palm kernel oil. For extracted fats that haven't been properly purified, some of the solvent may also be counted in the moisture and volatile matter measurement. However, since the solvent, typically a petroleum product, should be regarded as foreign matter for commercial purposes, it's appropriate to include it with the moisture.

The committee has also considered the various distillation methods for the determination of moisture in fats and oils,[Pg 186] but since according to the fundamental principles which it was endeavoring to follow it could only standardize one method, it was decided that the most desirable one on the whole was the vacuum-oven method as given. There are cases wherein a chemist may find it desirable to check a moisture determination or investigate the moisture content of a fat or oil further by means of one of the distillation methods.

The committee has also looked into the different distillation methods for measuring moisture in fats and oils,[Pg 186] but since it aimed to follow certain fundamental principles and could only standardize one method, it was decided that the vacuum-oven method was the best overall choice. There may be situations where a chemist wants to verify a moisture measurement or further explore the moisture content of a fat or oil using one of the distillation methods.

However, in co-operative work the distillation method in various types of apparatus has not yielded satisfactory results. The difficulties appear to be connected with a proper choice of solvent and particularly with the tendency of drops of water to adhere to various parts of the glass apparatus instead of passing on to the measuring device. When working on coconut oil containing a high percentage of free fatty acids, concordant results could not be obtained by the various members of the committee when working with identical samples, solvents and apparatus.

However, in collaborative work, the distillation method using different types of equipment hasn’t provided satisfactory results. The challenges seem to relate to selecting the right solvent and especially to the tendency of water droplets to stick to various parts of the glass apparatus instead of moving on to the measuring device. When testing coconut oil with a high percentage of free fatty acids, the various members of the committee couldn’t achieve consistent results while using identical samples, solvents, and equipment.

On the other hand, the committee found by individual work, co-operative work and collaborative work by several members of the committee in one laboratory, that the old, well-known direct heating method (which the committee has designated the hot plate method) yielded very satisfactory results on all sorts of fats and oils including emulsions such as butter and oleomargarine and even on coconut oil samples containing 15 to 20 per cent free fatty acids and 5 to 6 per cent of moisture. Unfortunately, this method depends altogether on the operator's skill and while the method may be taught to any person whether a chemist or not so that he can obtain excellent results with it, it is difficult to give a sufficiently, complete description of it so that any chemist anywhere after reading the description could follow it successfully. The method is undoubtedly worthy of much confidence in careful hands. It is quick, accurate and reliable.[Pg 187] It is probably the best single method for the determination of moisture in all sorts of samples for routine laboratory work. On account of this fact the committee desires to announce its willingness to instruct any person in the proper use of the method who desires to become acquainted with it and who will visit any committee member's laboratory.

On the other hand, the committee discovered through individual, cooperative, and collaborative efforts in one lab that the traditional direct heating method (referred to as the hot plate method) produced very satisfactory results with various fats and oils, including emulsions like butter and margarine, as well as coconut oil samples with 15 to 20 percent free fatty acids and 5 to 6 percent moisture. Unfortunately, this method relies entirely on the operator's skill. While it can be taught to anyone, whether a chemist or not, so they can achieve excellent results, it's challenging to provide a sufficiently complete description that would allow any chemist to successfully apply it just by reading about it. The method is undoubtedly reliable when used by careful hands. It's quick, accurate, and dependable. [Pg 187] It's likely the best single method for determining moisture in all types of samples for routine laboratory work. Because of this, the committee is happy to offer instruction to anyone interested in learning the proper use of the method who is willing to visit any committee member's lab.

INSOLUBLE IMPURITIES.

This determination, the title for which was adopted after careful consideration, determines the impurities which have generally been known as dirt, suspended matter, suspended solids, foreign solids, foreign matter, etc., in the past. The first solvent recommended by the committee is hot kerosene to be followed by petroleum ether kept at ordinary room temperature. Petroleum ether, cold or only slightly warm, is not a good fat and metallic soap solvent, whereas hot kerosene dissolves these substances readily, and for this reason the committee has recommended the double solvent method so as to exclude metallic soaps which are determined below as soluble mineral matter.

This determination, the title for which was chosen after careful thought, identifies the impurities that have commonly been known as dirt, suspended matter, suspended solids, foreign solids, foreign matter, etc., in the past. The first solvent recommended by the committee is hot kerosene, followed by petroleum ether at regular room temperature. Petroleum ether, whether cold or only slightly warm, is not a good solvent for fats and metallic soaps, whereas hot kerosene easily dissolves these substances. For this reason, the committee has recommended the double solvent method to exclude metallic soaps, which are identified below as soluble mineral matter.

SOLUBLE MINERAL MATTER.

Soluble mineral matter represents mineral matter combined with fatty acids in the form of soaps in solution in the fat or oil. Formerly, this mineral matter was often determined in combination by weighing the separated metallic soap or by weighing it in conjunction with the insoluble impurities. Since the soaps present consist mostly of lime soap, it has been customary to calculate the lime present therein by taking 0.1 the weight of the total metallic soaps. The standard method as given above is direct and involves no calculation. The routine method given in the note has been placed among the methods for the reason that it is used in some laboratories, but has not been adopted as a standard method in view of the fact that the committee has[Pg 188] made it a rule to adopt only one standard method. It should be pointed out, however, that the method cannot be considered accurate for the reason that insoluble impurities may vary from sample to sample to a considerable extent and the error due to the presence of large particles of insoluble impurities is thus transferred to the soluble mineral matter. The committee has found one type of grease (naphtha bone grease) which shows most unusual characteristics. The type sample contains 4.3 per cent soluble mineral matter by the committee method which would be equivalent to 43.0 per cent free fatty acid. The kerosene and gasoline filtrate was particularly clear, nevertheless the ash was found to contain 36.43 per cent P2O5 equivalent to 79.60 per cent of Ca3(PO4)2 and 9.63 per cent of Fe2O3. The method, therefore, determines the soluble mineral matter in this case satisfactorily but the factor 10 is not applicable for calculating the fatty acids combined therewith. It is necessary, therefore, in order to determine the fatty acids combined with soluble mineral matter in the original sample to determine the actual bases in the soluble mineral matter as obtained by ashing the kerosene and gasoline filtrate. To the bases so determined the factor 10 can then be applied.

Soluble mineral matter refers to mineral matter that combines with fatty acids to form soaps dissolved in fat or oil. In the past, this mineral matter was usually measured by weighing the separated metallic soap or weighing it along with the insoluble impurities. Since most of the soaps are lime soap, it has been standard to estimate the amount of lime present by taking 0.1 times the total weight of the metallic soaps. The method explained above is straightforward and requires no calculations. The routine method mentioned in the note is included because some laboratories use it, but it has not been accepted as a standard method because the committee has made it a rule to adopt only one standard method. However, it should be noted that this method isn't entirely accurate because insoluble impurities can vary significantly from sample to sample, and the errors caused by large insoluble particles will affect the soluble mineral matter. The committee identified one type of grease (naphtha bone grease) that exhibits unusual characteristics. The type sample contains 4.3 percent soluble mineral matter according to the committee method, which corresponds to 43.0 percent free fatty acid. The kerosene and gasoline filtrate was notably clear; however, the ash contained 36.43 percent P2O5, which is equivalent to 79.60 percent of Ca3(PO4)2 and 9.63 percent of Fe2O3. Therefore, this method successfully determines the soluble mineral matter, but the factor of 10 is not suitable for calculating the fatty acids associated with it. To accurately determine the fatty acids combined with the soluble mineral matter in the original sample, it's necessary to find the actual bases in the soluble mineral matter by ashing the kerosene and gasoline filtrate. The factor of 10 can then be applied to the determined bases.

FREE FATTY ACID.

The fatty acid method adopted is sufficiently accurate for commercial purposes. In many routine laboratories the fat or oil is measured and not weighed, but the committee recommends weighing the sample in all cases. For scientific purposes the result is often expressed as "acid number," meaning the number of milligrams of KOH required to neutralize the free acids in one gram of fat, but the commercial practice has been, and is, to express the fatty acids as oleic acid or in the case of palm oil, as palmitic acid, in some instances. The committee sees no objection to the[Pg 189] continuation of this custom so long as the analytical report clearly indicates how the free acid is expressed. For a more exact expression of the free acid in a given fat, the committee recommends that the ratio of acid number to saponification number be used. This method of expressing results is subject to error when unsaponifiable fatty matter is present, since the result expresses the ratio of free fatty acid to total saponifiable fatty matter present.

The fatty acid method used is accurate enough for commercial needs. In many routine labs, fat or oil is measured instead of weighed, but the committee recommends weighing the sample in every case. For scientific purposes, the result is often shown as "acid number," which refers to the number of milligrams of KOH needed to neutralize the free acids in one gram of fat. However, the common practice in commerce has been, and still is, to express the fatty acids as oleic acid or, in the case of palm oil, as palmitic acid in some instances. The committee has no issue with the[Pg 189] continuation of this practice, as long as the analytical report clearly states how the free acid is expressed. For a more accurate representation of the free acid in a given fat, the committee recommends using the ratio of acid number to saponification number. This method of expressing results can be inaccurate when unsaponifiable fatty matter is present, as it represents the ratio of free fatty acid to total saponifiable fatty matter present.

TITER.

At the present time the prices of glycerol and caustic potash are abnormally high, but the committee has considered that the methods adopted are for normal times and normal prices. For routine work during the period of high prices the following method may be used for preparing the fatty acids and is recommended by the committee:

At the moment, the prices of glycerol and caustic potash are unusually high, but the committee believes that the methods used are suitable for regular times and normal prices. For routine work during this period of high prices, the following method can be used to prepare the fatty acids, which is recommended by the committee:

Fifty grams of fat are saponified with 60 cc. of a solution of 2 parts of methyl alcohol to 1 of 50 per cent NaOH. The soap is dried, pulverized and dissolved in 1000 cc. of water in a porcelain dish and then decomposed with 25 cc. of 75 per cent sulphuric acid. The fatty acids are boiled until clear oil is formed and then collected and settled in a 150-cc. beaker and filtered into a 50-cc. beaker. They are then heated to 130° C. as rapidly as possible with stirring, and transferred, after they have cooled somewhat, to the usual 1-in. by 4-in. titer tube.

Fifty grams of fat are saponified using 60 cc of a solution made of 2 parts methyl alcohol to 1 part 50 percent NaOH. The soap is dried, ground into a powder, and dissolved in 1000 cc of water in a porcelain dish, then decomposed with 25 cc of 75 percent sulfuric acid. The fatty acids are boiled until a clear oil forms, then collected and settled in a 150-cc beaker and filtered into a 50-cc beaker. They are then heated to 130° C as quickly as possible while stirring, and after cooling down a bit, transferred to the usual 1 by 4 inch titer tube.

The method of taking the titer, including handling the thermometer, to be followed is the same as that described in the standard method. Even at present high prices many laboratories are using the glycerol-caustic potash method for preparing the fatty acids, figuring that the saving of time more than compensates for the extra cost of the reagents. Caustic soda cannot be substituted for caustic potash in the glycerol method.[Pg 190]

The process of measuring the titer, including how to handle the thermometer, should be the same as outlined in the standard method. Even with current high prices, many labs are using the glycerol-caustic potash method to prepare fatty acids, believing that the time saved justifies the higher cost of the reagents. Caustic soda cannot replace caustic potash in the glycerol method.[Pg 190]

UNSAPONIFIABLE MATTER.

The committee has considered unsaponifiable matter to include those substances frequently found dissolved in fats and oils which are not saponified by the caustic alkalies and which at the same time are soluble in the ordinary fat solvents. The term includes such substances as the higher alcohols, such as cholesterol which is found in animal fats, phytosterol found in some vegetable fats, paraffin and petroleum oils, etc. Unsaponifiable matter should not be confused in the lay mind with insoluble impurities or soluble mineral matter.

The committee has identified unsaponifiable matter as those substances that are often dissolved in fats and oils but are not turned into soap by caustic alkalis. At the same time, these substances can be dissolved in regular fat solvents. This term includes higher alcohols, cholesterol found in animal fats, phytosterol present in some vegetable fats, and paraffin and petroleum oils, among others. Unsaponifiable substances should not be mistaken for insoluble impurities or soluble mineral substances.

The method adopted by the committee has been selected only after the most careful consideration of other methods, such as the dry extraction method and the wet method making use of the separatory funnel. At first consideration the dry extraction process would seem to offer the best basis for an unsaponifiable matter method, but in practice it has been found absolutely impossible for different analysts to obtain agreeing results when using any of the dry extraction methods proposed. Therefore, this method had to be abandoned after numerous trials, although several members of the committee strongly favored it in the beginning.

The method chosen by the committee was selected only after thorough consideration of other techniques, such as the dry extraction method and the wet method using the separatory funnel. Initially, the dry extraction process seemed to be the best option for a method of unsaponifiable matter, but in practice, it was found to be completely unworkable, as different analysts couldn't achieve consistent results with any of the proposed dry extraction methods. As a result, this method had to be discarded after many attempts, even though several committee members initially strongly supported it.

Iodine Number—The iodine number adopted by the committee is that determined by the well-known Wijs method. This method was adopted after careful comparison with the Hanus and Hübl methods. The Hübl method was eliminated from consideration almost at the beginning of the committee's work for the reason that the time required for complete absorption of the iodine is unnecessarily long and, in fact, even after absorption has gone on over night, it is apparently not complete. In the case of the Hanus and Wijs methods complete absorption takes place in from 15 minutes to an hour, depending on conditions. Formerly, many chemists thought the Hanus solution rather easier to prepare[Pg 191] than the Wijs solution, but the experience of the committee was that the Wijs solution was no more difficult to prepare than the Hanus. Furthermore, absorption of iodine from the Wijs solution appeared to take place with greater promptness and certainty than from the Hanus and was complete in a shorter time. Results by the Wijs method were also in better agreement in the case of oils showing high iodine absorption than with the Hanus solution and showed a slightly higher iodine absorption for the same length of time. However, the difference was not great. The committee investigated the question of substitution since it has been suggested that in case of the Wijs solution substitution of iodine in the organic molecule might occur, and found no evidence of this in the time required for the determination, namely, 1/2 hr., or even for a somewhat longer period. One member of the committee felt that it was not desirable to introduce the Wijs method into these standard methods since the Hanus method was already standardized by the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists, but the committee felt that it must follow the principle established at the commencement of its work, namely, that of adopting the method which appeared to be the best from all standpoints, taking into consideration accuracy, convenience, simplicity, time, expense, etc., without allowing precedent to have the deciding vote.

Iodine Value—The iodine number chosen by the committee is based on the well-known Wijs method. This method was selected after careful comparison with the Hanus and Hübl methods. The Hübl method was ruled out early in the committee's work because the time required for the complete absorption of iodine is unnecessarily long; in fact, even after overnight absorption, it appears incomplete. In contrast, complete absorption with the Hanus and Wijs methods happens within 15 minutes to an hour, depending on the conditions. Previously, many chemists thought the Hanus solution was easier to prepare[Pg 191] than the Wijs solution, but the committee found that preparing the Wijs solution was not more difficult than the Hanus. Moreover, iodine absorption from the Wijs solution seemed to occur more quickly and reliably than from the Hanus solution and was complete in a shorter time. Results from the Wijs method also aligned better for oils with high iodine absorption compared to the Hanus solution and showed slightly higher iodine absorption for the same duration. However, the difference was minimal. The committee looked into the issue of substitution since it had been suggested that iodine could be substituted in the organic molecule with the Wijs solution, and found no evidence of this during the determination time of 1/2 hour or even slightly longer. One member of the committee believed it was not ideal to include the Wijs method in these standard methods since the Hanus method was already standardized by the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists, but the committee felt it had to stick to the principle established at the beginning of its work: adopting the method that appeared to be the best from all perspectives, considering accuracy, convenience, simplicity, time, cost, etc., without letting precedent dictate the choice.

Iodine Number, Tung Oil—The committee has made an extensive study of the application of the Wijs method to the determination of iodine value in the case of tung oil with the result that it recommends the method for this oil but has thought it desirable to limit the conditions under which the determination is conducted rather narrowly, although reasonably good results are obtained by the committee method without making use of the special limitations.

Iodine Number, Tung Oil—The committee has conducted an in-depth study of the Wijs method for determining the iodine value in tung oil. As a result, they recommend using this method for this oil but believe it's necessary to strictly limit the conditions under which the determination is performed, even though the committee achieved reasonably good results with their method without these special limitations.

The co-operative work of the committee and the special[Pg 192] investigations conducted by individual members bring out the following points:

The team efforts of the committee and the special[Pg 192] investigations carried out by individual members highlight the following points:

Influence of Temperature—From 16° C. to 30° C. there is a moderate increase in the absorption, but above 30° the increase is rather rapid so that it was thought best to limit the temperature in the case of tung oil to 20° to 25° C.

Influence of Temperature—From 16° C. to 30° C., there is a gradual increase in absorption, but above 30° C. the increase becomes quite rapid. Therefore, it was decided to keep the temperature for tung oil between 20° C. and 25° C.

Influence of Time—The absorption increases with the time but apparently complete absorption, so far as unsaturated bonds are concerned, occurs well within one hour's time. Consequently, one hour was set as the practical limit.

Influence of Time—The absorption goes up with time, but it seems that complete absorption, at least for unsaturated bonds, happens well within an hour. Therefore, one hour was established as the practical limit.

Influence of Excess—The excess of iodine solution also tends to increase the iodine number, hence the Committee thought it necessary to limit the excess rather rigidly to 55 ± 3 per cent, although with greater latitude results were reasonably good.

Influence of Excess—Too much iodine solution also tends to raise the iodine number, so the Committee decided it was important to strictly limit the excess to 55 ± 3 percent, even though results were fairly good with a bit more flexibility.

Influence of Age of Solution—Old solutions tend to give low results although up to 2 mo. no great differences were observed. Nevertheless, it was thought best to limit the age of the solution to 30 days—long enough for all practical purposes.

Influence of Age of Solution—Older solutions usually produce lower results, although there weren’t any significant differences observed for up to 2 months. Still, it seemed best to limit the age of the solution to 30 days—long enough for all practical purposes.

Amount of Sample—As a practical amount of sample to be weighed out the Committee decided on 0.15 g. with a tolerance of 0.05 g. in either direction according to preference. In other words, the amount of sample to be taken for the determination to be from 0.1 to 0.2 g. in the discretion of the analyst.

Amount of Sample—The Committee has decided that a practical amount of sample to weigh is 0.15 g, with a tolerance of 0.05 g in either direction based on preference. This means the amount of sample for the determination should be between 0.1 and 0.2 g, as determined by the analyst's discretion.

The Committee's study of the Hübl method which has been adopted by the Society for Testing Materials in the case of tung oil indicates that this method when applied to tung oil is subject to the same influences as the Wijs method and it has the additional very serious disadvantage of requiring a long period of time for absorption which cannot be considered reasonable for a modern analytical method. When using the Hübl solution, the absorption is[Pg 193] not complete in the case of tung oil at 3, 7, 18 or even 24 hrs.

The Committee's study of the Hübl method, adopted by the Society for Testing Materials for tung oil, shows that this method, when applied to tung oil, is affected by the same factors as the Wijs method. Additionally, it has the serious drawback of taking a long time for absorption, which isn’t practical for a modern analytical method. When using the Hübl solution, absorption is[Pg 193] not complete for tung oil at 3, 7, 18, or even 24 hours.

The Hanus method in the case of tung oil gives very high and erratic results, as high as 180 to 240 in ordinary cases for an oil whose true iodine number is about 165.

The Hanus method for tung oil produces very high and inconsistent results, ranging from 180 to 240 in typical cases for an oil that has a true iodine number of about 165.

MELTING POINT.

A melting point is the temperature at which a solid substance assumes the liquid condition. If the solid is a pure substance in the crystalline condition the melting point is sharp and well defined for any given pressure. With increased pressure the melting point is lowered or raised, depending on whether the substance contracts or expands in melting. The lowering or raising of the melting point with pressure is very slight and ordinarily is not taken into consideration. Melting-point determinations are commonly carried out under ordinary atmospheric pressures without correction. The general effect of soluble impurities is to lower the melting point, and this holds true whether the impurity has a higher or lower melting point than the pure substance (solvent). Thus if a small amount of stearic acid be added to liquid palmitic acid and the solution frozen, the melting point of this solid will be lower than that of palmitic acid. Likewise the melting point of stearic acid is lowered by the addition of a small amount of palmitic acid. A eutectic mixture results when two components solidify simultaneously at a definite temperature. Such a mixture has a constant melting point and because of this and also because both solid and liquid phases have the same composition, eutectic mixtures were formerly looked upon as compounds. The phenomenon of double melting points has been observed in the case of a number of glycerides. Such a glyceride when placed in the usual capillary tube and subjected to increasing temperature quickly resolidifies only[Pg 194] to melt again and remain melted at a still higher temperature. This phenomenon has not yet been sufficiently investigated to afford a satisfactory explanation.

A melting point is the temperature where a solid turns into a liquid. If the solid is a pure crystalline substance, the melting point is clear and well-defined at any given pressure. When pressure increases, the melting point can either go up or down, depending on whether the substance expands or contracts while melting. However, the change in melting point due to pressure is very slight and usually isn’t taken into account. Melting point determinations are typically done at normal atmospheric pressure without any adjustments. Generally, soluble impurities lower the melting point, regardless of whether the impurity’s melting point is higher or lower than that of the pure substance (solvent). So, if a small amount of stearic acid is added to liquid palmitic acid and the mixture is frozen, the melting point of that solid will be lower than that of palmitic acid. Similarly, adding a bit of palmitic acid will lower the melting point of stearic acid. A eutectic mixture forms when two components solidify together at a specific temperature. This kind of mixture has a fixed melting point, and because both the solid and liquid forms have the same composition, eutectic mixtures were previously considered to be compounds. The phenomenon of double melting points has been noticed in some glycerides. When such a glyceride is placed in a standard capillary tube and heated, it quickly resolidifies only[Pg 194] to melt again and stay liquid at an even higher temperature. This phenomenon hasn’t been thoroughly studied enough to provide a clear explanation.

Non-crystalline substances such as glass, sealing wax and various other waxes and wax mixtures, and most colloidal substances do not exhibit a sharp melting point, but under the application of heat first soften very gradually and at a considerably higher temperature melt sufficiently to flow. This phenomenon of melting through a long range of temperature may be due to the amorphous nature of the substance or to the fact that it consists of a very large number of components of many different melting points.

Non-crystalline materials like glass, sealing wax, and various other waxes and wax mixtures, along with most colloidal substances, don’t have a clear melting point. Instead, they soften slowly when heated and only melt enough to flow at a significantly higher temperature. This gradual melting across a wide temperature range might be because of the substance's amorphous nature or because it contains many components with different melting points.

The fats and oils of natural origin, that is, the animal and vegetable fats and oils, consist of mixtures of glycerides and, generally speaking, of a considerable number of such components. These components are crystalline and when separated in the pure state have definite melting points, although some exhibit the phenomenon of double melting point. For the most part the naturally occurring glycerides are mixed glycerides. In the natural fats and oils there are present also certain higher alcohols, of which cholesterol is characteristic of the animal fats and oils and phytosterol of many of the vegetable fats and oils. In addition to the crystalline glycerides and the higher alcohols present in neutral fats, there are in fats of lower grade, fatty acids, which are crystalline, and also various non-crystalline impurities of an unsaponifiable nature, and the presence of these impurities tends to lower the melting point. They also tend to induce undercooling and when the liquid fat or oil is being chilled for purposes of solidification or in determination of titer.

The fats and oils that come from natural sources, specifically animal and vegetable fats and oils, are made up of mixtures of glycerides, typically including a significant number of these components. These components are crystalline, and when isolated in their pure form, they have specific melting points, though some show a double melting point phenomenon. Most naturally occurring glycerides are mixed glycerides. In natural fats and oils, you'll also find certain higher alcohols; cholesterol is a key component of animal fats and oils, while phytosterol is common in many vegetable fats and oils. Besides the crystalline glycerides and higher alcohols found in neutral fats, lower-grade fats contain crystalline fatty acids and various non-crystalline impurities that are unsaponifiable, which can decrease the melting point. These impurities can also cause undercooling when the liquid fat or oil is being cooled for solidification or when determining its titer.

The presence of water, especially when this is thoroughly mixed or emulsified with a fat or oil, also influences the melting point to a marked extent, causing the mixture to[Pg 195] melt through a longer range of temperatures than would be the case if the water were absent. This is particularly true of emulsified fats and oils, such as butter and oleomargarine, both of which contain, besides water, the solids naturally present in milk or cream and including casein, milk sugar, and salts. The melting-point method recommended by the Committee is not applicable to such emulsions or other watery mixtures and the Committee has found it impossible to devise an accurate method for making softening-point or melting-point determinations on products of this nature. Not only the amount of water present but also the fineness of its particles, that is, its state of subdivision and distribution, in a fat or oil influences the softening point or melting point and causes it to vary widely in different samples.

The presence of water, especially when it’s thoroughly mixed or emulsified with a fat or oil, significantly affects the melting point, causing the mixture to [Pg 195] melt over a wider range of temperatures than it would without water. This is especially true for emulsified fats and oils, like butter and margarine, which, in addition to water, contain the solids naturally found in milk or cream, including casein, milk sugar, and salts. The melting-point method suggested by the Committee doesn't work for these emulsions or other watery mixtures, and the Committee has found it impossible to create an accurate method for determining softening or melting points for these types of products. Both the amount of water present and the size of its particles—meaning how finely they are divided and distributed within a fat or oil—also affect the softening or melting point and can cause it to vary significantly between different samples.

As a consequence of the foregoing facts, natural fats and oils do not exhibit a definite melting point, composed as they are of mixtures of various crystalline glycerides, higher alcohols, fatty acids, and non-crystalline substances. Therefore, the term melting point when applied to them requires further definition. They exhibit first a lower melting point (the melting point of the lowest melting component) or what might be called the softening point and following this the fat softens through a shorter or longer range of temperature to the final melting point at which temperature the fat is entirely liquid. This is the melting point determined by the Committee's melting-point method. The range between the softening point and the final melting point varies greatly with the different fats and oils depending on their chemical components, the water associated with them, emulsification, etc. In the case of coconut oil the range between softening point and final melting point is rather short; in the case of butter, long. Various methods have been devised to determine the so-called melting point of fats and oils. Most of these methods, however, determine, not[Pg 196] the melting point, but the softening point or the flow point of the fat and the great difficulty has been in the past to devise a method which would determine even this point with reasonable accuracy and so that results could be easily duplicated. It has been the aim of the Committee to devise a simple method for the determination of the melting point of fats and oils, but it should be understood that the term melting point in the scientific sense is not applicable to natural fats and oils.

As a result of the facts mentioned earlier, natural fats and oils don’t have a specific melting point because they are made up of mixtures of different crystalline glycerides, higher alcohols, fatty acids, and non-crystalline substances. So, the term "melting point" needs further clarification when referring to them. They first show a lower melting point (the melting point of their lowest melting component) or what could be called the softening point, and then the fat softens over a range of temperatures until it reaches the final melting point, at which the fat is completely liquid. This final melting point is established through the Committee's melting-point method. The temperature range between the softening point and the final melting point varies significantly among different fats and oils based on their chemical components, any associated water, emulsification, etc. For example, coconut oil has a relatively short range between the softening point and the final melting point, while butter has a long one. Several methods have been created to determine the so-called melting point of fats and oils. However, most of these methods determine not the melting point, but rather the softening point or the flow point of the fat, and historically, it has been challenging to develop a method that could measure even this point with reasonable accuracy and that would yield consistent results. The Committee aims to establish a straightforward method for determining the melting point of fats and oils, but it's important to note that the term "melting point" in the scientific sense doesn't truly apply to natural fats and oils.

FOOTNOTES:

[22] Approved by the Supervisory Committee on Standard Methods of Analysis of the American Chemical Society.

[22] Approved by the Supervisory Committee on Standard Methods of Analysis of the American Chemical Society.

[23] Live steam must not be turned into tank cars or coils before samples are drawn, since there is no certain way of telling when coils are free from leaks.

[23] Live steam should not be transferred into tank cars or coils before samples are taken, as there is no reliable way to determine when coils are leak-free.

[24] If there is water present under the solid material this must be noted and estimated separately.

[24] If there is water underneath the solid material, it should be recorded and assessed separately.

[25] Boiling point of water at reduced pressures.

[25] Boiling point of water at lower pressures.

Pressure Mm. Hg.Boiling Point to 1° C.Boiling Point +15° C.Boiling Point +20° C.
10052° C.67° C.72° C.
90506570
80476267
70456065
60425762
50385358
40344954

[26] Results comparable to those of the Standard Method may be obtained on most fats and oils by drying 5-g. portions of the sample, prepared and weighed as above, to constant weight in a well-constructed and well-ventilated air oven held uniformly at a temperature of 105° to 110° C. The thermometer bulb should be close to the sample. The definition of constant weight is the same as for the Standard Method.

[26] You can get results similar to the Standard Method for most fats and oils by drying 5-g samples, prepared and weighed as described above, to a constant weight in a well-built and well-ventilated air oven maintained consistently at a temperature between 105° and 110° C. The thermometer bulb should be positioned near the sample. The definition of constant weight is the same as that used for the Standard Method.

[27] The following method is suggested by the Committee for routine control work: Weigh out 5- to 25-g. portions of prepared sample into a glass or aluminum (Caution: Aluminum soap may be formed) beaker or casserole and heat on a heavy asbestos board over burner or hot plate, taking care that the temperature of the sample does not go above 130° C. at any time. During the heating rotate the vessel gently on the board by hand to avoid sputtering or too rapid evolution of moisture. The proper length of time of heating is judged by absence of rising bubbles of steam, by the absence of foam or by other signs known to the operator. Avoid overheating of sample as indicated by smoking or darkening. Cool in desiccator and weigh.

[27] The Committee recommends the following method for routine control work: Weigh out 5- to 25-gram portions of the prepared sample into a glass or aluminum (Caution: Aluminum soap may form) beaker or casserole and heat on a heavy asbestos board over a burner or hot plate, making sure that the temperature of the sample does not exceed 130° C at any time. While heating, gently rotate the vessel by hand on the board to prevent sputtering or rapid moisture loss. The appropriate heating time is determined by the absence of rising steam bubbles, foam, or other indicators known to the operator. Avoid overheating the sample, which can be indicated by smoking or darkening. Allow to cool in a desiccator and then weigh.

By co-operative work in several laboratories, the Committee has demonstrated that this method can be used and satisfactory results obtained on coconut oil even when a considerable percentage of free fatty acids is present, and the method is recommended for this purpose. Unfortunately on account of the very great personal factor involved, the Committee cannot establish this method as a preferred method. Nevertheless, after an operator has learned the technique of the method, it gives perfectly satisfactory results for ordinary oils and fats, butter, oleomargarine and coconut oil, and deserves more recognition than it has heretofore received.

Through collaborative efforts in several labs, the Committee has shown that this method can be effective and yield satisfactory results with coconut oil, even when there's a significant amount of free fatty acids present, and they recommend it for this purpose. Unfortunately, due to the significant personal factor involved, the Committee can’t endorse this method as the preferred one. Still, once an operator has mastered the technique, it produces perfectly satisfactory results for common oils and fats, butter, oleomargarine, and coconut oil, and it deserves more recognition than it has received so far.

[28] For routine control work, filter paper is sometimes more convenient than the prepared Gooch crucible, but must be very carefully washed, especially around the rim, to remove the last traces of fat.

[28] For regular control tasks, filter paper can be easier to use than a prepared Gooch crucible, but it needs to be thoroughly washed, especially around the edges, to eliminate any remaining fat.

[29] For routine work, an ash may be run on the original fat, and the soluble mineral matter obtained by deducting the ash on the insoluble impurities from this. In this case the Gooch crucible should be prepared with an ignited asbestos mat so that the impurities may be ashed directly after being weighed. In all cases ignition should be to constant weight so as to insure complete decomposition of carbonates.

[29] For routine work, an ash can be analyzed from the original fat, and the soluble mineral content can be calculated by subtracting the ash from the insoluble impurities. In this case, the Gooch crucible should be set up with an ignited asbestos mat so that the impurities can be ashed right after weighing. In all cases, ignition should continue until a constant weight is achieved to ensure complete breakdown of carbonates.

[30] See note on Soluble Mineral Matter following these methods. When the ash contains phosphates the factor 10 cannot be applied, but the bases consisting of calcium oxide, etc., must be determined, and the factor 10 applied to them.

[30] See the note on Soluble Mineral Matter after these methods. When the ash includes phosphates, the factor 10 can't be used, but the bases made up of calcium oxide, etc., need to be identified, and then the factor 10 should be applied to them.

[31] For routine work methyl or denatured ethyl alcohol of approximately 95 per cent strength may be used. With these reagents the end-point is not sharp.

[31] For regular tasks, you can use methyl or denatured ethyl alcohol with about 95% strength. With these substances, the end-point isn't very precise.

[32] P. C. McIlhiney, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 29 (1917), 1222, gives the following details for the preparation of the iodine monochloride solution:

[32] P. C. McIlhiney, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 29 (1917), 1222, provides the following information for making the iodine monochloride solution:

The preparation of the iodine monochloride solution presents no great difficulty, but it must be done with care and accuracy in order to obtain satisfactory results. There must be in the solution no sensible excess either of iodine or more particularly of chlorine, over that required to form the monochloride. This condition is most satisfactorily attained by dissolving in the whole of the acetic acid to be used the requisite quantity of iodine, using a gentle heat to assist the solution, if it is found necessary, setting aside a small portion of this solution, while pure and dry chlorine is passed into the remainder until the halogen content of the whole solution is doubled. Ordinarily it will be found that by passing the chlorine into the main part of the solution until the characteristic color of free iodine has just been discharged there will be a slight excess of chlorine which is corrected by the addition of the requisite amount of the unchlorinated portion until all free chlorine has been destroyed. A slight excess of iodine does little or no harm, but excess of chlorine must be avoided.

Preparing the iodine monochloride solution isn't very difficult, but it needs to be done carefully and accurately to get good results. The solution shouldn't have a noticeable excess of iodine or, especially, chlorine, beyond what's necessary to create the monochloride. The best way to achieve this is to dissolve the required amount of iodine in all the acetic acid being used, applying gentle heat to help with the dissolution if needed. Set aside a small portion of this solution while pure, dry chlorine is added to the rest until the halogen content of the entire solution doubles. Generally, you can add chlorine to the main part of the solution until the distinctive color of free iodine just disappears, which usually leaves a slight excess of chlorine. You can correct this by adding the right amount of the unchlorinated portion until all the free chlorine is neutralized. A small excess of iodine is not harmful, but excess chlorine should be avoided.

[33] The melting point of oils may be determined in general according to the above procedure, taking into consideration the lower temperature required.

[33] The melting point of oils can usually be determined using the above method, while noting that a lower temperature is needed.


PLANT AND MACHINERY

Illustrations of machinery and layouts of the plant of a modern soap-making establishment.






















Appendix

Tables marked * are taken from the German Year Book for Soap Industry.

(U. S. BUREAU OF STANDARDS)

THE METRIC SYSTEM.

The fundamental unit of the metric system is the meter (the unit of length). From this the units of mass (gram) and capacity (liter) are derived. All other units are the decimal sub-divisions or multiples of these. These three units are simply related, so that for all practical purposes the volume of one kilogram of water (one liter) is equal to one cubic decimeter.

The basic unit of the metric system is the meter (for measuring length). From this, we get the units for mass (gram) and volume (liter). All other units are either decimal subdivisions or multiples of these. These three units are closely connected, so for all practical purposes, the volume of one kilogram of water (one liter) is the same as one cubic decimeter.

Prefixes. Meaning. Units.
Milli- = one thousandth 1-1000 .001 Meter for length.
Centi-= one hundredth 1-100 .01
Deci- = one tenth 1-10 .1
Unit= one 1. Gram for mass.
Deka- = ten 10-1 10.
Hecto- = one hundred 100-1 100. Liter for capacity.
Kilo-= one thousand 1000-1 1000.

The metric terms are formed by combining the words "Meter," "Gram" and "Liter" with the six numerical prefixes.

The metric terms are created by combining the words "Meter," "Gram," and "Liter" with the six numerical prefixes.

Length

10 milli-meters mm=1 centi-meterc m
10 centi-meters=1 deci-meterd m
10 deci-meters=1 meter (about 40 inches)m
10 meters=1 deka-meterd k m
10 deka-meters=1 hecto-meterh m
10 hecto-meters=1 kilo-meter (about 5/8 mile)k m

Massachusetts.

10 milli-grams. m g=1 centi-gramc g
10 centi-grams=1 deci-gramd g
10 deci-grams=1 gram (about 15 grains)g
10 grams=1 deka-gramd k g
10 Deka-grams=1 hecto-gramh g
10 hecto-grams=1 kilo-gram (about 2 pounds)k g

Capacity.

10 milli-liters. m l=1 centi-literc l
10 centi-liters=1 deci-literd l
10 deci-liters=1 liter (about 1 quart)l
10 liters=1 deka-literd k l
10 deka-liters=1 hecto-liter (about a barrel)h l
10 hecto-liters=1 kilo-literk l

The square and cubic units are the squares and cubes of the linear units.

The square and cubic units are the squares and cubes of the linear units.

The ordinary unit of land area is the Hectare (about 2-1/2 acres).[Pg 222]

The standard unit of land area is the hectare (about 2.5 acres).[Pg 222]

U.S. BUREAU OF STANDARDS TABLE OF METRIC EQUIVALENTS

Meter = 39.37 inches.

Meter = 39.37 inches.

Legal Equivalent Adopted by Act of Congress July 28, 1866.

Legal Equivalent Adopted by Act of Congress July 28, 1866.

Length.

Centimeter= 0.3937 inch
Meter= 3.28 feet
Meter= 1.094 yards
Kilometer= 0.621 statute mile
Kilometer= 0.5396 nautical mile
Inch= 2.540 centimeters
Foot= 0.305 meter
Yard= 0.914 meter
Statute mile= 1.61 kilometers
Nautical mile= 1.853 kilometers

Zone.

Sq. centimeter= 0.155 sq. inch
Sq. meter= 10.76 sq. feet
Sq. meter= 1.196 sq. yards
Hectare= 2.47 acres
Sq. kilometer= 0.386 sq. mile
Sq. inch= 6.45 sq. centimeters
Sq. foot= 0.0929 sq. meter
Sq. yard= 0.836 sq. meter
Acre= 0.405 hectare
Sq. mile= 2.59 sq. kilometers

Weight.

Gram= 15.43 grains
Gram= 0.772 U. S. apoth. scruple
Gram= 0.2572 U. S. apoth. dram
Gram= 0.0353 avoir. ounce
Gram= 0.03215 troy ounce
Kilogram= 2.205 avoir. pounds
Kilogram= 2.679 troy pounds
Metric ton= 0.984 gross or long ton
Metric ton= 1.102 short or net tons
Grain= 0.064 gram
U. S. apoth. scruple= 1.296 grams
U. S. apoth. dram= 3.89 grams
Avoir. ounce= 28.35 grams
Troy ounce= 31.10 grams
Avoir. pound= 0.4536 kilogram
Troy pound= 0.373 kilogram
Gross or long ton= 1.016 metric tons
Short or net ton= 0.907 metric ton

Loudness.

Cu. centimeter= 0.0610 cu. inch
Cu. meter= 35.3 cu. feet
Cu. meter= 1.308 cu. yards
Cu. inch= 16.39 cu. centimeters
Cu. foot= 0.283 cu. meter
Cu. yard= 0.765 cu. meter

Capacity.

Millimeter= 0.0338 U. S. liq. ounce
Millimeter= 0.2705 U. S. apoth. dram
Liter= 1.057 U. S. liq. quarts
Liter= 0.2642 U. S. liq. gallon
Liter= 0.908 U. S. dry quart
Dekaliter= 1.135 U. S. pecks
Hectoliter= 2.838 U. S. bushels
U. S. liq. ounce= 29.57 millimeters
U. S. apoth. dram= 3.70 millimeters
U. S. liq. quarts= 0.946 liter
U. S. dry quarts= 1.101 liters
U. S. liq. gallon= 3.785 liters
U. S. peck= 0.881 dekaliter
U. S. bushel= 0.3524 hectoliter

AVOIRDUPOIS WEIGHT.

1 pound=16 ounces= 256drams
  1 ounce= 16"

TROY (APOTHECARIES') WEIGHT (U. S.)

1 pound=12 ounces= 96 drams= 288 scruples= 5,760 grains
  1 ounce= 8 drams= 24 scruples= 480 grains
   1 dram= 3 scruples= 60 grains
    1 scruple= 20 grains

WINE (APOTHECARIES) LIQUID MEASURE (U. S.)

1 gallon= 8 pints= 128 fl. ozs.= 1,024 fl. drams= 61,440 minims
 1 pint= 16 fl. ozs.= 128 fl. drams= 7,689 minims
  1 fl. oz.= 8 fl. drams= 480 minims
   1 fl. dram= 60 minims

To find diameter of a circle multiply circumference by .31831.

To find the diameter of a circle multiply the circumference by .31831.

To find circumference of a circle, multiply diameter by 3.1416.

To find the circumference of a circle, multiply the diameter by 3.1416.

To find area of a circle, multiply square of diameter by .7854.

To find the area of a circle, multiply the square of the diameter by 0.7854.

To find surface of a ball, multiply square of diameter by 3.1416.

To find the surface area of a ball, multiply the square of the diameter by 3.1416.

To find side of an equal square, multiply diameter by .8862.

To find the side of a square that has equal area, multiply the diameter by .8862.

To find cubic inches in a ball, multiply cube of diameter by .5236.

To find cubic inches in a ball, multiply the cube of the diameter by 0.5236.

Doubling the diameter of a pipe, increases its capacity four times.

Doubling the diameter of a pipe increases its capacity by four times.

One cubic foot of anthracite coal weighs about 53 lbs.

One cubic foot of anthracite coal weighs around 53 lbs.

One cubic foot of bituminous coal weighs from 47 to 50 pounds.

One cubic foot of bituminous coal weighs between 47 and 50 pounds.

A gallon of water (U. S. standard) weighs 8-1/3 pounds and contains 231 cubic inches.

A gallon of water (U.S. standard) weighs 8.3 pounds and contains 231 cubic inches.

A cubic foot of water contains 7-1/2 gallons, 1728 cubic inches and weighs 62-1/2 pounds.

A cubic foot of water holds 7.5 gallons, 1728 cubic inches, and weighs 62.5 pounds.

To find the number of pounds of water a cylindrical tank contains, square the diameter, multiply by .785 and then by the height in feet. This gives the number of cubic feet which multiplied by 62-1/2 gives the capacity in pounds of water. Divide by 7-1/2 and this gives the capacity in gallons.

To find out how many pounds of water a cylindrical tank holds, square the diameter, multiply that by 0.785 and then by the height in feet. This will provide the volume in cubic feet, which you then multiply by 62.5 to get the capacity in pounds of water. Divide by 7.5 to find the capacity in gallons.

A horse-power is equivalent to raising 33,000 pounds 1 foot per minute, or 550 pounds 1 foot per second.[Pg 226]

A horse-power is equal to lifting 33,000 pounds 1 foot in a minute, or 550 pounds 1 foot in a second.[Pg 226]

The friction of water in pipes is as the square of velocity. The capacity of pipes is as the square of their diameters; thus, doubling the diameter of a pipe increases its capacity four times.

The resistance of water in pipes is proportional to the square of the speed. The capacity of pipes is proportional to the square of their diameters; therefore, if you double the diameter of a pipe, its capacity increases four times.

To find the diameter of a pump cylinder to move a given quantity of water per minute (100 feet of piston being the standard of speed), divide the number of gallons by 4, then extract the square root, and the product will be the diameter in inches of the pump cylinder.

To find the diameter of a pump cylinder to move a specific amount of water per minute (100 feet of piston being the standard speed), divide the number of gallons by 4, then take the square root, and the result will be the diameter in inches of the pump cylinder.

To find the horse-power necessary to elevate water to a given height, multiply the weight of the water elevated per minute in pounds by the height in feet, and divide the product by 33,000 (an allowance should be added for water friction, and a further allowance for loss in steam cylinder, say from 20 to 30 per cent).

To determine the horsepower needed to lift water to a certain height, multiply the weight of the water lifted per minute in pounds by the height in feet, and divide the resulting figure by 33,000 (you should also add a margin for water friction, along with an additional allowance for losses in the steam cylinder, which can range from 20 to 30 percent).

To compute the capacity of pumping engines, multiply the area of water piston, in inches, by the distance it travels, in inches, in a given time. Deduct 3 per cent for slip and rod displacement. The product divided by 231 gives the number of gallons in time named.

To calculate the capacity of pumping engines, multiply the area of the water piston, in inches, by the distance it moves, in inches, over a specified time period. Subtract 3 percent for slip and rod displacement. The result divided by 231 gives the number of gallons in the specified time.

To find the velocity in feet per minute necessary to discharge a given volume of water in a given time, multiply the number of cubic feet of water by 144 and divide the product by the area of the pipe in inches.

To determine the velocity in feet per minute needed to discharge a specific volume of water in a set time, multiply the number of cubic feet of water by 144 and then divide that result by the area of the pipe in inches.

To find the area of a required pipe, the volume and velocity of water being given, multiply the number of cubic feet of water by 144 and divide the product by the velocity in feet per minute. The area being found, the diameter can be learned by using any table giving the "area of circles" and finding the nearest area, opposite to which will be found the diameter to correspond.[Pg 227]

To find the area of a required pipe, when you have the volume and velocity of water, multiply the number of cubic feet of water by 144 and then divide that result by the velocity in feet per minute. Once you have the area, you can find the diameter by using a table that shows the "area of circles" and locating the nearest area, next to which you will find the corresponding diameter.[Pg 227]

Physical and Chemical Constants of Fixed Oils and Fats.

(From Lewkowitsch and other experts.)

Specific gravity at 15°C.Specific gravity at 100°C. Melting-point. C. Solidifying-point. C.
Linseed oil 0.931-0.938 0.880 -16° to -26° -16°
Hemp-seed oil 0.925-0.931 -27°
Walnut oil 0.925-0.926 0.871 -27°
Poppy-seed oil 0.924-0.927 0.873 -18°
Sunflower oil 0.924-0.926 0.919 -17°
Fir-seed oil 0.925-0.928 -27° to -30°
Maize oil 0.921-0.926 -10° to -15°
Cotton-seed oil 0.922-0.930 0.867 12°
Sesame oil 0.923-0.924 0.871 -5°
Rape-seed oil 0.914-0.917 0.863 -2° to -10°
Black mustard oil 0.916-0.920 -17.5°
Croton oil 0.942-0.955 -16°
Castor oil 0.960-0.966 0.910 -12° to -18°
Apricot-kernel oil 0.915-0.919 -14°
Almond oil 0.915-0.920 -10° to -20°
Peanut (arachis) oil 0.916-0.920 0.867 -3° to -7°
Olive oil 0.914-0.917 0.862
Menhaden oil 0.927-0.933 -4°
Cod-liver oil 0.922-0.927 0.874 0° to -10°
Seal oil 0.924-0.929 0.873
Whale oil 0.920-0.930 0.872 -2°
Dolphin oil 0.917-0.918 5° to -3°
Porpoise oil 0.926 0.871 -16°
Neat's-foot oil 0.914-0.916 0.861 0° to 1.5°
Cotton-seed stearine 0.919-0.923 0.867 40° 31° to 32.5°
Palm oil 0.921-0.925 0.856 27° to 42°
Cacao butter 0.950-0.952 0.858 30° to 33° 25° to 26°
Cocoa-nut oil 0.925-0.926 0.873 20° to 26° 16° to 20°
Myrtle wax 0.995 0.875 40° to 44° 39° to 43°
Japan wax 0.970-0.980 0.875 51° to 54.5° 46°
Lard 0.931-0.938 0.861 41° to 46° 29°
Bone fat 0.914-0.916 21° to 22° 15° to 17°
Tallow 0.943-0.952 0.860 42° to 46° 35° to 37°
Butter fat 0.927-0.936 0.866 29.5° to 33° 19° to 20°
Oleomargarine 0.924-0.930 0.859
Sperm oil 0.875-0.884 0.833 -25°
Bottle-nose oil 0.879-0.880 0.827
Carnauba wax 0.990-0.999 0.842 84° to 85° 80° to 81°
Wool-fat 0.973 0.901 39° to 42° 30° to 30.2°
Beeswax 0.958-0.969 0.822 62° to 64° 60.5° to 62°
Spermaceti 0.960 0.812 43.5° to 49° 43.4° to 44.2°
Chinese wax 0.970 0.810 80.5° to 81° 80.5° to 81°
Tung (Chinese wood oil) 0.936-0.942 below -17°
Soya-bean oil 0.924-0.927 8° to 15°

Physical and Chemical Constants of Fixed Oils and Fats.

(From Lewkowitsch and other experts.)

Saponification value. Maumené test. Iodine value. Hehner value. Reichert value.
Linseed oil 190-195 104°-111° 175-190
Hemp-seed oil 190-193 95°-96° 148
Walnut oil 195 96°-101° 144-147
Poppy-seed oil 195 86°-88° 134-141 95.38
Sunflower oil 193-194 72°-75° 120-129 95
Fir-seed oil 191.3 98°-99° 118.9-120
Maize oil 188-193 56°-60.5° 117-125 89-95.72.5
Cotton-seed oil 191-195 68°-77° 104-110 96-17
Sesame oil 189-193 64°-68° 105-109 95.80.35
Rape-seed oil 170-178 51°-60° 95-105 95
Black mustard oil 174-174.6 43°-44° 96-110 95.05
Croton oil 210.3-215 101.7-104 8913.5
Castor oil 178-186 46°-47° 83.4-85.91.4
Apricot-kernel oil 192.2-193.1 42.5°-46° 100-107
Almond oil 190.5-195.4 51°-54° 93-97 96.2
Peanut (arachis) oil 190-197 45°-49° 85-98 95.86
Olive oil 191-196 41.5°-45.5° 80.6-84.5 95.430.3
Menhaden oil 189.3-192 123°-128° 140-1701.2
Cod-liver oil 182-187 102°-103° 154-180 95.3
Seal oil 190-196 92° 127-140 94.20.22
Whale-oil 188-193 91°-92° 110-136 93.52.04
Dolphin {Body oil 197.3 99.5 93.075.6
  oil {Jaw oil 200 32.8 66.2865.92
Porpoise {Body oil 216-218.8 50° 119.423.45
  oil {Jaw oil 253.7 49.6 68.4165.8
Neat's-foot oil 194.3 47°-48.5° 69.3-70.4
Cotton-seed stearine. 194.6-195.1 48° 88.7-92.8 96.3
Palm oil 196.3-202 53-57 95.60.5
Cacao butter 192.2-193.5 32-41 94.591.6
Cocoa-nut oil 250-253 8.5-9.3 88.63.7
Myrtle wax 205.7-211.7 2.9
Japan wax 220-222.4 4.2-8.5 90.6
Lard 195.3-196.6 27°-32° 57-70 96
Bone fat 190.9 46.3-49.6
Tallow 195-198 36-47 95.60.25
Butter fat 221.5-227 26-35 87.528.78
Oleomargarine 194-203.7 55.3-60 95-96 2.6
Sperm oil 132.5-147 47°-51° 841.3
Bottle-nose oil 126-134 41°-47° 77.4-821.4
Carnauba wax 80-84 13.5
Wool-fat 98.2-102.4 25-28
Beeswax 91-96 8.3-11
Spermaceti 128
Chinese wax 63
Tung (Chinese wood oil) 193 150-165
Soya-bean oil 190.6-192.9 59°-61° 121.3-124 95.5

*Temperature Correction Table for Hehner's Concentrated Bichromate Solution for Glycerine Analysis

A Temperaturef Corrected Volume 1 c.c. Logarithm
11° C 0.9980 ccm 99913
12° " 0.9985 " 99935
13° " 0.9990 " 99956
14° " 0.9995 " 99978
15° " 1.0000 " 00000
16° " 1.0005 " 00022
17° " 1.0010 " 00043
18° " 1.0015 " 00065
19° " 1.0020 " 00087
20° " 1.0025 " 00108
21° " 1.0030 " 00130
22° " 1.0035 " 00152
23° " 1.0040 " 00173

*Table of Important Fatty Acids

Boiling Point
Name FormulaMol. Wt.Ordinary Pressure100 mm Pressure Melting Pt. Neutralization value Mg. KOH
Butyric C4H8O2 88 162.3637.5
Caproic C6H12O2 116 199.7483.6
Caprylic C8H16O2 144 236-237 16.5389.6
Capric C10H20O2 172 268-270 199.5-200 31.3326.2
Lauric C12H24O2 200 225 43.6280.5
Myristic C14H28O2 228 250.5 53.8246.1
Palmitic C16H32O2 256 268.5 62219.1
Stearic C18H36O2 284 291 69.2197.5
Arachidic C20H40O2 302 75185.8
Behenic C22H44O2 330 77-78170.0
Cerotic C27H54O2 400 78140.25
Melissic C30H60O2 442 90126.5
Oleic C18H34O2 282 185.5-286 14198.9
Erucic C22H42O2 338 33-34165.9
Linolic C18H32O2 280200.4
Linolenic C18H30O2 278201.5
Ricinoleic C18H34O3 298181.6

*Comparison of Thermometer Scales

n Degree Celsius = 4/5n Degree Reaumur = 32 + 9/5n Degree Fahrenheit

n Degree Celsius = 4/5n Degree Reaumur = 32 + 9/5n Degree Fahrenheit

n Degree Reaumur = 5/4n Degree Celsius = 32 + 9/4n Degree Fahrenheit

n Degree Reaumur = 5/4n Degree Celsius = 32 + 9/4n Degree Fahrenheit

n Degree Fahrenheit = 5/9 (n - 32) Degree Celsius = 4/9 (n - 32) Deg. R

n Degree Fahrenheit = 5/9 (n - 32) Degree Celsius = 4/9 (n - 32) Deg. R

C. R. F. C. R. F. C. R. F. C. R. F.
-20 -16 -4 20 16 68 60 48 140 100 80 212
-19-15.2-2.2 21 16.8 69.8 61 48.8141.8 101 80.8 213.8
-18-14.4-0.4 22 17.6 71.6 62 49.6143.6 102 81.6 215.6
-17-13.6 1.4 23 18.4 73.4 63 50.4 145.4 103 82.4 217.4
-16 -12.8 3.2 24 19.275.2 64 51.2 147.2 104 83.2 219.2
-15 -12 5 25 2077 65 52149 105 84 221
-14 -11.2 6.8 26 20.8 78.8 66 52.8150.8 106 84.8 222.8
-13 -10.4 8.6 27 21.6 80.6 67 53.6 152.6 107 85.6 224.6
-12 -9.6 10.4 28 22.4 82.4 68 54.4154.4 108 86.4 226.4
-11 -8.8 12.2 29 23.2 84.2 6955.2156.2 109 87.2 228.2
-10 -8 14 30 24 86 70 56158 110 88 230
-9 -7.2 15.8 31 24.8 87.8 71 56.8159.8 111 88.8 231.8
-8 -6.4 17.6 32 25.689.6 72 57.6 161.6 112 89.6 233.6
-7 -5.6 19.4 33 26.491.4 73 58.4163.4 113 90.4 235.4
-6 -4.8 21.2 34 27.2 93.2 74 59.2 165.2 114 91.2 237.2
-5 -4 23 35 28 95 75 60 167 115 92 239
-4 -3.2 24.8 36 28.8 96.8 7660.8 168.8 11692.8 240.8
-3 -2.4 26.6 37 29.6 98.6 7761.6170.6 117 93.6 242.6
-2 -1.6 28.4 38 30.4 100.4 7862.4 172.4 118 94.4 244.4
-1 -0.8 30.2 39 31.2 102.2 7963.2174.2 119 95.2 246.2
0 0 32 40 32 104 8064 176 120 96 248
1 0.8 33.8 41 32.8 105.8 81 64.8177.8 121 96.8 249.8
2 1.6 35.6 42 33.6 107.6 82 65.6179.6 122 97.6 252.6
3 2.4 37.4 43 34.4 109.4 83 66.4 181.4 123 98.4 253.4
4 3.2 39.2 44 35.2 111.2 84 67.2183.2 124 99.2 255.2
5 4 41 45 36 113 85 68 185 125 100 257
6 4.8 42.8 4636.8114.8 86 68.8 186.8 126 100.8 258.8
7 5.6 44.6 4737.6 116.6 87 69.6188.6 127 101.6 260.6
8 6.4 46.4 4838.4118.4 88 70.4190.4 128 102.4 262.4
9 7.2 48.2 4939.2120.2 89 71.2192.2 129 103.2 264.2
10 8 50 50 40 122 90 72 194 130 104 266
11 8.8 51.8 51 40.8 123.8 91 72.8 195.8 131 104.8 267.8
12 9.6 53.6 52 41.6125.6 92 73.6 197.6 132 105.6 269.6
13 10.4 55.4 53 42.4 127.4 9374.4 199.4 133 106.4 271.4
14 11.2 57.2 54 43.2 129.2 9475.2 201.2 134 107.2 273.2
15 12 59 5544131 95 76 203 135 108 275
16 12.8 60.8 56 44.8132.8 96 76.8204.8 136 108.8 276.8
17 13.6 62.6 5745.6 134.6 97 77.6 206.6 137 109.6 278.6
18 14.4 64.4 5846.4136.4 98 78.4208.4 138 110.4 280.4
19 15.2 66.2 59 47.2 138.2 99 79.2 210.2 139 111.2 282.2

*Quantities of Alkali Required for Saponification of Fats of Average Molecular Weight 670

(Cocoanut Oil, Palmkernel Oil)

Kilos Liters Alkali Solution Sp. Gr. 1.1 Liters Alkali Solution Sp. Gr. 1.2 Liters Alkali Solution Sp. Gr. 1.3 Liters Alkali Solution Sp. Gr. 1.355
NaOH KOH NaOH KOH NaOH KOHNaOH KOH
1000 1875.83 1902.99 844.67 930.35 510.27 622.71409.61 517.97
2000 3751.66 3805.97 1689.35 1860.70 1020.64 1245.41819.21 1035.95
3000 5627.50 5708.96 2534.02 2791.04 1530.81 1868.121228.82 1553.92
4000 7508.33 7611.94 3378.69 3721.39 2041.01 2490.831638.43 2071.90
5000 9379.16 9514.93 4223.37 4651.74 2551.35 3113.542048.04 2589.87
6000 11254.99 11417.91 5068.04 5582.09 3061.61 3736.242457.65 3107.84
7000 13130.82 13320.90 5912.71 6512.44 3571.88 4358.952867.26 3625.82
8000 15006.66 15223.88 6757.38 7442.78 4082.15 4981.663276.86 4143.79
9000 16882.49 17126.87 7602.06 8373.13 4592.42 5604.363886.47 4661.77
10000 18758.32 19029.85 8446.73 9303.48 5102.69 6227.024096.08 5179.74

*Quantities of Alkali Required for Saponification of Fats of Average Molecular Weight 860

(Tallow, Cottonseed Oil, Olive Oil, Etc.)

Kilos Liters Alkali Solution Sp. Gr. 1.1 Liters Alkali Solution Sp. Gr. 1.2 Liters Alkali Solution Sp. Gr. 1.3 Liters Alkali Solution Sp. Gr. 1.355
NaOH KOH NaOH KOH NaOH KOHNaOH KOH
1000 1461.40 1482.56 658.05 724.81 397.54 485.13319.11 403.54
2000 2922.81 2965.12 1316.12 1449.61 795.07 970.27638.23 807.08
3000 4384.21 4447.67 1974.18 2174.42 1192.61 1455.40957.34 1210.61
4000 5845.62 5930.23 2632.24 2899.22 1590.14 1940.531276.45 1614.15
5000 7307.02 7412.79 3290.80 3624.03 1987.68 2425.671595.57 2017.69
6000 8768.42 8895.85 3948.35 4348.84 2385.21 2910.801914.68 2421.23
7000 10229.83 10377.91 4606.41 5073.64 2782.75 3395.932233.79 2824.77
8000 11691.23 11860.45 5264.47 5798.45 3180.28 3881.062552.90 3228.30
9000 13152.64 13343.02 5922.53 6523.25 3577.82 4366.202872.02 3631.84
10000 14614.04 14825.58 6580.59 7248.06 3975.35 4851.333191.13 4035.38

DENSITY AND STRENGTH OF SULPHURIC ACID (SIDERSKY).

Degrees Twaddell.Sp. Gr. at 15° C.% of pure acid (H2SO4).Equivalent (in cc.) of a kilo of pure acid.Equivalent (in cc.) of a liter of pure acid.
11.0071.952.62096.930
31.0142.835.71066.450
41.0223.825.65047.230
61.0294.820.41037.582
81.0375.816.67030.690
91.0456.814.08525.938
101.0527.812.19822.460
121.0628.810.75519.803
131.0679.89.52417.540
151.07510.98.54715.740
171.08311.97.75214.278
181.09113.07.04212.969
201.10014.16.45211.882
221.10815.25.95310.962
231.11616.25.52610.177
251.12517.35.4059.954
271.13418.54.768.770
291.14219.64.4658.223
301.15220.84.1847.723
321.16222.23.8767.138
341.17123.33.6636.745
361.18024.53.5416.521
381.19025.83.2585.999
401.20027.13.0775.666
421.21028.42.9075.353
441.22029.62.7705.102
461.23131.02.6184.865
481.24132.22.5004.604
501.25233.42.3924.406
531.26334.72.2834.205
551.27436.02.1794.012
571.28537.42.0793.829
601.29738.81.9883.661
621.30840.21.9053.508
641.32041.61.8213.354
661.33243.01.7453.214
691.34544.41.6653.085
711.35745.51.6212.985
741.37046.91.5582.869
771.38348.31.4972.757
801.39749.81.4362.646
821.41051.21.3862.551
851.42452.61.3352.459
881.43854.01.2872.370
911.45355.41.2372.270
941.46856.91.1952.200
971.48358.31.1562.130
1001.49859.61.1162.050
1031.51461.01.0801.980
1061.53062.51.0451.930
1081.54064.01.0101.860
1131.56365.50.9751.800
1161.58067.00.9501.740
1201.59768.60.9171.690
1231.61570.00.8881.630
1271.63471.60.8551.570
1301.65273.20.8451.520
1341.67174.70.8001.470
1381.69176.40.7741.430
1421.71178.10.7491.390
1461.73279.90.7221.320
1511.75381.70.7051.280
1551.77484.10.6721.235
1601.79886.50.6391.190
1641.81989.70.6091.120
1681.842100.00.5441.000

*Densities of Potassium Carbonate Solutions at 15 C (Gerlach)

Sp. Gr. Per cent of
pure K2CO3
1.00914 1
1.01829 2
1.02743 3
1.03658 4
1.04572 5
1.05513 6
1.06454 7
1.07396 8
1.08337 9
1.09278 10
1.10258 11
1.11238 12
1.12219 13
1.13199 14
1.14179 15
1.15200 16
1.16222 17
1.17243 18
1.18265 19
1.19286 20
1.20344 21
1.21402 22
1.22459 23
1.23517 24
1.24575 25
1.25681 26
1.26787 27
1.27893 28
1.28999 29
1.30105 30
1.31261 31
1.32417 32
1.33573 33
1.34729 34
1.35885 35
1.37082 36
1.38279 37
1.39476 38
1.40673 39
1.41870 40
1.43104 41
1.44338 42
1.45573 43
1.46807 44
1.48041 45
1.49314 46
1.50588 47
1.51861 48
1.53135 49
1.54408 50
1.55728 51
1.57048 52
1.57079 53.024

*Constants of Certain Fatty Acids and Triglycerides

Triglycerides of Per cent Yield
Mol. Wt.
of Fatty Acid
Mol. Wt.
of Triglycerides
Fatty Acid Glycerine
Stearic Acid 284 890 95.73 10.34
Oleic Acid 282 884 95.70 10.41
Margaric Acid 270 848 95.52 10.85
Palmitic Acid 256 806 95.28 11.42
Myristic Acid 228 722 94.47 12.74
Lauric Acid 200 638 94.04 14.42
Capric Acid 172 594 93.14 15.48
Caproic Acid 116 386 90.16 23.83
Butyric Acid 88 302 87.41 30.46

PERCENTAGES OF SOLID CAUSTIC SODA AND CAUSTIC POTASH IN CAUSTIC LYES ACCORDING TO BAUME SCALE.

Degrees Baumé.% NaOH% KOH
10.610.90
20.931.70
32.002.60
42.713.50
53.354.50
64.005.60
74.5566.286
85.297.40
95.878.20
106.559.20
117.3110.10
128.0010.90
138.6812.00
149.4212.90
1510.0613.80
1610.9714.80
1711.8415.70
1812.6416.50
1913.5517.60
2014.3718.60
2115.1319.50
2215.9120.50
2316.7721.40
2417.6722.50
2518.5823.30
2619.5824.20
2720.5925.10
2821.4226.10
2922.6427.00
3023.6728.00
3124.8128.90
3225.8029.80
3326.8330.70
3427.8031.80
3528.8332.70
3629.9333.70
3731.2234.90
3832.4735.90
3933.6936.90
4034.9637.80
4136.2538.90
4237.5339.90
4338.8040.90
4439.9942.10
4541.4143.40
4642.8344.60
4744.3845.80
4846.1547.10
4947.5848.25
5049.0249.40

GLYCERINE CONTENT OF MORE COMMON OILS AND FATS USED IN SOAP MAKING.

Kind.Theoretical Yield
of Pure Glycerine
of Neutral Oil or Fat.
Average
Free Fatty Acid
in Commercial Oil.
% Pure Glycerine
in Commercial Oil.
Yield Soap Lye
80% Crude Glycerine.
Beef Tallow10.7510.212.75
Bone Grease10.520-505.2- 8.46.5 -10.5
Castor Oil9.80.5-108.8- 9.811.0 -12.45
Cocoanut Oil13.93-513.2-13.516.5 -16.9
Cocoanut Oil Off15-408.3-11.810.37-14.75
Corn Oil10.41-109.3-10.311.62-12.9
Cottonseed Oil10.6Trace10.613.25
Hog Grease10.60.5-110.5-10.613.12-13.25
Horse Grease10.61-310.5-10.613.12-13.25
Olive Oil10.32-257.7-10.29.62-12.75
Olive Foots30-604-75- 8.75
Palm Oil11.010-505.5-106.87-12.5
Palmkernel Oil13.34-812.2-12.815.25-16
Peanut Oil10.45-208.3- 9.910.37-12.37
Soya Bean Oil10.4210.212.75
Train Oil10.02-208- 9.810.0 -12.25
Vegetable Tallow10.91-310.5-10.813.12-13.5

*Table of Specific Gravities of Pure Commercial Glycerine with Corresponding Percentage of Water. Temperature 15 C.

Sp. Gr. % Water Sp. Gr. % Water
1.262 0 1.160 38
1.261 1 1.157 39
1.258 2 1.155 40
1.255 3 1.152 41
1.2515 4 1.149 42
1.250 5 1.1464 43
1.2467 6 1.1437 44
1.2450 7 1.141 45
1.243 8 1.1377 46
1.241 9 1.1353 47
1.237 10 1.1326 48
1.235 11 1.1304 49
1.2324 12 1.127 50
1.229 13 1.125 51
1.2265 14 1.1224 52
1.2245 15 1.1204 53
1.2225 16 1.117 54
1.2185 17 1.114 55
1.2174 18 1.112 56
1.2142 19 1.109 57
1.211 20 1.106 58
1.207 21 1.103 59
1.203 22 1.1006 60
1.2004 23 1.088 65
1.198 24 1.075 70
1.195 25 1.0623 75
1.1923 26 1.049 80
1.189 27 1.0365 85
1.188 28 1.0243 90
1.1846 29 1.0218 91
1.182 30 1.0192 92
1.179 31 1.0168 93
1.176 32 1.0147 94
1.1734 33 1.0125 95
1.171 34 1.01 96
1.168 35 1.0074 97
1.165 36 1.0053 98
1.163 37 1.0026 99

Table of Percentage, Specific Gravity and Beaume Degree of Pure Glycerine Solutions

Per cent WaterSp. Gr. Champion and PelletDegree Beaumé (Berthelot)Per cent WaterSp. Gr. Champion and PelletDegree Beaumé (Berthelot)
0 1.2640 31.2 11.0 1.2350 28.6
0.5 1.2625 31.0 11.5 1.2335 28.4
1.0 1.2612 30.9 12.0 1.2322 28.3
1.5 1.2600 30.8 12.5 1.2307 28.2
2.0 1.2585 30.7 13.0 1.2295 28.0
2.5 1.2575 30.6 13.5 1.2280 27.8
3.0 1.2560 30.4 14.0 1.2270 27.7
3.5 1.2545 30.3 14.5 1.2255 27.6
4.0 1.2532 30.2 15.0 1.2242 27.4
4.5 1.2520 30.1 15.5 1.2230 27.3
5.0 1.2505 30.0 16.0 1.2217 27.2
5.5 1.2490 29.9 16.5 1.2202 27.0
6.0 1.2480 29.8 17.0 1.2190 26.9
6.5 1.2465 29.7 17.5 1.2177 26.8
7.0 1.2455 29.6 18.0 1.2165 26.7
7.5 1.2440 29.5 18.5 1.2150 26.5
8.0 1.2427 29.3 19.0 1.2137 26.4
8.5 1.2412 29.2 19.5 1.2125 26.3
9.0 1.2400 29.0 20.0 1.2112 26.2
9.5 1.2390 28.9 20.5 1.2100 26.0
10.0 1.2375 28.8 21.0 1.2085 25.0
10.5 1.2362 28.7    

*Table of Specific Gravities of Pure Glycerine Solutions with Corresponding Beaume Degree and Percent Water

Per cent WaterSp. Gr. Degree Beaume Per cent WaterSp. Gr. Degree Beaume
0.0 1.2640 31.2 1.0 1.2612 30.9
0.5 1.2625 31.0 1.5 1.2600 30.8
2.0 1.2585 30.7 12.0 1.2322 28.3
2.5 1.2575 30.6 12.5 1.2307 28.2
3.0 1.2560 30.4 13.0 1.2295 28.0
3.5 1.2545 30.3 13.5 1.2280 27.8
4.0 1.2532 30.2 14.0 1.2270 27.7
4.5 1.2520 30.1 14.5 1.2255 27.6
5.0 1.2505 30.0 15.0 1.2242 27.4
5.5 1.2490 29.9 15.5 1.2230 27.3
6.0 1.2480 29.8 16.0 1.2217 27.2
6.5 1.2465 29.7 16.5 1.2202 27.0
7.0 1.2455 29.6 17.0 1.2190 26.9
7.5 1.2440 29.5 17.5 1.2177 26.8
8.0 1.2427 29.3 18.0 1.2165 26.7
8.5 1.2412 29.2 18.5 1.2150 26.5
9.0 1.2400 29.0 19.0 1.2137 26.4
9.5 1.2390 28.9 19.5 1.2125 26.3
10.0 1.2375 28.8 20.0 1.2112 26.2
10.5 1.2362 28.7 20.5 1.2100 26.0
11.0 1.2350 28.6 21.0 1.2085 25.9
11.5 1.2335 28.4     

INDEX

A

Acetin process for the determination of glycerol, 155.

Acid, Clupanodonic, 20.

Acid, Hydrochloric, 111.

Acid, Lauric, 2.

Acid, Myristic, 2.

Acid, Napthenic, 24.

Acid, Oleic, 15, 19.

Acid, Palmitic, 2.

Acid, Pinic, 22.

Acid, Resin, 144.

Acid, Stearic, 15, 19.

Acid, Sulfuric, 112.

Acid, Sylvic, 22.

Acid saponification, 120.

Air bleaching of palm oil, 12.

Albuminous matter, Removal from tallow, 6.

Alcohol, Denatured, 82.

Alcoholic method for free alkali in soap, 139.

Alkali Blue 6 B, indicator, 129.

Alkali, Total, determination of in soap, 147.

Alkalis, 25.

Alkalis used in soap making,
Testing of, 134.

Amalgamator, 33.

Analysis, Glycerine, International, 150.

Analysis, Soap, 137.

Analysis, Standard methods for fats and oils, 165-196.

Aqueous saponification, 121.

Arachis oil, 79.

Autoclave saponification, 118.

Automobile soaps, 41.


B

Barrels, sampling, 168.

Baumé scale, 25.

Bayberry wax, Use in shaving soap, 89.

Bichromate Process for glycerol determination, 160.

Bleaching, Fullers' earth process for tallow, 4.

Bleaching palm oil by bichromate method, 9.

Bleaching palm oil by air, 12.

Bosshard & Huggenberg method for determination of free alkali, 140.

Bunching of soap, 52.


C

Candelite, 96.

Candle tar, 125.

Carbolic soap, 77.

Carbon Dioxide, Formation of in carbonate saponification, 45.

Carbonate, potassium, 29.

Carbonate, saponification, 35, 45.

Carbonate, sodium, 28.

Castile soap, 79.

Castor oil ferment, 121.

Castor oil, Use of in transparent soaps, 83.

Caustic potash, 26.

Caustic potash, Electrolytic, 27.

Caustic soda, 26.

Changes in soap-making, 36.

Chemist, Importance of, 127.

Chipper, Soap, 32.

Chip soap, 54.

Chip soap, Cold made, 55.

Chip soap, Unfilled, 56.

Chrome bleaching of palm oil, 9.

Cloud test for oil, Standard method, 182-183.

Clupanodonic acid, 20.

Cocoanut oil, 6.

Cold cream soap, 78.

Cold made chip soaps, 55.

Cold made toilet soaps, 72.

Cold made transparent soaps, 84.

Cold process, 35, 43.

Colophony, 22.

Coloring soap, 75.

Copra, 7.

Corn oil, 14.

Corrosive sublimate, 78.

Cotton goods. Soaps used for, 103.

Cottonseed oil, 14.

Cream, Shaving, 90.

Crude glycerine, 113.

Crutcher, 32.

Curd soap, 71.

[Pg 240]Cutting table, 32.


D

Determination of free fatty acid, 128.

Determination of unsaponifiable matter, 132.

Distillation of fatty acids, 125.

Drying machine, 32.


E

Enzymes, 17.

Eschweger soap, 81.

Examination of fats and oils, 128.


F

Fahrion's method for moisture, 138.

Fats and oils, Examination of, 128.

Fats and oils used in soap manufacture, 3.

Fatty acids, 14.

Fatty acids, Distillation of, 125.

Ferments, Splitting fats with, 121.

Fillers for laundry soaps, 53.

Fillers for soap powders, 58.

Finishing change, 36.

Fish oils, 20.

Floating soap, 62.

Formaldehyde soap, 78.

Frames, 31.

Free alkali in soap, Determination of, 139.

Free fatty acid, Determination of, 128.

Free fatty acids, Extraction from tallow, 6.

Free fatty acid, Standard method of dilu., 174.
Note on method, 188-189.

Full boiled soaps, 35.

Fullers' earth bleaching of tallow, 4.


G

Glycerides, 2.

Glycerine, 2.

Glycerine analysis, 150.

Glycerine change, 36.

Glycerine, Crude, 113.

Glycerine in spent lyes, Recovery of, 106.

Glycerine in soap, Determination of, 149.

Glycerine, Sampling crude, 162.

Glycerine soaps, 83.

Glycerol content, Ways of calculating actual, 159.

Glycerol determination, Acetin process, 155.

Glycerol determination, Bichromate process for, 160.

Graining soap, 30.

Grease, 21.

Grease, Bleaching, 21.

Grinding soap, 34.


H

Hand Paste, 93.

Hard water, 29.

Hardened oils in toilet soap, Use of, 96.

Hydrocarbon oils, 2.

Hydrogenating oils, 19.

Hydrolysis of fats and oils, 17.

Hydrolytic dissociation of soap, 1.

Hydrometers, 25.


I

Indicators, Action, 135-6.

Insoluble impurities in fatty oils, Determination of (standard method) 172.
Note on method 187.

Insoluble matter in soap, determination of, 143.

International committee on glycerine analysis, 150.

Iodine manufacturing oil, 191.

Iodine member Wijs method, Standard, 177-181. Note on method, 191.

Iodine soap, 78.


J

Joslin, ref., 113.


K

"Killing" change, 36.

Koettstorfer number (Standard method), 181-182.

Kontakt reagent, 117.

Krebitz Process, 123.

Krutolin, 96.


L

Leiste & Stiepel method for rosin in soap, 146.

[Pg 241]Liebermann, Storch reaction, 144.

Light powders, 60.

Laundry soap, 48.

LeBlanc Process, 28.

Lewkowitsch, ref., 17, 146.

Lime saponification, 118.

Lime, Use in Krebitz Process, 123.

Lime, Use in treatment of glycerine water, 116.

Liquid medicinal soaps, 79.

Liquid soaps, 94.

Lyes, Spent, 37.


M

Magnesia, Use in autoclave saponification, 120.

Manganese sulfate, Use of as catalyzer in fermentative cleavage of fats, 122.

Marine soaps, 39.

Medicinal soaps, 76.

Medicinal soaps, Less important, 78.

Medicinal soaps, Therapeutic value of, 76.

Melting point of fat or oil, Standard method, 193.

Mercury soaps, 78.

Metallic soaps, 1.

Methyl orange, indicator, 136.

Meyerheim, ref., 21.

Mill soap, 32.

Moisture in soap, Determination of, 138, 130.

Moisture and volatile matter in fats and oils, Standard method for detm. of, 170.
Note on method, 184-185.

Mottle in soap, 81.

Mug shaving soap, 90.


N

Naphtha, Incorporation in soap, 49.

Naphthenic acids, 24.

Nigre, 36.

Normal acids, Equivalent in alkalis, 136.


O

Oils and fats, 1.

Oils and fats, Chemical constants, 18.

Oils and fats, Distinction, 1.

Oils and fats, Preserving, 18.

Oils and fat, Nature of used in soap manufacture, 2.

Oils and fats, Rancidity of, 16.

Oil hardening, 19.

Oleic acid, 15, 19.

Olein, 2, 19.

Olive oil, 14.

Olive oil foots, 14.

Organoleptic methods, 127.


P

Palmatin, 2.

Palm kernel oil, 8.

Palmitic acid, 2.

Palm oil, 8.

Palm oil, air bleaching, 12.

Palm oil, Chrome bleaching of, 9.

Palm oil soap, 66.

Pearl ash, 29.

Perfuming and coloring toilet soaps, 73.

Peroxide soap, 78.

Petroff reagent, 117.

Pfeilring reagent, 117.

Phenol, 77.

Phenolphthalein, indicator, 38.

Phenolphthalein, Using as indicator, 51.

Phenols, Soaps containing, 77.

Pinic acid, 22.

Plodder, 33.

Potash from wood ash, 27.

Potassium carbonate, 29.

Powders, Light, 60.

Powders, Scouring, 61.

Powders, Shaving, 90.

Powders, Soap, 56.

Precipitation test for treated spent lyes, 110.

Prevention of rancidity, 18.

Pumice or sand soaps, 93.

Purple shade in soap, 75.


R

Rancidity of oils and fats, 16.

Rancidity, Prevention, 18.

Recovery of glycerine from spent lye, 106.

Red oil, 15.

Red oil, Saponified, 15.

Resin acids, Total fatty and, Determination of in soap, 144.

Ribot, ref., 20.

[Pg 242]Rosin, 22.

Rosin, Determination of in soap, 144.

Rosin saponification, 23.

Run and glued up soaps, 69.

Run soaps, 39.


S

Sal soda, 29.

Salt, 30.

Salting out, 30.

Salt "pickle," 37.

Sampling crude glycerine, 162.

Sampling for standard method, 166. Note on, 184.

Sampling oils and fats, 128.

Sampling soap, 137.

Saponification by ferments, 121.

Saponification, Acid, 120.

Saponification, Aqueous, 121.

Saponification, Autoclave, 118.

Saponification, Carbonate, 45.

Saponification defined, 2, 105.

Saponification, Lime, 118.

Saponification number, 181-182.

Saponification, Rosin, 23.

Saponification, Various methods, 105.

Scouring and fulling soaps for wool, 98.

Scouring powders, 61.

Scouring soap, 61.

Semi-boiled laundry soaps, 49.

Semi-boiled process, 44.

Shaving cream, 90.

Shaving powder, 90.

Shaving soaps, 87.

Silica and silicates, Determination of in soap, 148.

Silk dyeing, 102.

Silk industry, Soaps used in, 101.

Slabber, 32.

Smith method for moisture in soap, 138.

Soap analysis, 137.

Soap, Automobile, 41.

Soap, Carbolic, 71.

Soap, Castile, 79.

Soap, Chip, 54.

Soap Chip, cold made, 55.

Soap, Chip, unfilled, 56.

Soap, Cold cream, 78.

Soap, Coloring, 75.

Soap containing phenols, 77.

Soap, Curd, 71.

Soap, Defined, 1.

Soap, Determination insoluble matter, 143.

Soap, Determining glycerine in, 149.

Soap, Eschweger, 81.

Soap, Floating, 62.

Soap, Formaldehyde, 78.

Soap for wool, Scouring and fulling, 98.

Soap, Full boiled, 35.

Soap, Iodine, 78.

Soap kettle, 31.

Soap, Laundry, 48.

Soap, Liquid, 94.

Soap lye crude glycerine, 113.

Soap, Marine, 39.

Soap, Medicinal, 76.

Soap, Medicinal, less important, 78.

Soap, Mercury, 78.

Soap, Metallic, 1.

Soap, Peroxide, 78.

Soap powders, 56.

Soap, Pumice or sand, 93.

Soap, Rosin settled, 50.

Soap, Run and glued up, 69.

Soap, Scouring, 61.

Soap, Semi-boiled laundry, 49.

Soap, Shaving, 87.

Soap, Sulphur, 77.

Soap, Tannin, 78.

Soap, Tar, 77.

Soap, Test for color of, 133.

Soap, Textile, 98.

Soap, Toilet, 65.

Soap, Toilet cheaper, 68.

Soap, Toilet, cold made, 72.

Soap, Toilet perfuming and coloring, 73.

Soap, Transparent, 82.

Soap, Transparent, cold made, 84.

Soap used for cotton goods, 103.

Soap used in the silk industry, 101.

Soap, Witch hazel, 78.

Soap, Wool thrower's, 100.

Soap, Worsted finishing, 101.

Soda ash, 28.

Sodium carbonate, 28.

Sodium perborate, Use of in soap powders, 57.

Soft soaps, 40.

Soluble mineral matter detm. of in fats and oils, 173.
[Pg 243]Note on method, 187-188.

Solvay process, 28.

Soya bean oil, 14.

Spent lye, Recovery of glycerine from, 106.

Spent lyes, 37.

Spent lyes, Treatment of for glycerine recovery, 107.

Splitting fats with ferments, 121.

Standard methods of analysis for fats and oils, 165-196.

Starch and gelatine, Determination in soap, 143.

Stearic acid, 15, 19.

Stearin, 2, 19.

Strengthening change, 36.

Strengthening lyes, 38.

Strunz crutcher, 63.

Sugar in soap, Determination of, 150.

Sugar, Use in transparent soap, 83.

Sulfate of alumina, Use of in spent lyes, 108.

Sulphonated oils, 104.

Sulphur soaps, 77.

Sweating of soap, 62.

Sweet water, 119.

Sylvic acid, 22.


T

Talgol, 96.

Tallow, 4.

Tallow, Fullers' earth bleaching of, 4.

Tallow, Improving color by extraction of free fatty acid, 6.

Tannin soap, 78.

Tar soap, 77.

Test for color of soap, 133.

Testing of alkalis used in soap making, 134.

Textile soaps, 98.

Titer, 130.

Tank cars, Sampling, 166.

Tierces, Sampling, 168.

Titer, Standard method, 175.

Titer, Note on, 189.

Tung oil, Note one iodine, number of, 180.

Toilet soap, 65.

Toilet soaps, Cheaper, 68.

Toilet soap, Use of hardened oils in, 96.

Total alkali, Determination of in soap, 147.

Total fatty and resin acids, Determination of in soap, 144.

Train oils, 20.

Transparent soap, 82.

Transparent soap, Cold made, 84.

Troweling soap, 52.

Tsujimoto, ref., 20.

Tubes for transparent soap, 85.

Turkey red oil, 104.

Twaddle scale, 25.

Twitchell method for rosin, 145.

Twitchell process, 113.

Twitchell process, Advantages, 113.


U

Unsaponifiable matter, Determination of in oils and fats, 132.

Unsaponifiable matter, Determination of in soap, 148.

Unsaponifiable matter, determination of by standard method, 176.


V

Vacuum Oven, Standard, 176.

Vegetable oils, 6.


W

Water, 29.

Water, Hard, 29.

Witch hazel soap, 78.

Wool thrower's soap, 100.

Worsted finishing soaps, 101.


Z

Zinc oxide, Use of in autoclave saponification, 120.

Zinc oxide, Use of in soap, 33.

A

Acetin process for determining glycerol, 155.

Acid, Clupanodonic, 20.

Acid, Hydrochloric, 111.

Acid, Lauric, 2.

Acid, Myristic, 2.

Acid, Napthenic, 24.

Acid, Oleic, 15, 19.

Acid, Palmitic, 2.

Acid, Pinic, 22.

Acid, Resin, 144.

Acid, Stearic, 15, 19.

Acid, Sulfuric, 112.

Acid, Sylvic, 22.

Acid saponification, 120.

Air bleaching of palm oil, 12.

Albuminous matter, Removal from tallow, 6.

Alcohol, Denatured, 82.

Alcoholic method for free alkali in soap, 139.

Alkali Blue 6 B, indicator, 129.

Alkali, Total, determination of in soap, 147.

Alkalis, 25.

Alkalis used in soap making,
Testing of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Amalgamator, 33.

Analysis, Glycerine, International, 150.

Analysis, Soap, 137.

Analysis, Standard methods for fats and oils, 165-196.

Aqueous saponification, 121.

Arachis oil, 79.

Autoclave saponification, 118.

Automobile soaps, 41.


B

Barrels, sampling, 168.

Baumé scale, 25.

Bayberry wax, Use in shaving soap, 89.

Bichromate Process for glycerol determination, 160.

Bleaching, Fullers' earth process for tallow, 4.

Bleaching palm oil by bichromate method, 9.

Bleaching palm oil by air, 12.

Bosshard & Huggenberg method for determining free alkali, 140.

Bunching of soap, 52.


C

Candelite, 96.

Candle tar, 125.

Carbolic soap, 77.

Carbon Dioxide, Formation in carbonate saponification, 45.

Carbonate, potassium, 29.

Carbonate, saponification, 35, 45.

Carbonate, sodium, 28.

Castile soap, 79.

Castor oil ferment, 121.

Castor oil, Use in transparent soaps, 83.

Caustic potash, 26.

Caustic potash, Electrolytic, 27.

Caustic soda, 26.

Changes in soap-making, 36.

Chemist, Importance of, 127.

Chipper, Soap, 32.

Chip soap, 54.

Chip soap, Cold made, 55.

Chip soap, Unfilled, 56.

Chrome bleaching of palm oil, 9.

Cloud test for oil, Standard method, 182-183.

Clupanodonic acid, 20.

Cocoanut oil, 6.

Cold cream soap, 78.

Cold made chip soaps, 55.

Cold made toilet soaps, 72.

Cold made transparent soaps, 84.

Cold process, 35, 43.

Colophony, 22.

Coloring soap, 75.

Copra, 7.

Corn oil, 14.

Corrosive sublimate, 78.

Cotton goods. Soaps used for, 103.

Cottonseed oil, 14.

Cream, Shaving, 90.

Crude glycerine, 113.

Crutcher, 32.

Curd soap, 71.

[Pg 240]Cutting table, 32.


D

Determination of free fatty acid, 128.

Determination of unsaponifiable matter, 132.

Distillation of fatty acids, 125.

Drying machine, 32.


E

Enzymes, 17.

Eschweger soap, 81.

Examination of fats and oils, 128.


F

Fahrion's method for moisture, 138.

Fats and oils, Examination of, 128.

Fats and oils used in soap manufacture, 3.

Fatty acids, 14.

Fatty acids, Distillation of, 125.

Ferments, Splitting fats with, 121.

Fillers for laundry soaps, 53.

Fillers for soap powders, 58.

Finishing change, 36.

Fish oils, 20.

Floating soap, 62.

Formaldehyde soap, 78.

Frames, 31.

Free alkali in soap, Determination of, 139.

Free fatty acid, Determination of, 128.

Free fatty acids, Extraction from tallow, 6.

Free fatty acid, Standard method of dilu., 174.
Note on method, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-189.

Full boiled soaps, 35.

Fullers' earth bleaching of tallow, 4.


G

Glycerides, 2.

Glycerine, 2.

Glycerine analysis, 150.

Glycerine change, 36.

Glycerine, Crude, 113.

Glycerine in spent lyes, Recovery of, 106.

Glycerine in soap, Determination of, 149.

Glycerine, Sampling crude, 162.

Glycerine soaps, 83.

Glycerol content, Ways of calculating actual, 159.

Glycerol determination, Acetin process, 155.

Glycerol determination, Bichromate process for, 160.

Graining soap, 30.

Grease, 21.

Grease, Bleaching, 21.

Grinding soap, 34.


H

Hand Paste, 93.

Hard water, 29.

Hardened oils in toilet soap, Use of, 96.

Hydrocarbon oils, 2.

Hydrogenating oils, 19.

Hydrolysis of fats and oils, 17.

Hydrolytic dissociation of soap, 1.

Hydrometers, 25.


I

Indicators, Action, 135-6.

Insoluble impurities in fatty oils, Determination of (standard method) 172.
Note on method __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Insoluble matter in soap, determination of, 143.

International committee on glycerine analysis, 150.

Iodine manufacturing oil, 191.

Iodine member Wijs method, Standard, 177-181. Note on method, 191.

Iodine soap, 78.


J

Joslin, ref., 113.


K

"Killing" change, 36.

Koettstorfer number (Standard method), 181-182.

Kontakt reagent, 117.

Krebitz Process, 123.

Krutolin, 96.


L

Leiste & Stiepel method for rosin in soap, 146.

[Pg 241]Liebermann, Storch reaction, 144.

Light powders, 60.

Laundry soap, 48.

LeBlanc Process, 28.

Lewkowitsch, ref., 17, 146.

Lime saponification, 118.

Lime, Use in Krebitz Process, 123.

Lime, Use in treatment of glycerine water, 116.

Liquid medicinal soaps, 79.

Liquid soaps, 94.

Lyes, Spent, 37.


M

Magnesia, Use in autoclave saponification, 120.

Manganese sulfate, Use as a catalyst in fermentative cleavage of fats, 122.

Marine soaps, 39.

Medicinal soaps, 76.

Medicinal soaps, Less important, 78.

Medicinal soaps, Therapeutic value of, 76.

Melting point of fat or oil, Standard method, 193.

Mercury soaps, 78.

Metallic soaps, 1.

Methyl orange, indicator, 136.

Meyerheim, ref., 21.

Mill soap, 32.

Moisture in soap, Determination of, 138, 130.

Moisture and volatile matter in fats and oils, Standard method for determination of, 170.
Note on method, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-185.

Mottle in soap, 81.

Mug shaving soap, 90.


N

Naphtha, Incorporation in soap, 49.

Naphthenic acids, 24.

Nigre, 36.

Normal acids, Equivalent in alkalis, 136.


O

Oils and fats, 1.

Oils and fats, Chemical constants, 18.

Oils and fats, Distinction, 1.

Oils and fats, Preserving, 18.

Oils and fats, Nature of used in soap manufacture, 2.

Oils and fats, Rancidity of, 16.

Oil hardening, 19.

Oleic acid, 15, 19.

Olein, 2, 19.

Olive oil, 14.

Olive oil foots, 14.

Organoleptic methods, 127.


P

Palmatin, 2.

Palm kernel oil, 8.

Palmitic acid, 2.

Palm oil, 8.

Palm oil, air bleaching, 12.

Palm oil, Chrome bleaching of, 9.

Palm oil soap, 66.

Pearl ash, 29.

Perfuming and coloring toilet soaps, 73.

Peroxide soap, 78.

Petroff reagent, 117.

Pfeilring reagent, 117.

Phenol, 77.

Phenolphthalein, indicator, 38.

Phenolphthalein, Using as indicator, 51.

Phenols, Soaps containing, 77.

Pinic acid, 22.

Plodder, 33.

Potash from wood ash, 27.

Potassium carbonate, 29.

Powders, Light, 60.

Powders, Scouring, 61.

Powders, Shaving, 90.

Powders, Soap, 56.

Precipitation test for treated spent lyes, 110.

Prevention of rancidity, 18.

Pumice or sand soaps, 93.

Purple shade in soap, 75.


R

Rancidity of oils and fats, 16.

Rancidity, Prevention, 18.

Recovery of glycerine from spent lye, 106.

Red oil, 15.

Red oil, Saponified, 15.

Resin acids, Total fatty and, Determination in soap, 144.

Ribot, ref., 20.

[Pg 242]Rosin, 22.

Rosin, Determination in soap, 144.

Rosin saponification, 23.

Run and glued up soaps, 69.

Run soaps, 39.


S

Sal soda, 29.

Salt, 30.

Salting out, 30.

Salt "pickle," 37.

Sampling crude glycerine, 162.

Sampling for standard method, 166. Note on, 184.

Sampling oils and fats, 128.

Sampling soap, 137.

Saponification by ferments, 121.

Saponification, Acid, 120.

Saponification, Aqueous, 121.

Saponification, Autoclave, 118.

Saponification, Carbonate, 45.

Saponification defined, 2, 105.

Saponification, Lime, 118.

Saponification number, 181-182.

Saponification, Rosin, 23.

Saponification, Various methods, 105.

Scouring and fulling soaps for wool, 98.

Scouring powders, 61.

Scouring soap, 61.

Semi-boiled laundry soaps, 49.

Semi-boiled process, 44.

Shaving cream, 90.

Shaving powder, 90.

Shaving soaps, 87.

Silica and silicates, Determination in soap, 148.

Silk dyeing, 102.

Silk industry, Soaps used in, 101.

Slabber, 32.

Smith method for moisture in soap, 138.

Soap analysis, 137.

Soap, Automobile, 41.

Soap, Carbolic, 71.

Soap, Castile, 79.

Soap, Chip, 54.

Soap Chip, cold made, 55.

Soap, Chip, unfilled, 56.

Soap, Cold cream, 78.

Soap, Coloring, 75.

Soap containing phenols, 77.

Soap, Curd, 71.

Soap, Defined, 1.

Soap, Determination of insoluble matter, 143.

Soap, Determining glycerine in, 149.

Soap, Eschweger, 81.

Soap, Floating, 62.

Soap, Formaldehyde, 78.

Soap for wool, Scouring and fulling, 98.

Soap, Full boiled, 35.

Soap, Iodine, 78.

Soap kettle, 31.

Soap, Laundry, 48.

Soap, Liquid, 94.

Soap lye crude glycerine, 113.

Soap, Marine, 39.

Soap, Medicinal, 76.

Soap, Medicinal, less important, 78.

Soap, Mercury, 78.

Soap, Metallic, 1.

Soap, Peroxide, 78.

Soap powders, 56.

Soap, Pumice or sand, 93.

Soap, Rosin settled, 50.

Soap, Run and glued up, 69.

Soap, Scouring, 61.

Soap, Semi-boiled laundry, 49.

Soap, Shaving, 87.

Soap, Sulphur, 77.

Soap, Tannin, 78.

Soap, Tar, 77.

Soap, Test for color of, 133.

Soap, Textile, 98.

Soap, Toilet, 65.

Soap, Toilet cheaper, 68.

Soap, Toilet, cold made, 72.

Soap, Toilet perfuming and coloring, 73.

Soap, Transparent, 82.

Soap, Transparent, cold made, 84.

Soap used for cotton goods, 103.

Soap used in the silk industry, 101.

Soap, Witch hazel, 78.

Soap, Wool thrower's, 100.

Soap, Worsted finishing, 101.

Soda ash, 28.

Sodium carbonate, 28.

Sodium perborate, Use in soap powders, 57.

Soft soaps, 40.

Soluble mineral matter determination in fats and oils, 173.
[Pg 243]Note on method, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-188.

Solvay process, 28.

Soya bean oil, 14.

Spent lye, Recovery of glycerine from, 106.

Spent lyes, 37.

Spent lyes, Treatment for glycerine recovery, 107.

Splitting fats with ferments, 121.

Standard methods of analysis for fats and oils, 165-196.

Starch and gelatine, Determination in soap, 143.

Stearic acid, 15, 19.

Stearin, 2, 19.

Strengthening change, 36.

Strengthening lyes, 38.

Strunz crutcher, 63.

Sugar in soap, Determination of, 150.

Sugar, Use in transparent soap, 83.

Sulfate of alumina, Use in spent lyes, 108.

Sulphonated oils, 104.

Sulphur soaps, 77.

Sweating of soap, 62.

Sweet water, 119.

Sylvic acid, 22.


T

Talgol, 96.

Tallow, 4.

Tallow, Fullers' earth bleaching of, 4.

Tallow, Improving color by extraction of free fatty acid, 6.

Tannin soap, 78.

Tar soap, 77.

Test for color of soap, 133.

Testing of alkalis used in soap making, 134.

Textile soaps, 98.

Titer, 130.

Tank cars, Sampling, 166.

Tierces, Sampling, 168.

Titer, Standard method, 175.

Titer, Note on, 189.

Tung oil, Note on iodine number of, 180.

Toilet soap, 65.

Toilet soaps, Cheaper, 68.

Toilet soap, Use of hardened oils in, 96.

Total alkali, Determination in soap, 147.

Total fatty and resin acids, Determination in soap, 144.

Train oils, 20.

Transparent soap, 82.

Transparent soap, Cold made, 84.

Troweling soap, 52.

Tsujimoto, ref., 20.

Tubes for transparent soap, 85.

Turkey red oil, 104.

Twaddle scale, 25.

Twitchell method for rosin, 145.

Twitchell process, 113.

Twitchell process, Advantages, 113.


U

Unsaponifiable matter, Determination in oils and fats, 132.

Unsaponifiable matter, Determination in soap, 148.

Unsaponifiable matter, Determination by standard method, 176.


V

Vacuum Oven, Standard, 176.

Vegetable oils, 6.


W

Water, 29.

Water, Hard, 29.

Witch hazel soap, 78.

Wool thrower's soap, 100.

Worsted finishing soaps, 101.


Z

Zinc oxide, Use in autoclave saponification, 120.

Zinc oxide, Use in soap, 33.


LITERATURE OF THE CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES

On our shelves is the most complete stock of technical, industrial, engineering and scientific books in the United States. The technical literature of every trade is well represented, as is also the literature relating to the various sciences, both the books useful for reference as well as those fitted for students' use as textbooks.

On our shelves, we have the most comprehensive collection of technical, industrial, engineering, and scientific books in the United States. The technical literature for every trade is well represented, as is the content related to various sciences, including both reference books and those suitable for students as textbooks.

A large number of these we publish and for an ever increasing number we are the sole agents.

A lot of these we publish, and for an ever-growing number, we are the exclusive agents.

ALL INQUIRIES MADE OF US ARE CHEERFULLY AND CAREFULLY ANSWERED AND COMPLETE CATALOGS AS WELL AS SPECIAL LISTS SENT FREE ON REQUEST

ALL INQUIRIES MADE OF US ARE HAPPY TO BE ANSWERED THOROUGHLY, AND COMPLETE CATALOGS AS WELL AS SPECIAL LISTS ARE SENT FREE UPON REQUEST.

D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY

D. Van Nostrand Company

Publishers and Booksellers

Publishers & Booksellers

8 WARREN STREET NEW YORK

8 Warren St, New York

The Soap-Maker's Book Shelf

A list of standard books relating to soapmaking and allied industries.

A list of standard books about soap making and related industries.

Published and For Sale by
D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY
Publishers and Booksellers
8 WARREN STREET               NEW YORK

Published and For Sale by
D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY
Publishers and Booksellers
8 WARREN STREET NEW YORK

Askinson, George W. Perfumes and Cosmetics. Their preparation and manufacture. Fourth Edition, translated from the German, and revised with additions by W. L. Dudley. 32 illustrations. 6-1/4 × 9-1/2. Cloth. 354 pp. New York, 1915. $5.00

Askinson, George W. Perfumes and Cosmetics. Their preparation and manufacture. Fourth Edition, translated from the German, and revised with additions by W. L. Dudley. 32 illustrations. 6-1/4 × 9-1/2. Cloth. 354 pp. New York, 1915. $5.00

Chalmers, T. W. The Production and Treatment of Vegetable Oils. Including chapters on the refining of oils, the hydrogenation of oils, the generation of hydrogen, soap making, the recovery and refining of glycerine, and the splitting of oils. 95 illustrations, 9 folding plates. 8 × 11-1/2. Cloth. 163 pp. London, 1919. $7.50

Chalmers, T. W. The Production and Treatment of Vegetable Oils. Including chapters on refining oils, hydrogenating oils, generating hydrogen, making soap, recovering and refining glycerine, and splitting oils. 95 illustrations, 9 folding plates. 8 × 11-1/2. Cloth. 163 pp. London, 1919. $7.50

Deite, C. Manual of Toilet Soap-Making. Comprising toilet soaps, medicated soaps, and other specialties. Second Revised Edition. 85 illustrations. 6-1/2 × 10. Cloth. 356 pp. London, 1920. $7.50

Deite, C. Manual of Toilet Soap-Making. Including toilet soaps, medicated soaps, and other specialties. Second Revised Edition. 85 illustrations. 6-1/2 × 10. Cloth. 356 pp. London, 1920. $7.50

Ellis, Carleton G. The Hydrogenation of Oils, Catalyzers and Catalysis and the Generation of Hydrogen and Oxygen. Second Edition, thoroughly revised and enlarged. 240 illustrations. 6-1/4 × 9-1/2. Cloth. 767 pp. N. Y., 1919. $7.50

Ellis, Carleton G. The Hydrogenation of Oils, Catalysts and Catalysis and the Production of Hydrogen and Oxygen. Second Edition, completely revised and expanded. 240 illustrations. 6-1/4 × 9-1/2. Cloth. 767 pp. N. Y., 1919. $7.50

Fischer, M. H. Soaps and Proteins, Their Colloid Chemistry in Theory and Practice. With the collaboration of G. D. McLaughlin and M. O. Hooker. 114 illustrations. 6 × 9-1/4. Cloth. 281 pp. New York, 1921. $4.00

Fischer, M. H. Soaps and Proteins, Their Colloid Chemistry in Theory and Practice. Collaborating with G. D. McLaughlin and M. O. Hooker. 114 illustrations. 6 × 9-1/4. Cloth. 281 pages. New York, 1921. $4.00

Holde, D. The Examination of Hydrocarbon Oils, and of the Saponifiable Fats and Waxes. Translated from the Fourth German Edition by Edward Mueller. 115 illustrations. 6-1/4 × 9-1/4. Cloth. 499 pp. N. Y., 1915. Net, $5.00

Holde, D. The Examination of Hydrocarbon Oils, and of the Saponifiable Fats and Waxes. Translated from the Fourth German Edition by Edward Mueller. 115 illustrations. 6-1/4 × 9-1/4. Cloth. 499 pp. N. Y., 1915. Net, $5.00

Hurst, G. H. Soaps. A practical manual of the manufacture of domestic, toilet and other soaps. Second Edition. 66 illustrations. 6 × 8-3/4. Cloth. 385 pp. London, 1907. $6.00

Hurst, G. H. Soaps. A practical guide to making soap for home use, personal care, and other purposes. Second Edition. 66 illustrations. 6 × 8-3/4. Cloth. 385 pages. London, 1907. $6.00

Hurst, George H., and Simmons, W. H. Textile Soaps and Oils. A handbook on the preparation, properties, and analysis of the soaps and oils and in textile manufacturing, dyeing and printing. Third Edition, revised. 12 illustrations. 5-1/2 × 8-3/4. Cloth. 212 pp. London, 1921. $4.00

Hurst, George H., and Simmons, W. H. Textile Soaps and Oils. A guide on how to prepare, understand, and analyze soaps and oils used in textile manufacturing, dyeing, and printing. Third Edition, revised. 12 illustrations. 5-1/2 × 8-3/4. Cloth. 212 pp. London, 1921. $4.00

Koller, T. Cosmetics. A handbook of the manufacture, employment, and testing of all cosmetic materials and cosmetic specialties, with numerous recipes. Translated from the German. Third Edition. 5 × 7-1/2. Cloth. 264 pp. London, 1920. $3.50

Koller, T. Cosmetics. A guide on how to make, use, and test all cosmetic products and specialties, featuring many recipes. Translated from German. Third Edition. 5 × 7-1/2. Cloth. 264 pages. London, 1920. $3.50

Koppe, S. W. Glycerine. Its introduction, Uses and Examination. For chemists, perfumers, soapmakers, pharmacists, and explosives technologists. 7 illustrations. 5-1/4 × 7-1/2. Cloth. 260 pp. New York, 1915. $3.50

Koppe, S. W. Glycerine. Its introduction, uses, and examination. For chemists, perfumers, soapmakers, pharmacists, and explosives experts. 7 illustrations. 5-1/4 × 7-1/2. Cloth. 260 pages. New York, 1915. $3.50

Lamborn, L. L. Modern Soaps, Candles, and Glycerin. A practical manual of modern methods of utilization of fats and oils in the manufacture of soaps and candles, and the recovery of glycerin. 228 illustrations. 6-1/2 × 9-1/4. Cloth. 708 pp. N. Y., 1906. $10.00

Lamborn, L. L. Modern Soaps, Candles, and Glycerin. A practical guide to using fats and oils in making soaps and candles, and how to recover glycerin. 228 illustrations. 6-1/2 × 9-1/4. Cloth. 708 pp. N. Y., 1906. $10.00

Murray, B. L. Standards and Tests for Reagent Chemicals. 6 × 9. Cloth. 400 pp. New York, 1920. $3.00

Murray, B. L. Standards and Tests for Reagent Chemicals. 6 × 9. Cloth. 400 pp. New York, 1920. $3.00

Parry, Ernest J. The Chemistry of Essential Oils and Artificial Perfumes. Vol. I, Monographs on Essential Oils. Fourth Edition, revised and enlarged. 51 illustrations. 6-1/4 × 10. Cloth. 557 pp. London, 1921. $9.00

Parry, Ernest J. The Chemistry of Essential Oils and Artificial Perfumes. Vol. I, Monographs on Essential Oils. Fourth Edition, revised and enlarged. 51 illustrations. 6-1/4 × 10. Cloth. 557 pp. London, 1921. $9.00

Vol. II. Constituents of Essential Oils, Synthetic Perfumes and Isolated Aromatics, and the Analysis of Essential Oils. Third Edition, revised and enlarged. Illustrated. 351 pp. London, 1919. $7.00

Vol. II. Components of Essential Oils, Synthetic Fragrances, and Isolated Aromatics, along with the Analysis of Essential Oils. Third Edition, updated and expanded. Illustrated. 351 pages. London, 1919. $7.00

Partington, J. R. The Alkali Industry. 63 illustrations. 5-1/2 × 8-1/2. Cloth. 318 pp. London, 1918. $3.00

Partington, J. R. The Alkali Industry. 63 illustrations. 5-1/2 × 8-1/2. Cloth. 318 pp. London, 1918. $3.00

Rogers, Allen. Industrial Chemistry. A manual for the student and manufacturer. Third Edition, thoroughly revised and enlarged. 377 illustrations. 6-1/2 × 9-3/4. Flexible fabrikoid. 1255 pp. New York, 1920. $7.50

Rogers, Allen. Industrial Chemistry. A guide for students and manufacturers. Third Edition, completely updated and expanded. 377 illustrations. 6-1/2 × 9-3/4. Flexible fabric cover. 1255 pages. New York, 1920. $7.50

Scott, Wilfred W. (Editor). Standard Methods of Chemical Analysis. A manual of analytical methods and general reference for the analytical chemist and for the advanced student. Second Edition, revised, with additional tables. 142 illustrations, 3 color plates. 7 × 9-1/4. Cloth. 900 pp. N. Y., 1917. $7.50

Scott, Wilfred W. (Editor). Standard Methods of Chemical Analysis. A comprehensive guide to analytical methods and a general reference for analytical chemists and advanced students. Second Edition, updated, with new tables. 142 illustrations, 3 color plates. 7 × 9-1/4. Cloth. 900 pp. N. Y., 1917. $7.50

Simmons, W. H. Fats, Waxes and Essential Oils. In Press.

Simmons, W. H. Fats, Waxes and Essential Oils. In Press.

Simmons, William H. Soap. Its composition, manufacture and properties. 11 illustrations. 4-3/4 × 7-1/4. Cloth. 133 pp. London, 1916. $1.00

Simmons, William H. Soap. Its composition, manufacturing, and properties. 11 illustrations. 4-3/4 × 7-1/4. Cloth. 133 pp. London, 1916. $1.00

Simmons, W. H., and Appleton, H. A. The Handbook of Soap Manufacture. 27 illustrations. 6 × 9. Cloth. 166 pp. London, 1908. $4.00

Simmons, W. H., and Appleton, H. A. The Handbook of Soap Manufacture. 27 illustrations. 6 × 9. Cloth. 166 pp. London, 1908. $4.00

Van Nostrand's Chemical Annual. Edited by John C. Olsen. A handbook of useful data for analytical manufacturing and investigating chemists and chemical students. Fourth Issue, enlarged. 5 × 7-1/2. Flexible fabrikoid. 785 pp. New York, 1918. $3.00

Van Nostrand's Chemical Annual. Edited by John C. Olsen. A practical guide filled with useful information for analytical manufacturing and research chemists, as well as chemistry students. Fourth Edition, expanded. 5 × 7-1/2. Flexible fabrikoid cover. 785 pages. New York, 1918. $3.00

Watt, A. Art of Soapmaking. A practical handbook of the manufacture of hard and soft soaps, toilet soaps, etc. Seventh Edition, revised and enlarged. 43 illustrations. 5-1/4 × 7-1/2. Cloth. 323 pp. London, 1918. $4.00

Watt, A. The Art of Soapmaking. A practical guide to making hard and soft soaps, as well as toilet soaps, and more. Seventh Edition, updated and expanded. 43 illustrations. 5-1/4 × 7-1/2. Cloth. 323 pp. London, 1918. $4.00

Wright, C. R. A. Animal and Vegetable Fixed Oils, Fats, Butters, and Waxes: Their Preparation and Properties, and the Manufacture Therefrom of Candles, Soaps, and Other Products. Third Edition, revised and greatly enlarged by C. Ainsworth Mitchell. 185 illustrations, 3 plates. 6 × 9. Cloth. 953 pp. London, 1921. $16.50

Wright, C. R. A. Animal and Vegetable Fixed Oils, Fats, Butters, and Waxes: How They’re Made and What They Do, Plus How to Make Candles, Soaps, and Other Products from Them. Third Edition, updated and significantly expanded by C. Ainsworth Mitchell. 185 illustrations, 3 plates. 6 × 9. Cloth. 953 pp. London, 1921. $16.50




        
        
    
Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!